2019 cfa® program exam prep ift study notes · the cfa program curriculum is important and all ift...
TRANSCRIPT
© IFT. All rights reserved
2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep
IFT Study Notes
Volume 1
Ethical and Professional Standards
Quantitative Methods
This document should be read in conjunction with the corresponding reading in the 2019 Level I CFA® Program curriculum. Some of the graphs, charts, tables, examples, and figures are copyright 2018, CFA Institute. Reproduced and republished with permission from CFA Institute. All rights reserved. Required disclaimer: CFA Institute does not endorse, promote, or warrant the accuracy or quality of the products or services offered by IFT. CFA Institute, CFA®, and Chartered Financial Analyst® are trademarks owned by CFA Institute.
Visit: www.ift.world
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 1
Copyright © 2018 IFT.
All rights reserved. This book or any portion thereof may not be reproduced or used in any manner
whatsoever without the express written permission of the publisher except for the use of brief
quotations in a book review.
Published in 2018 by IFT
Errata information can be found at: https://ift.world/errata
ISBN
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 2
Preface
IFThashelpedthousandsofcandidatessuccessfullyprepareforallthreelevelsoftheCFA®Programexamsince2011.IFTprovidesacompletelearningsystemandpreparationstrategy.AllIFTmaterialsremainclosetotheCFA®Programcurriculum.Wehelpstudentsdevelopathoroughunderstandingoffundamentalconceptsviaactivelearningandexampractice.IFTStudyNotesandDetailedLectureVideoshelpyouunderstandandretaincurriculumconcepts.PracticeusingIFTQuizzesandQuestionBankisessentialtotestyourgraspofthematerials.Closetotheexamdate,IFTHigh‐YieldVideos,High‐YieldNotesandHigh‐YieldQuestionBankalongwithmockexamswillhelpyouachievesuccess.
RecommendedExamPreparationStrategy
TheCFAProgramcurriculumisimportantandallIFTproductsfocusonitscoreconcepts.Startyourpreparationasearlyaspossible.Giveyourselfatleast6monthsforathoroughpreparationandbeginbymakingaschedule.Foreachreadinginthecurriculum,youshoulddothefollowing:
1. ReadIFTStudyNotesforeachreading.IFTrecommendsstartingwithQuantitativeMethods.Dothequestionsattheendofeachreadingtohelpreinforceandretaintheconcepts.
2. Ifyouneedadditionalhelp,watchIFTDetailedVideoLectures.Pause,rewind,andreviewwhereyouneedmoretimetounderstand.Printouttheslidesandtakeyourownnotesasyouarewatching.
3. Readtheexamplesinthecurriculum(alsoknownasblue‐boxexamples)anddothemonyourown.WatchIFTexamplevideostofurthergraspconceptsandpracticethem.
4. Dothepracticeproblemsfromthecurriculumattheendofeachreading.
5. DotheIFTQuestionBankforthatreading.
6. Afterdoingallthereadingsinatopic,taketheIFTTopicExam.
7. Twomonthspriortotheexamorwhenyouhavedonetheabovestepsforeveryreading,youshouldstartyourrevisionusingtheIFTHigh‐YieldCourse.
8. OnemonthbeforetheexamyoushouldattempttheCFAInstituteandIFTmockexams.Theseshouldbedoneinamannertoreplicateyourrealexamexperience.
BelowaresomefurtherdetailsaboutIFTresourcesforLevelIexampreparation.
IFTDetailedLectureVideos:Thesevideoscloselyfollowthecurriculumandcoverallsectionsandlearningoutcomesofareading.LecturesslidesareavailableinPDFformat.Youcanprinttheseslidesandmakenotesonthemasyoufollowthevideolecture.Thispracticeispartofactivelearningwherebyyoumakenotesandcarefullyfollowexamples.Thetotaldurationofthevideosisover70hours.
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 3
IFTStudyNotes:IFTStudyNotesarecloselyalignedwiththeDetailedLectureVideosandpresentinformationinaneasilyunderstandablemanner.Themostimportantpoints,formulas,andexamplesarehighlightedandexplained.Readingthenoteshelpsreinforceyourunderstandingandgraspofconcepts.Bothnotesandvideosareorganizedtomatchthecurriculum(readingnumber/sectionnumber)soyoucanstayclosetoit.
IFTExampleVideos:Thesevideospresentexamplesandtheirworkedsolutions.Theyaresimilarbutnotexactlythesameastheblue‐boxexamplesfromthecurriculum.Theunderlyingconceptsarethesame,butthenumbersmightbedifferent.Thetotaldurationofthesevideosisapproximately30hours.
IFTQuestionBank:Practicinglotsofexam‐likequestions(andsolvingthemcorrectly!)isthekeytoyourexamsuccess.TheIFTQuestionBankhasover3,000questionswithdetailedexplanations.Questionsareavailableforeverylearningoutcome,reading,andtopic.Thequestionsarearrangedintestsof20‐25questionseach.
IFTTopicExams:Thesewilltestyourpreparationatthetopiclevel.Atopicexamshouldbetakenafteryouhavestudiedallreadingsofagiventopicandhavecompletedpracticequestionsforeachreading.Thisisanessentialstepinpreparingfortheexam.
IFTMockExams:IFThasfulllengthmockexamstogetyouexam‐ready.Answersanddetailedexplanationsareprovidedforself‐grading.
IFTHigh‐YieldNotes:IFTHigh‐YieldNotesarebasedonPareto’s80‐20ruleaccordingtowhich80%oftheexamquestionsarelikelytobebasedon20%ofthecurriculum.Hencethesenotesfocusonthe20%materialwhichismosttestable.Theysummarizethemostimportantconceptsfromeachreadingintwotofivepages.
IFTHigh‐YieldVideos:ThesearevideolecturesbasedontheHigh‐YieldNotes.Eachreadingiscoveredin10to20minutes.Totaldurationisapproximately15hours.
IFTHigh‐YieldQ‐Bank:TheIFTHigh‐YieldQ‐Bankhasbetween600and700questionscoveringconceptswhicharemostlikelytoshowupontheexam.Alllearningoutcomesarecoveredandthereisminimumoverlapofthequestions.
Q&AwithIFT:Whenareyouarestuckonaconcept,example,orquestion,thenthe‘Q&AwithIFT’serviceiswheretoturnto.Submityourquery,andanIFTinstructorwillprovideanindividualizedresponse.
Finally,besuretofollowIFTonsocialmediaandvisitwww.ift.worldformylatestblogsandstudyadvice.DoreachouttotheIFTteamifyouneedanyhelporhavequestions.Iwishyouallthebestinyourstudies.
Warmregards,
ArifIrfanullah,CFA
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 4
TableofContentsR01EthicsandTrustintheInvestmentProfession..........................................................................8
1.Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 8 2.Ethics .......................................................................................................................................... 8 3.EthicsandProfessionalism ...................................................................................................... 9 4.ChallengestoEthicalConduct .................................................................................................. 9 5.TheImportanceofEthicalConductintheInvestmentIndustry ........................................ 10 6.Ethicalvs.LegalStandards ..................................................................................................... 11 7.EthicalDecision‐MakingFramework .................................................................................... 12 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 14 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 16
R02CodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct.......................................................19
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 19 CFAInstituteProfessionalConductProgram ........................................................................... 19 CodeofEthics .............................................................................................................................. 20 StandardsofProfessionalConduct ........................................................................................... 20 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 25
R03GuidanceforStandardsI‐VII...............................................................................................................26
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 26 StandardI:Professionalism ....................................................................................................... 26 StandardII:IntegrityofCapitalMarkets .................................................................................. 32 StandardIII:DutiestoClients .................................................................................................... 34 StandardIV:DutiestoEmployers ............................................................................................. 40 StandardV:InvestmentAnalysis,Recommendations,andActions ....................................... 44 StandardVI:ConflictsofInterest............................................................................................... 48 StandardVII:ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMemberorCFACandidate ....................... 52 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 55 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 57
R04IntroductiontoGIPS................................................................................................................................66
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 66 1.WhyWeretheGIPSStandardsCreated? ............................................................................... 66 2.WhoCanClaimCompliance? .................................................................................................. 66 3.WhoBenefitsfromCompliance? ........................................................................................... 67 4.Composites .............................................................................................................................. 67 5.Verification .............................................................................................................................. 68 6.TheStructureoftheGIPSStandards ..................................................................................... 68
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 5
Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 69 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 70
R05TheGIPSStandard....................................................................................................................................72
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 72 GoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommittee .................................................................................... 72 KeyFeaturesoftheGIPSStandards .......................................................................................... 72 HistoricalPerformanceRecord ................................................................................................. 73 Compliance .................................................................................................................................. 73 ImplementingaGlobalStandard ............................................................................................... 74 NineMajorSectionsoftheGIPSStandards .............................................................................. 74 SamplePresentation ................................................................................................................... 78 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 81 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 82
R06TimeValueofMoney..............................................................................................................................84
IntroductoryNote ....................................................................................................................... 84 1.Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 84 2.InterestRates:Interpretation ................................................................................................ 85 3.TheFutureValueofaSingleCashFlow ................................................................................ 87 4.TheFutureValueofaSeriesofCashFlows .......................................................................... 92 5.ThePresentValueofaSingleCashFlow .............................................................................. 94 6.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofCashFlows ......................................................................... 97 7.SolvingforRates,NumberofPeriods,orSizeofAnnuityPayments ................................ 103 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 106 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 109
R07DiscountedCashFlowApplications.............................................................................................113
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 113 2.NetPresentValueandInternalRateofReturn .................................................................. 113 3.PortfolioReturnMeasurement ............................................................................................ 117 4.MoneyMarketYields ............................................................................................................ 120 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 125 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 127
R08StatisticalConceptsandMarketReturn....................................................................................131
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 131 2.SomeFundamentalConcepts ............................................................................................... 131 3.SummarizingDataUsingFrequencyDistributions ............................................................ 132 4.TheGraphicPresentationofData ........................................................................................ 133 5.MeasuresofCentralTendency............................................................................................. 135
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 6
6.OtherMeasuresofLocation:Quantiles ............................................................................... 138 7.MeasuresofDispersion ........................................................................................................ 139 8.SymmetryandSkewnessinReturnDistributions ............................................................. 143 9.KurtosisinReturnDistributions ......................................................................................... 144 10.UsingGeometricandArithmeticMeans ........................................................................... 145 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 146 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 150
R09ProbabilityConcepts............................................................................................................................157
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 157 2.Probability,ExpectedValue,andVariance ......................................................................... 157 3.PortfolioExpectedReturnandVarianceofReturn ............................................................ 163 4.TopicsinProbability ............................................................................................................. 165 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 170 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 174
R10CommonProbabilityDistributions..............................................................................................179
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 179 2.DiscreteRandomVariables .................................................................................................. 179 3.ContinuousRandomVariables ............................................................................................ 183 4.MonteCarloSimulation ........................................................................................................ 188 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 189 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 193
R11SamplingandEstimation...................................................................................................................198
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 198 2.Sampling ................................................................................................................................ 198 3.DistributionoftheSampleMean ......................................................................................... 200 4.PointandIntervalEstimatesofthePopulationMean ....................................................... 201 5.MoreonSampling ................................................................................................................. 206 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 208 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 211
R12HypothesisTesting................................................................................................................................216
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 216 2.HypothesisTesting ............................................................................................................... 216 3.HypothesisTestsConcerningtheMean .............................................................................. 221 4.HypothesisTestsConcerningVariance ............................................................................... 225 5.OtherIssues:NonparametricInference .............................................................................. 229 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 230 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 234
Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 7
R13TechnicalAnalysis..................................................................................................................................238
1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 238 2.TechnicalAnalysis:DefinitionandScope ........................................................................... 238 3.TechnicalAnalysisTools ...................................................................................................... 239 4.ElliotWaveTheory ............................................................................................................... 252 5.Inter‐marketAnalysis ........................................................................................................... 253 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 254 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 258
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 8
R01EthicsandTrustintheInvestmentProfession
1.Introduction
Toillustratetheimportanceofethicalbehavior,thecurriculumcitestheexampleofananalyst’sactionatafinancialservicesfirm.Theresearchdepartmentatthefirmisresponsibleformakinginvestmentrecommendationstoclientsaftersoundanalysisandvaluationofcompanies.Oneoftheanalystsatthefirmmisrepresentsfactsinhisreportwiththeobjectiveofpleasingthemanagementofthesubjectcompany.Hehopedthiswouldleadtofinancialbenefitsforhisemployerandhimself.Clientswhoactedontherecommendationincurheavylossesandspreadanegativewordonseveralonlineforumsaboutthefirm.Thiseventuallyaffectsthereputationofthefirm,forcingittodownsizeandmanyemployeeslosetheirjob.Thisexampleillustrateshowonemember’sunethicalactionshaveaspiralingeffectonthefirmandotheremployeesfornofaultoftheirs.
Thefoundationoftheinvestmentmanagementindustryistrust.Thetopthreeattributesofaninvestmentmanagementfirmareasfollows:
Hastransparentandopenbusinesspractices. Takesresponsibleactionstoaddressanissueorcrisis. Hasethicalbusinesspractices.
Ethicalbehaviorisnotjustaboutadheringtothelaw,rules,andregulations.Itisaboutidentifyingpotentialconflictsandactingrighteouslyinsituationswheretherearenostatedrules.
2.Ethics
ThewordethicscomesfromtheGreekword“ethos”meaningcharacter,guidingbeliefs,orideals.Thereareseveraldefinitionsofethicsallofwhichessentiallyconveythesamemeaning.
Ethicscanbedescribedasasetofmoralprinciplesandrulesofconductthatprovideguidanceforourbehavior.Ethicalprinciplesdefinewhatisgood,acceptablebehaviorandwhatisforbiddenorunacceptablebehavior.Examplesofethicalprinciplesincludehonesty,diligence,justice,beingopenaboutthecostsinvolvedinaninvestment,fairness,andrespectfortherightsofothers.
Anotherdefinitionofethicalconductisbehaviorthatbalancesone’sowninterestwiththedirectandindirectconsequencesofthebehavioronothers.
Instructor’sNote:The‘others’areoftenreferredtoasstakeholders,i.e.groupsofpeopleorindividualswhoaredirectlyorindirectlyimpactedbyourdecisions.
Specificcommunitiesformallydefinetherulesforacceptableandforbiddenbehaviorintoawrittensetofprinciplescalledthecodeofconduct.Professionalassociations,universities
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 9
andcompaniesoftenadoptacodeofethicsandexpecttheirmemberstoadheretothoserules,attheveryleast.Themembersmaychoosetodisplayhigherstandardsofbehaviorthanwhatisstipulatedinthecodeofethics.
Somecommunitiesmayalsoexpandontheircodeofethicsandadoptexplicitrulesorstandardsthatidentifyspecificbehaviorsrequiredofcommunitymembers.Thesestandardsofconductserveasabenchmarkoftheminimallyacceptablebehaviorexpectedfrommembersofacommunity.
CFAInstituteisanexampleofacommunitythathaslaiddownacodeofethicsandstandardsofconductforitsmembersandcandidatestofollow.ThesetofprinciplescomprisingtheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConductisclearlydocumentedintheCFAInstituteStandardsofPracticeHandbook.
MembersandcandidatesarerequiredtopledgetheircommitmenttoabidebytheCodeandStandardseachyear.TheyarealsorequiredtodiscloseanyviolationsoftheCodeandStandardsintheirProfessionalConductStatementeachyear.MemberswhoviolatetheCodeandStandardsfacedisciplinaryaction.
3.EthicsandProfessionalism
Anoccupationcanbedividedinto:job,vocation,andprofession.Ajobisworkonedoestoearnalivelihood,orearnmoney.Avocationisajobthatoneispassionateaboutdoing;onederivesasenseofsatisfactionormeaningfromit,asitishis/hercalling.Aprofessionistheultimateevolutionofoccupation.It:
1) requiresspecializedtrainingandskills,2) isbasedonservicetoothers,and3) ispracticedbymemberswhoshareandadheretoacommoncodeofethics.
Professionalsusetheiracquiredskillstoservetheirclients.Clientsdifferfromcustomers.Acustomerisonewhoengagesinasingleoraseriesoftransactionstobuyagoodorservice.Thisrelationshipistransactionalinnature.Aclient,ontheotherhand,usestheservicesofaprofessionalonanongoingbasis,forafee.Thebasisofthisrelationshipistrustandtheclient’sintereststakepriorityoverpersonaloremployer’sinterests.
Inanygivenprofession,thecodeofethicsopenlycommunicatestheestablishedprinciplesoftheprofessionandhowitsmembersareexpectedtobehave.Ithelpsinbuildingpublicconfidencethatmembersoftheprofessionwillusetheirskillsandknowledgeforthebenefitoftheirclients.
4.ChallengestoEthicalConduct
Someofthechallengestoethicalconductincludethefollowing:
Overestimatingone’smorality:Peoplebelievetheyaremoreethicalthantheyactuallyare.Thisoverconfidenceinthemselvescansometimesleadtofaultydecision‐making.Itisoften
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 10
seenthatemotionscloudrationalthinking,promptingonetomakedecisionsthatmaynotbethemostethicalchoice.
Situationalinfluences:Theseareexternalfactorssuchascultural,social,andenvironmentalfactorsthatinfluenceone’sthinking,behavior,anddecision‐making.Someofthecommonsituationalinfluencesare: Moneyandprestige:Bothmoneyandprestigepushpeopletoactintheirownself‐
interestsandtakeactionsthatarelessethical.Thepromiseofalargefinancialbonusorapromotion,canimpactpeople’sthinkingabilityandcausethemtoactintheirownshort‐terminterestsandignorethelong‐termconsequencesoftheiractions.
Loyaltytoemployer,employee,andcolleagues:Loyaltycanhavebothpositiveandnegativeeffects.Forinstance,somecolleaguesmayencourageyoutobehavemoreethicallyandenrollintheCFAProgramtoadvanceyourcareer.Ontheotherhand,colleagueswhodonotadheretotheCodeandStandardsmayencourageyoutosimplyactinaccordancewiththelocallaw,eventhoughitmayfallshortofethicalconduct.
Complianceculture:Astrongcompliancepolicyisimportantforethicaldecision‐making;however,processesfocusedsolelyoncomplianceoversimplifydecision‐makinganddonothelpthelargercause.ThecurriculumcitestheexampleofEnron,whichengagedintransactionswiththird‐partyentitieswhereEnron’sCFO,AndrewFastow,hadapersonalinterest.Inkeepingwiththespiritofcompliance,FastowsoughtapprovalsfromtheboardofdirectorsforalltheproposedtransactionswithEnron.TheboardfailedtoseebeyondthecompliancerequirementsanddidnotquestionFastow’svestedintereststhatwerenotalignedwiththatofEnron’sshareholders.
5.TheImportanceofEthicalConductintheInvestmentIndustry
Theinvestmentindustryconnectstwoparties:investorsandborrowers.Borrowersarethosewhoareinneedofcapitaltofundtheirlong‐termgoalsortheirregularoperations.Long‐termgoalsmayincludebuildingschools,factories,bridges,etc.Investorsarethosewhosupplycapitalandseekareturn.Theinvestmentindustrybridgesthegapbetweenthosewhoareinneedofcapitalandthosewhoarewillingtoprovidecapital.
Thefoundationoftheinvestmentindustryisbuiltontrust.Alltheparticipantsinthesystemmustactethicallytobuildanenvironmentoftrust.Forinstance,ifinvestorstrusttheirfinancialadvisersandfinancialmarkets,ingeneral,thentheywillbewillingtolendcapital,takerisks,andnotpanicoverpricefluctuationsintheshortterm.Thiswillencouragemoreparticipationinthefinancialmarketsandensurecapitalflowtofundthegrowthofseveralprojectsthatwilllargelybenefitsociety.Similarly,organizationsinneedofcapitalwillbemorewillingtoexpandtheirbusinessesiftheyarereasonablyassuredofattractingfunds.
Whiletrustisimportantinanybusiness,itisparticularlyimportantintheinvestmentprofessionbecauseofthefollowingreasons:
Natureoftheclientrelationship:Investorsparktheirassetswithfinancialinstitutionsbecausetheytrustthefirmstosafeguardtheirassets.Ifthefirmandits
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 11
employeesbreachthistrustandfailtoprotecttheirclient’sassets,theywilleventuallylosebusinessasclientswillnolongerentrustthefirmwiththeirassets.
Differenceinknowledgeandaccesstoinformation:Investmentmanagershavemoreaccesstoinformationandmorespecializedknowledgethantheirclients.Clientstrustthattheprofessionalswillusetheinformationandknowledgeforthebenefitoftheclient’sinterestsandwillinnowayacttotheirdisadvantage.
Natureofinvestmentproductsandservices:Unlikeotherindustries,theproductsandservicesintheinvestmentindustryareintangible.Theycannotbetouchedorphysicallyfelttojudgetheirquality.Intheinvestmentindustry,assetsareoftennotionalwithvaluesmeasuredintheformofnumbers.Forinstance,thevalueoftheinvestmentsaspresentedbyone’sfinancialadviserismerenumbersprintedelectronically.Investorstrustthattheinformationpresentedtothemiscomplete,accurate,andpresentsafairpicture.
6.Ethicalvs.LegalStandards
Thereisagreyareabetweenwhatislegallyacceptedandwhatisethical.Actinginaccordancewiththelawandactingethicallyarenotnecessarilythesame.Therearefourpossibleoutcomesforanyactionfromalegalandethicalperspective:
Notlegalbutethical:Forexample,civildisobedienceorprotestingpeacefullyagainstanissuemaynotbelegal,butitisethical.Anotherexampleofanillegalbutethicalactisthatofwhistleblowing.Whistleblowingisraisingthecurtainoffanillegalorcorruptactivity.
Notlegalandnotethical. Legalandethical. Legalbutnotnecessarilyethical:Somecountriesdonothavelawsthatprohibit
tradingwhileinpossessionofmaterialnonpublicinformation.Whilethisactoftradingislegalfromthelocalcountry’sperspective,itisconsideredunethicalbytheCFAInstituteandotherinvestmentprofessionals.
Thereareseveralreasonswhylawsarenotsufficienttoensureethicalconductamongmarketparticipants,asdiscussedbelow:
Lawsandregulationsareoftencreatedinresponsetoexistingmarketpractices.Anewlawmightaddressanexistingethicalproblembutcreateanopportunityforotherunethicalbehaviorinfuture.
Lawscanbeinterpreteddifferently.Marketparticipantsmaychoosetointerpretthelawtotheiradvantageordelaycompliancewherethereisnopunitiveaction.
Lawscanvaryacrossjurisdictions.Thismayencouragequestionablepracticetomovetoplacesthatarelessrestrictiveinnature.
Ethicalconductencouragesusto: Gobeyondwhatislegallyrequired. Considertheimpactonallstakeholders.
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 12
Makegoodchoices,evenintheabsenceofclearlawsandregulations.
7.EthicalDecision‐MakingFramework
Firmsmuststrivetodevelopastrongethicalcultureandencourageinvestmentprofessionalstoapplyethicaldecision‐makingskillseveryday;somuchsothatitbecomessecondnature.Workingandoperatinginanenvironmentthatfostersintegrityandmotivatesitsemployeestodotherightthingwillgoalongwayinpreventingunethicalactions.
Settingupanethicalframeworkreinforcesinvestmentprofessionalstodotherightthing.Theethicalframework:
Helpsinevaluatingasituationfrommultipleperspectivesafterconsideringthelargerpictureinsuchawaythatitbenefitsstakeholdersinthelongterm.Often,theimpactofadecisionorallaspectsofasituationisnotclearintheshorttermanddecisionstakeninhastemayharmstakeholdersunintentionally.
Helpsdecisionmakersjustifyactionstoabroadergroupofstakeholders.
Thefollowingethicaldecision‐makingframeworkispresentedinthecurriculum.
Identificationphase:Identifyalltherelevantfacts.Thisincludesinformationonehasandwhatonewouldliketohave.o Identifyrelevantfactssuchasdetailsoftheemployer,informationonanIPOora
deal,rulesandregulationsoftheindustry,etc.o Identifythestakeholderssuchasemployer,marketparticipants,clients,
supervisor,investors,family,etc.o Identifyrelevantethicalprinciplesforthesituation.Thismayincludeloyaltyto
employer,clients’intereststakingprecedencebeforeeverythingelse,andmaintainingtheconfidentialityofinformation.
o Identifyanypotentialconflictsofinterest,orconflictsinyourdutiestoemployers/clients.Examplesofpotentialconflictofinterestincludedutiestooneclientversusotherclientsofthefirm,financialrewardslinkedtothesuccessofadealversusdutytoemployer,anddutytosupervisorversustheneedtoimpress.
Considerationphase:Seekguidancetonavigatethroughsituationalinfluencesandpersonalbiasesthatmayaffectdecision‐making.o Examplesofsituationalinfluencesincludehowmuchfeesthefirmwillearnfrom
adeal,howmuchbonusorcompensationoneexpectstoreceivebecauseofworkingonanIPO/deal,orassociatingone’sself‐worthtoworkingonaprestigiousaccount/deal.
o Examplesofwhereonecouldseekguidanceincludethefirm’scompliancedepartment,peers,theCFAInstituteCodeandStandards,orasupervisor.
Decideandact:Makeadecisionandact. Reflect:Oncethedecisionismade,assessthedecisiontoseeifithadthedesired
outcome.Ifnot,thenanalyzethereasons:werethestakeholdersidentified,wasthere
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 13
anyconflictofinterest,weretheethicalprinciplesidentified,didyouseekguidanceonhowtodealwithsituationalinfluencesandpersonalbehavioralbiases?
Sometimestheinformationisnotsufficienttomakeadecisioninwhichcasetheprocessbecomesiterativeasyouseekguidancetogathermorerelevantinformation.
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 14
Summary
LO.a:Explainethics.
ThewordethicsisderivedfromtheGreekword‘ethos,’whichmeanscharacter.Ethicsmeansmakinggoodchoices. Ethicsincludesasetofmoralprinciplesandrulesofconductthathelpusinourbehavior.
LO.b:Describetheroleofacodeofethicsindefiningaprofession.
Professionisthefinaldevelopmentofanoccupation.Professionis:
basedonspecializedknowledgeandskills. basedonservicetoothers. practicedbymemberswhoshareandagreetoadheretoacommoncodeofethics.
Inanygivenprofession,thecodeofethicsopenlycommunicatestheestablishedprinciplesoftheprofessionandhowitsmembersareexpectedtobehave.
Ithelpsinbuildingpublicconfidencethatmembersoftheprofessionwillusetheirskillsandknowledgeforthebenefitoftheirclients.
LO.c:Identifychallengestoethicalbehavior.
Onechallengeisthatpeopletendtobelievethattheirethicalstandardsareaboveaverage.Thisleadstooverconfidencebiasandthereforepeopleplacetoomuchimportanceontheirinternaltraits.However,studiesshowthatexternalfactors(situationalinfluence)arethemaindeterminantofethicalbehavior.Theyshiftourfocustotheimmediateratherthanlong‐termimpactsofadecision.Thethreemaintypesofsituationalinfluencesare:
Money&Prestige. Loyaltytoemployerand/orcolleagues. Strongcomplianceculture.
LO.d:Describetheneedforhighethicalstandardsintheinvestmentindustry.
Highethicalstandardsarealwaysimportant.However,theyareofparticularimportanceintheinvestmentindustry,becausethisindustryisbasedalmostentirelyontrust.Alsotheproductsandservicesofthisindustryareintangibleinnature.
Clientstrustinvestmentprofessionalstousetheirskillsandknowledgefortheirbenefitandtoprotecttheirassets.
Ifinvestmentprofessionalsadheretohighethicalstandards,allstakeholdersgainlong‐termbenefits.
LO.e:Distinguishbetweenethicalandlegalstandards.
Legalandethicalconductisnotalwaysthesame.
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 15
Lawsarenotalwaysthebestmechanismtoreduceunethicalbehaviorbecause: Legalstandardsareoftencreatedtoaddresspastethicalfailings.Theydonotprovide
directionforaneverchangingandincreasinglycomplexworld. Lawsareoftenrule‐based. Lawswillvaryacrosscountries.
Ethicalconductgoesbeyondlegalstandards.
LO.f:Describeandapplyaframeworkforethicaldecision‐making.
Aframeworkforethicaldecision‐makingcanhelppeoplelookatandassessadecisionfromdifferentperspectives.Thisenablesthemtomakegooddecisions,andtolimitunplannedconsequences.
Ageneralethicaldecision‐makingframeworkhasthefollowingfoursteps.1. Identify:Relevantfacts,stakeholdersanddutiesowed,ethicalprinciples,conflictsof
interest.2. Consider:Situationalinfluences,additionalguidance,alternativeactions.3. Decideandact.4. Reflect:Wastheoutcomeasanticipated?Whyorwhynot?
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 16
PracticeQuestions
1. Whichofthefollowingstatementsismostlikelycorrect?A. Ethicscanbedescribedasasetofmoralprinciplesthatprovideguidanceforour
behavior.B. Ethicalconductisbehaviorthatbalancesone’sowninterestwithonlythedirect
consequencesofthebehavioronothers.C. Professionalassociationsadoptacodeofethicstoprotecttheirownprofessional
community.2. Whichoneofthefollowingisleastlikelyareasonforaprofessiontoestablishacodeof
ethics?A. Acodeofethicsservesasanaidindecision‐making.B. Acodeofethicshelpsinstillconfidenceamongclientsandprospectiveclients.C. Acodeofethicshelpsensurethatmembersoftheprofessionwillfollowthelaw.
3. Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelyachallengefacedbyprofessionalstodisplayethical
behavior?A. Peopletendtobelievetheyaremoreethicalthantheyactuallyare.B. Peopletendtounderestimatetheirownmorality.C. Peopletendtounderestimatetheimpactofsituationalinfluences.
4. Whichofthefollowingstatementsisleastlikelyaccurate?Trustisparticularlyimportant
intheinvestmentprofessionbecause:A. investmentprofessionalshavespecializedknowledgeandaccesstoinformationis
asymmetrical.B. productsandservicesintheinvestmentindustrytendtobeintangible.C. returnscannotbeguaranteedformosttypesofinvestments.
5. Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelyareasonforlawsbeinginsufficienttoensureethical
conductamongmarketparticipants?A. Lawscanbeinterpreteddifferently.B. Lawsarelargelythesameacrossjurisdictions.C. Passingalawtakessignificanttime.
6. Whichofthefollowingstatementsaboutethicaldecisionframeworkis/aremostlikely
accurate? Statement1:Anethicaldecisionframeworkhelpsdecisionmakersjustifyactions
tostakeholders. Statement2:Toomanychoicescanatbestleadtoinaction.
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 17
Statement3:Anethicaldecisionframeworkservesasatoolforinvestmentprofessionalstochoosethebestpossiblealternative.
A. Statement1and3.B. Statement3only.C. Statement1,2,and3.
R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 18
Solutions1. Aiscorrect.StatementBisincorrectbecauseethicalconductisbehaviorthatbalances
one’sowninterestwiththedirectandindirectconsequencesofthebehavioronothers.StatementCisincorrect.
2. Ciscorrect.Thecodeofethicscannotensurethatmembersoftheprofessionwillfollow
thelaw.StatementsAandBaretrue.3. Biscorrect.Challengesfacedbyprofessionalstodisplayethicalbehaviorinclude:1)
overestimatingone’smoralityand2)underestimatingtheeffectofsituationalinfluences.4. Ciscorrect.StatementAandBarevalidreasonsfortrustbeingimportantinthe
investmentprofession.Cdoesnotrepresentareasonforwhytrustisparticularlyimportantintheinvestmentindustry.
5. Biscorrect.Lawscanvaryacrossjurisdictions.Thismayencouragequestionable
practicetomovetoplacesthatarelessrestrictiveinnature.StatementsAandCarevalidreasonsforwhythelawalonemightbeinsufficienttoensureethicalbehavior.
6. Ciscorrect.Allthreestatementsregardingethicaldecisionframeworksarecorrect.
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 19
R02CodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct
Introduction
TheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct(CodeandStandards)stipulaterulesandguidelinesforCFAInstitutemembersandcandidatesonhowtoconductthemselvesinaprofessionalandethicalmanner,withintegrity,underallcircumstancesforthebenefitofsociety.
CFAInstituteProfessionalConductProgram
AllCFAInstitutemembersandcandidatesenrolledintheCFAprogramarerequiredtocomplywiththeCodeandStandards.TheProfessionalConductProgram(PCP),inconjunctionwiththeDisciplinaryReviewCommittee(DRC),isresponsibleforenforcementoftheCodeandStandards.
TheDRCisavolunteercommitteeofCFAcharterholderswhoserveonpanelstoreviewconductandpartnerwithprofessionalconductstafftoestablishandreviewprofessionalconductpolicies.
TheCFAInstituteBylawsandRulesofProcedureforProfessionalConductformthebasicstructureforenforcingtheCodeandStandards.
ProfessionalConductinquiriescanbepromptedbyseveralreasons: Self‐disclosure:OntheannualProfessionalConductStatement,membersdiscloseif
theyhavebeenasubjectofcivillitigationorcriminalinvestigation. Writtencomplaints:ThePCPstaffmayreceivewrittencomplaints. Evidenceofmisconduct:ThePCPstaffmaycomeacrossviolationsthroughmediaor
anypublicsource. ReportbyaCFAexamproctor:Ifacandidateviolatedanyrulesonexamdayandis
reportedbytheproctor. CFAInstitutemayconductanalysisofscoresandexammaterialsaftertheexam,as
wellasmonitoronlineandsocialmediatodetectdisclosureofconfidentialexaminformation.Forinstance,ifafriendsitsfortheexaminAustraliaanddiscussesspecificquestionsonlineaftertheexamwhileyouareintheUnitedStateswheretheexamhasn’tstarted,itcanbeconsideredaviolationoftheCodeandStandards.
Afteraninquiryisinitiated,theprofessionalconductteamconductsaninvestigation.IftheprofessionalconductstaffbelievesaviolationoftheCodeandStandardshasoccurred,theyproposesanctionswhichcaninclude:publiccensure,suspensionofmembershipanduseoftheCFAdesignation,andrevocationoftheCFAcharter.CandidatesmaybesuspendedorprohibitedfromfurtherparticipationintheCFAprogram.
Thememberorcandidatehastheopportunitytoacceptorrejectanychargesandtheproposedsanctions.Ifthemember/candidateacceptstheviolation,thenthesanctionswillbeimposed.Ifthemember/candidatedoesnotacceptthechargesortheproposedsanctions,
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 20
thematterisreferredtotheDRC,whichreviewsmaterialsandpresentationsfromprofessionalconductstaffandfromthememberorcandidate.Thepanel’staskistodeterminewhetheraviolationoftheCodeandStandardsortestingpolicieshasoccurredand,ifso,whatsanctionshouldbeimposed.
CodeofEthics
MembersoftheCFAInstitute(includingCFAcharterholders)andcandidatesfortheCFAdesignation(“Membersandcandidates”)must:
1. Actwithintegrity,competence,diligence,andrespectandinanethicalmannerwiththepublic,clients,prospectiveclients,employers,employees,colleaguesintheinvestmentprofession,andotherparticipantsintheglobalcapitalmarkets.
2. Placetheintegrityoftheinvestmentprofessionandinterestsofclientsabovetheirownpersonalinterests.
3. Usereasonablecareandexerciseindependentprofessionaljudgmentwhenconductinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentactions,andengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.
4. Practiceandencourageotherstopracticeinaprofessionalandethicalmannerthatwillreflectcreditonthemselvesandtheprofession.
5. Promotetheintegrityandviabilityoftheglobalcapitalmarketsfortheultimatebenefitofsociety.
6. Maintainandimprovetheirprofessionalcompetenceandstrivetomaintainandimprovethecompetenceofotherinvestmentprofessionals.
Instructor’sNote:ThesixcomponentsofCodeofEthics,outlinedabove,areimportantandshouldbememorized.
StandardsofProfessionalConduct
TherearesevenStandardsofProfessionalConduct.Eachstandardhassub‐sections.Thestandardsarecoveredindetailinthenextreading.
I. ProfessionalismII. IntegrityofCapitalMarketsIII. DutiestoClientsIV. DutiestoEmployersV. Investmentanalysis,Recommendations,andActionsVI. ConflictsofInterestVII. ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMember,orCFACandidate
I. Professionalism
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 21
A. KnowledgeoftheLawMembersandCandidatesmustunderstandandcomplywithallapplicablelaws,rules,andregulations(includingtheCFAInstituteCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct)ofanygovernment,regulatoryorganization,licensingagency,orprofessionalassociationgoverningtheirprofessionalactivities.Intheeventofconflict,MembersandCandidatesmustcomplywiththemorestrictlaw,rule,orregulation.MembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglyparticipateorassistinandmustdissociatefromanyviolationofsuchlaws,rules,orregulations.
B. IndependenceandObjectivityMembersandCandidatesmustusereasonablecareandjudgmenttoachieveandmaintainindependenceandobjectivityintheirprofessionalactivities.MembersandCandidatesmustnotoffer,solicit,oracceptanygift,benefit,compensation,orconsiderationthatreasonablycouldbeexpectedtocompromisetheirownoranother’sindependenceandobjectivity.
C. MisrepresentationMembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglymakeanymisrepresentationsrelatingtoinvestmentanalysis,recommendations,actions,orotherprofessionalactivities.
D. MisconductMembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyprofessionalconductinvolvingdishonesty,fraud,ordeceitorcommitanyactthatreflectsadverselyontheirprofessionalreputation,integrity,orcompetence.
II. IntegrityofCapitalMarkets
A. MaterialNonpublicInformationMembersandCandidateswhopossessmaterialnonpublicinformationthatcouldaffectthevalueofaninvestmentmustnotactorcauseotherstoactontheinformation.
B. MarketManipulationMembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinpracticesthatdistortpricesorartifciallyinflatetradingvolumewiththeintenttomisleadmarketparticipants.
III. DutiestoClients
A. Loyalty,prudence,andcareMembersandCandidateshaveadutyofloyaltytotheirclientsandmustactwithreasonablecareandexerciseprudentjudgment.MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheirclientsandplacetheirclients’interestsbeforetheiremployer’sortheirowninterests.
B. FairDealingMembersandCandidatesmustdealfairlyandobjectivelywithallclientswhenprovidinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentaction,orengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 22
C. Suitability1. WhenMembersandCandidatesareinanadvisoryrelationshipwithaclient,they
must:a. Makeareasonableinquiryintoaclient’sorprospectiveclient’sinvestment
experience,riskandreturnobjectives,andfinancialconstraintspriortomakinganyinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentactionandmustreassessandupdatethisinformationregularly.
b. Determinethataninvestmentissuitabletotheclient’sfinancialsituationandconsistentwiththeclient’swrittenobjectives,mandates,andconstraintsbeforemakinganinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentaction.
c. Judgethesuitabilityofinvestmentsinthecontextoftheclient’stotalportfolio.
2. WhenMembersandCandidatesareresponsibleformanagingaportfoliotoaspecificmandate,strategy,orstyle,theymustmakeonlyinvestmentrecommendationsortakeonlyinvestmentactionsthatareconsistentwiththestatedobjectivesandconstraintsoftheportfolio.
D. PerformancePresentationWhencommunicatinginvestmentperformanceinformation,MembersandCandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatitisfair,accurate,andcomplete.
E. PreservationofConfidentialityMembersandCandidatesmustkeepinformationaboutcurrent,former,andprospectiveclientsconfidentialunless:
1. Theinformationconcernsillegalactivitiesonthepartoftheclientorprospectiveclient,
2. Disclosureisrequiredbylaw,or
3. Theclientorprospectiveclientpermitsdisclosureoftheinformation.
IV. DutiestoEmployers
A. LoyaltyInmattersrelatedtotheiremployment,MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheiremployerandnotdeprivetheiremployeroftheadvantageoftheirskillsandabilities,divulgeconfidentialinformation,orotherwisecauseharmtotheiremployer.
B. AdditionalCompensationArrangementsMembersandCandidatesmustnotacceptgifts,benefits,compensation,orconsiderationthatcompeteswithormightreasonablybeexpectedtocreateaconflictofinterestwiththeiremployer’sinterestunlesstheyobtainwrittenconsentfromallpartiesinvolved.
C. ResponsibilitiesofSupervisors
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 23
MembersandCandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatanyonesubjecttotheirsupervisionorauthoritycomplieswithapplicablelaws,rules,regulations,andtheCodeandStandards.
V. InvestmentAnalysis,Recommendations,andActions
A. DiligenceandReasonableBasisMembersandCandidatesmust:
1. Exercisediligence,independence,andthoroughnessinanalyzinginvestments,makinginvestmentrecommendations,andtakinginvestmentactions.
2. Haveareasonableandadequatebasis,supportedbyappropriateresearchandinvestigation,foranyinvestmentanalysis,recommendation,oraction.
B. CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClientsMembersandCandidatesmust:
1. Disclosetoclientsandprospectiveclientsthebasicformatandgeneralprinciplesoftheinvestmentprocessestheyusetoanalyzeinvestments,selectsecurities,andconstructportfoliosandmustpromptlydiscloseanychangesthatmightmateriallyaffectthoseprocesses.
2. Disclosetoclientsandprospectiveclientssignificantlimitationsandrisksassociatedwiththeinvestmentprocess.
3. Usereasonablejudgmentinidentifyingwhichfactorsareimportanttotheirinvestmentanalyses,recommendations,oractionsandincludethosefactorsincommunicationswithclientsandprospectiveclients.
4. Distinguishbetweenfactandopinioninthepresentationofinvestmentanalysisandrecommendations.
C. RecordRetentionMembersandCandidatesmustdevelopandmaintainappropriaterecordstosupporttheirinvestmentanalyses,recommendations,actions,andotherinvestment‐relatedcommunicationswithclientsandprospectiveclients.
VI. ConflictsofInterest
A. DisclosureofConflictsMembersandCandidatesmustmakefullandfairdisclosureofallmattersthatcouldreasonablybeexpectedtoimpairtheirindependenceandobjectivityorinterferewithrespectivedutiestotheirclients,prospectiveclients,andemployer.MembersandCandidatesmustensurethatsuchdisclosuresareprominent,aredeliveredinplainlanguage,andcommunicatetherelevantinformationeffectively.
B. PriorityofTransactions
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 24
InvestmenttransactionsforclientsandemployersmusthavepriorityoverinvestmenttransactionsinwhichaMemberorCandidateisthebeneficialowner.
C. ReferralFeesMembersandCandidatesmustdisclosetotheiremployer,clients,andprospectiveclients,asappropriate,anycompensation,consideration,orbenefitreceivedfromorpaidtoothersfortherecommendationofproductsorservices.
VII. ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMemberorCFACandidate
A. ConductasparticipantsinCFAInstituteProgramsMembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyconductthatcompromisesthereputationorintegrityofCFAInstituteortheCFAdesignationortheintegrity,validity,orsecurityofCFAInstituteprograms.
B. ReferencetoCFAInstitute,theCFAdesignation,andtheCFAprogramWhenreferringtoCFAInstitute,CFAInstitutemembership,theCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAProgram,MembersandCandidatesmustnotmisrepresentorexaggeratethemeaningorimplicationsofmembershipinCFAInstitute,holdingtheCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAProgram.
R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 25
Summary
LO.a:DescribethestructureoftheCFAInstituteProfessionalConductProgramandtheprocessfortheenforcementoftheCodeandStandards.
TheProfessionalConductProgram(PCP),inconjunctionwiththeDisciplinaryReviewCommittee(DRC),isresponsibleforenforcementoftheCodeandStandards.TheCFAInstituteBylawsandRulesofProcedureforProfessionalConductformthebasicstructureforenforcingtheCodeandStandards.ProfessionalConductinquiriescanbepromptedby:self‐disclosure,writtencomplaintsandevidenceofmisconduct,andreportbyaCFAexamproctor.
IftheprofessionalconductstaffbelievesaviolationoftheCodeandStandardshasoccurred,sanctionsareproposed.Ifthemember/candidatedoesnotacceptthechargesorthesanctions,thematterisreferredtotheDRC,whichreviewsmaterialsandpresentationsfromprofessionalconductstaffandfromthememberorcandidate.TheDRCmakesafinaldecisiononwhethertherewasaviolationandifsowhatsanctionsmustbeimposed.
LO.b:StatethesixcomponentsoftheCodeofEthicsandthesevenStandardsofProfessionalConduct.
MembersoftheCFAInstitute(includingCFAcharterholders)andcandidatesfortheCFAdesignation(“Membersandcandidates”)must:
1. Actwithintegrity,competence,diligence,andrespectandinanethicalmannerwiththepublic,clients,prospectiveclients,employers,employees,colleaguesintheinvestmentprofession,andotherparticipantsintheglobalcapitalmarkets.
2. Placetheintegrityoftheinvestmentprofessionandinterestsofclientsabovetheirownpersonalinterests.
3. Usereasonablecareandexerciseindependentprofessionaljudgmentwhenconductinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentactions,andengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.
4. Practiceandencourageotherstopracticeinaprofessionalandethicalmannerthatwillreflectcreditonthemselvesandtheprofession.
5. Promotetheintegrityandviabilityoftheglobalcapitalmarketsfortheultimatebenefitofsociety.
6. Maintainandimprovetheirprofessionalcompetenceandstrivetomaintainandimprovethecompetenceofotherinvestmentprofessionals.
LO.c:ExplaintheethicalresponsibilitiesrequiredbytheCodeandStandards,includingthesub‐sectionsofeachStandard.
Coveredinthenextreading.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 26
R03GuidanceforStandardsI‐VII
Introduction
Thisisalongreading,whichprovidesguidanceandrecommendedcomplianceproceduresforeachstandard.Severalexamplesarealsogivenonhowthestandardsshouldbeapplied.IFTNotesfocusontheguidanceandrecommendedcomplianceprocedures.Readtheexamples(applicationsofthestandards)fromthecurriculum.
StandardI:Professionalism
Standard1(A)KnowledgeoftheLaw
MembersandCandidatesmustunderstandandcomplywithallapplicablelaws,rules,andregulationsofanygovernment,regulatoryorganization,licensingagency,orprofessionalassociationgoverningtheirprofessionalactivities.Intheeventofconflict,MembersandCandidatesmustcomplywiththemorestrictlaw,rule,orregulation.MembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglyparticipateorassistinandmustdissociatefromanyviolationofsuchlaws,rules,orregulations.
Interpretation:
You,asamemberorcandidate,mustbeawareofalllawswhereyouconductbusiness.Statingthatyouarenotawareofthelawsandhenceaviolationoccurred,willnotbeacceptable.
Guidance: RelationshipbetweentheCodeandStandardsandApplicableLaw:Assumeyouarean
investmentadviserbasedinMalaysia.YouareaMalaysiancitizenandyourclientsarealsobasedinMalaysia.HeretheMalaysianlawisthe‘applicablelaw’.AsaLevelIcandidate,theCodeandStandardsmustalsobeconsidered.Let’sassumethatMalaysianlawsprohibitparticipationofinvestmentadvisersinIPOsbuttheCodeandStandardsallowparticipationunderspecifiedcircumstances,thenyouhavetofollowthestricterlaw–theMalaysianlawinthiscase.Ifthereisnoapplicablelaworregulation,thenMembersandCandidatesmustfollowtheCodeandStandards.
Investmentproductsandapplicablelaws:Followthemorestrictlaw. Participationinorassociationwithviolationsbyothers:Youareresponsiblefor
violationsinwhichyouknowinglyparticipateorassist.Knowinglyisthekeywordhere.Assumeyouarepartofagroupandyouhavereasonablegroundstobelieveaviolationistakingplace.Undersuchcircumstances:o First,makeanattempttostopthebehaviorbybringingittothenoticeofyour
supervisor/compliancedepartment.o Seektheadviceofindependentlegalcounselifthecompliancedepartmentwasnot
helpful.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 27
o Dissociateyourselfwiththatactivity.Dissociationvariesbasedonyourroleintheorganization;itcouldbe: Removingyournamefromtheinvestmentreportsandrecommendations. Askingforadifferentassignment. Refusingtoacceptanewclientorcontinuingtoadvisethecurrentclient.
o Inextremecases,leavetheorganization. Nottakinganactionafterreportingaviolation(andcontinuingassociationwiththe
illegalactivity),canbeconsideredasparticipatingintheillegalorunethicalconduct. Ifyouarenotsurethataviolationistakingplace,thentheappropriateactionwouldbe
toseektheadviceoflegal/compliancecounsel. CFAInstitutedoesnotcompelyoutoreportviolationstothegovernmentorregulatory
organizationunlessrequiredbylaw.
Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Stayinformed:Haveaprocedureorregulartrainingtokeepemployeesinformedofthe
changesinapplicablelaws,rules,regulationsetc. Reviewprocedures:Periodicallyreviewfirm’swrittencomplianceprocedurestoensure
itconformstotheapplicablelaw. Maintaincurrentfiles:Latestcopiesofapplicablerulesandregulationsshouldbe
availableforreference. Legalcounsel:Ifindoubthowtorespondtoapossibleviolation,seektheadviceof
legal/compliancepersonnel. Dissociation:Documenttheviolationifyouaredissociatingfromanillegalactivity;urge
thefirmtotakestepstoceasetheactivity,andresigninextremecases. Advise/encourageyourfirmto:
o Developand/oradoptacodeofethics.o Provideinformationonapplicablelaws:makealltheinformationregardinglaws
andrulesavailableinacentrallocation.o Establishproceduresforreportingviolations:makeiteasytoreportviolations.
Standard1(B)IndependenceandObjectivity
MembersandCandidatesmustusereasonablecareandjudgmenttoachieveandmaintainindependenceandobjectivityintheirprofessionalactivities.MembersandCandidatesmustnotoffer,solicit,oracceptanygift,benefit,compensation,orconsiderationthatreasonablycouldbeexpectedtocompromisetheirownoranother’sindependenceandobjectivity.
Interpretation:
Maintainindependenceandobjectivity.Donotcompromiseyourindependenceandobjectivityunderanycircumstanceasitcanhurtnotjustyourfirm,butthewholeindustry.Forinstance,assumeyouarewritingaresearchreportandthefirmyouarecoveringgives
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 28
youanexpensivegift.Acceptingthegiftmayshroudyourjudgmenttobeimpartialandgiveanobjectivereport.
Guidance: Buy‐sideclients:Assumeyouworkintheresearchdepartmentofalargebrokerage(buy‐
side)firmandyoucoverpharmaceuticalfirms.Yourresearchreportsaredisseminatedtoinstitutionalclients(buy‐sideclients)suchasmutualfunds.Mutualfundswithlargepositionsinpharmastocksmighttrytoinfluenceyoutowritepositivereports.However,itisimportantforyou,nottosuccumbtopressure.Independenceandobjectivitymustbemaintained.
Investmentbankingrelationships:Nowassumeyourfirmalsohasaninvestmentbanking(IB)division.Pfizerisaclientofthefirm,andtheIBdivisionisworkingcloselyonPfizer’ssecondaryoffering.TheIBdivisionmayinfluenceresearchanalyststoissuefavorableresearchreports.But,asananalyst,youmustmaintainyourobjectivity.
Publiccompanies:Publiccompaniesmaytrytoinfluenceanalyststowritepositiveresearchreports.
Issuer‐paidresearch:Assumeacompanyisnotbeingwidelyfollowed.Ifthiscompanyapproachesyoutowritearesearchreportforthem,andcompensatesyou,thenthereisapotentialconflictofinterest.Thebestpracticeforindependentanalystsistonegotiateaflatfeeforthereport.Thefeeshouldbeindependentoftheeventualrecommendation.Disclosureofthetypeofcompensationisalsoimportant.
Travelfunding:Itisbestforcandidatestousecommercialtransportationpaidforbytheirfirm,andnottheclient.Ifcommercialtransportationisunavailable,membersandcandidatesmayacceptmodestlyarrangedtravel,toparticipateinappropriateinformation‐gatheringevents,suchasapropertytour.
Creditratingagencyopinions:Creditratingagenciesprovideratingsforfixed‐incomeproducts.Ifyouareworkingataratingagency,youmaybeofferedincentivesandcompensationbythesponsoringcompany(companiesissuingbonds)toissueafavorablerating.However,youshouldbeobjectiveabouttheanalysisandensuretheprocessesatyouragencydonotresultinaconflictofinterest.
Influenceduringthemanagerselection/procurementprocess:Assumealargepensionfundisintheprocessofselectinganassetmanagementcompany(AMC)tomanagetheirassets.Inordertogetthisbusiness,AMCsmaytrytoinfluencethehiringmanageratthepensionfundbygivinggifts,etc.Irrespectiveofwhichsideyouareintheprocess(pensionfundorAMCwhichisseekingbusiness),donotsolicitgiftsorcontributionseitherdirectlyorindirectlythatmayaffectyourindependence.
Brokeragehouses:Membersandcandidateshiresecondaryfundmanagerstomanagespecificassets,fortradingandreporting.Theremaybeattemptstoinfluencethemwithgiftsorcompensation.Itisimportantformemberstonotacceptsuchgiftsandstayobjectiveaboutthehiringdecision.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 29
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Protecttheintegrityofopinions. Createarestrictedlistforcompanieswhereafirmwantstodisseminateonlyfactual
information,andnonegativeorpositiveopinion. Restrictspecialcostarrangements:usecorporateaircraftonlyifcommercial
transportationisnotavailable. Limitgifts:astrictlimitfortokengiftsthatcanbeacceptedmustbeestablished. Restrictinvestments:Enforcepriorapprovalforemployeespurchasingequityorequity‐
relatedIPOs. Reviewprocedures. Establishanindependencepolicy. Appointedofficer:appointaseniorofficertoensurecompliancewiththefirm’scodeof
ethics.
Standard1(C)Misrepresentation
MembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglymakeanymisrepresentationsrelatingtoinvestmentanalysis,recommendations,actions,orotherprofessionalactivities.
Amisrepresentationisanyuntruestatement,oromissionoffact,oranystatementthatisotherwisefalseormisleading.
Interpretation:
Thefoundationofanyclient‐customerrelationshipistrust.Iftrustislostbecauseofmisrepresentingfacts,itnotonlyhurtsyou,butalsohurtsconfidenceintheentireprofessionandintegrityofcapitalmarketsaswell.
Guidance: Impactoninvestmentpractice:Assumeyourfirmhasbeenmanagingalargecapequity
fundforseveralyearsandhasaddedasmallcapfundlastyear.Ifthefirmclaimsithasyearsofexperiencemanagingsmallcapfunds/stocks,thenitwouldbemisrepresentingfacts.o Membersandcandidatesmustnotmisrepresentfactsincludingtheirqualifications,
orcredentials.Forinstance,ifyouhaveclearedonlytwolevelsoftheCFAprogram,youcannotclaimtobeaCFAcharterholder.
o Whenissuingaresearchreport,youmaybeusingthird‐partyinformation.Youmustexercisecareanddiligencewhenusingthird‐partyinformationsuchascreditratings,research,ormarketingmaterials,toensurethereisnomisrepresentation.
o Ifyouareusingexternalmanagerstomanagespecificareas,youmustnotrepresenttheirinvestmentpracticesasyourown.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 30
Performancereporting:o Ifyouhavechosenabenchmarkforyourportfolio,arethestrategiesofboth
comparable?Areyouchoosingabenchmarkbecauseitmakestheportfolio’sperformancelookbetter?
o Youmustensuretheperformanceevaluationofyourportfoliohasareasonablebasis.
o Providepricinginformationofsecuritiestoclientsonaconsistentbasis.Donotchangepricingproviderssolelyonthebasisofhighervalueofasecurity.Thisisespeciallytrueofilliquidsecurities.Thiswillbemisrepresentinginformationasinvestorsmakethedecisionofwhetherornottoholdanilliquidsecuritybasedontheinformationprovided.
Socialmedia:ThelanguageusedonsocialmediaplatformssuchasFacebookandTwitterisofteninformal.However,membersandcandidatesmustensuretheinformationprovidedisthesameasintraditionalmodesofcommunication.TheformatmustadheretotheCodeandStandards,eventhoughthereisagreatdealofanonymity.
Omissions:Factsoroutcomesmustnotbeomitted,especiallywhenitcomestoperformancemeasurementandattribution.Forexample,assumeamanagerhadexceptionalperformanceinthepastthreeyears,butnegativereturnsinthethreeyearsprecedingit.Hemustpresenttheperformancefortheentireperiodandnotomityearsofbadperformance;thatiscalledcherrypicking(orselectivepresentation).
Plagiarism:Plagiarismisusingtheworkofotherswithoutacknowledgingorattributingthesourceofinformation.Examplesinclude:o Usingtheresearchreportofanotherfirm,andthenredistributingitbychangingthe
names.o Aresearchreportbasedonmultiplesourcesofinformationwithoutnamingthe
sources.o Excerptsfromarticleswithlittleornochangeinwording.o Notnamingspecificreferences,butinsteadattributingto“leadinginvestment
analysts”.o Usingchartsandgraphswithoutnamingtheirsources.
MembersandCandidatesmustdisclosethesourceofinformationusedintheirreports.Ifitispaidfor,thenitmustbedisclosed.Sentencesreproducedmustbewithinquotesandtheauthornamedspecifically.
Workcompletedforemployer:Work(models/reports/research)donewithinafirmmaybeusedbyothersinthefirmwithoutattribution.Ifthepersonwhodevelopedamodelhasleftthefirm,thefirmcancontinueusingitasitisapropertyofthefirmwithoutnamingtheperson.However,noonecanclaimthattheworkdonebythepersonwhohasquitthefirmhasbeendonebytheonewhoisnowusingit.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 31
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Factualpresentations:Eachmemberandcandidatemustbeawareofthefirm’sandthe
individual’scapabilitiesandlimitations.Awrittenlistofthefirm’savailableservicesshouldguidetheemployeeswhopresenttoclients.
Qualificationsummary:Eachmemberandcandidateshouldprepareasummaryofhis/herqualificationsandexperiencetopresenttoclients.Thesemustbeperiodicallyreviewed.
Verifyoutsideinformation:Ensurematerialfromathird‐partyisaccuratebeforepresentingittoclients.
Maintainwebpages:Anyinformationpublishedonawebpagemustbecurrent,andaccurate.
Plagiarismpolicy:Maintaincopiesofresearchreports/articlesusedinmakingyourresearchreport,attributequotationstotheirsource,andattributesummariestotheirsources.
Standard1(D)Misconduct
MembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyprofessionalconductinvolvingdishonesty,fraud,ordeceitorcommitanyactthatreflectsadverselyontheirprofessionalreputation,integrity,orcompetence.
Guidance:
Anyactthatinvolveslying,cheating,stealing,orotherdishonestconductisaviolationofthisstandardiftheoffensereflectsadverselyonamember’sorcandidate’sprofessionalactivities.AlthoughCFAInstitutediscouragesanysortofunethicalbehaviorbymembersandcandidates,theCodeandStandardsareprimarilyaimedatconductandactionsrelatedtoamember’sorcandidate’sprofessionallife.Someimportantpointsbasedonexamplesseenoften: Usingalcoholduringbusinesshours,thoughnotillegalimpairsaperson’sabilitytothink
objectively. Ifamemberorcandidatedeclarespersonalbankruptcy,itisnotmisconduct.But,ifthe
circumstancesthatledtobankruptcyincludedeceitorfraud,thenitwouldbeaviolationanddeemedasmisconduct.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Codeofethics:Adoptacodeofethicsthateverymembermustadhereto. Listofviolations:Communicatetoallemployeesalistofpotentialviolationsandthe
associatedsanctions. Employeereferences:Dobackground(reference)checksofemployeestoensurethey
havenothadabrushwiththelawinthepastandareeligibletoworkintheinvestmentprofession.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 32
StandardII:IntegrityofCapitalMarkets
StandardII(A)MaterialNonpublicInformation
MembersandCandidateswhopossessmaterialnonpublicinformationthatcouldaffectthevalueofaninvestmentmustnotactorcauseotherstoactontheinformation.
Guidance: Whatismaterialinformation?:Thisisinformationthat,ifdisclosed,canhaveanimpact
onthepriceofasecurity,orinformationthatinvestorswouldwanttoknowbeforemakinganinvestmentdecision.Forexample,informationthattheCEOofacompanywasinvolvedinascandaltomanipulatefinancialstatementsandisgoingtobearrested,ismaterialinformation.Othercommonexamplesincludemergersandacquisitions,newproductlicenses,changesinmanagement,bankruptcies,legaldisputes,etc.
Whatconstitutes“nonpublic”information?:Asthenameimplies,informationthathasnotbeenmadepubliciscallednonpublicinformation.Forinstance,ifapharmaceuticalcompanyhasjustreceivednewsthataparticulardrughasbeenapprovedbyFDAanditisnotmadepublicyet,thenitconstitutesnonpublicinformation.Thisisalsomaterialinformationasitissomethinginvestorswouldliketoknowbeforeinvestinginthecompany.
Mosaictheory:AspertheMosaictheory,analystsarefreetoactonpublicandnonmaterialnonpublicinformationwithoutriskingviolation.Let’stakeanexamplefromthecurriculum.Ananalystisresearchingacompanyinthefurnitureindustry.Heanalyzesthepublicdisclosures,andspeakswithmanyfurnitureretailersonwhichhebaseshisrecommendationreport.Theinformationgatheredfromfurnitureretailersisanexampleofnonmaterialnonpublicinformationbecausetheinformationisnotpublic,andnotmaterialbyitselftoinfluencethestockpricesinanyway.
Socialmedia:Membersandcandidatesmustensurethatinformationobtainedfromclosedgroupsonsocialmedia(Facebook,LinkedIn)isaccessibletothepublicthroughothersources.
Usingindustryexperts:Usingexpertsisappropriateaslongasmembersarenotrequestingoractingonmaterialnonpublicinformation.
Investmentresearchreports:Assumeyouareawell‐knownanalystandyourrecommendationreportsmightimpactstockprices.Sinceyouarenotaninsideranddidnotbaseyourreportoninsiderinformation,StandardII(A)doesnotapply.Inthiscase,youarenotrequiredtomakethereportpublic.Ifthepublicwantsaccesstothereport,theycanbeaskedtopayforyourservices.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Achievepublicdissemination:Takestepstopubliclydisseminatematerialnonpublic
information.Ensurenoinvestmentactionistakenbasedontheinformation.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 33
Adoptcomplianceprocedures:Adoptcomplianceprocedurestopreventthemisuseofmaterialnonpublicinformation.Ex:reviewemployeetrading,investmentrecommendations,andinterdepartmentalrecommendations.
Adoptdisclosureprocedures:Sameinformationshouldbecommunicatedtothemarketinanequitablemanner.Theinformationreceivedbybuy‐sideclientsshouldbethesameassell‐sideclients,andthesamegoesforlargefirmsandsmallfirms.
Issuepressreleases:Pressreleasesmustbemadebeforeconferencecallsandanalystmeetingssothatnewinformationisdisclosedatsuchgatherings.
Firewallelements:Afirewallisaninformationbarriercreatedtopreventtheflowofmaterialnonpublicinformationwithinafirm;forinstance,betweenthebrokerageandinvestmentbankingdepartmentsofafirm.Listedbelowareafewwaysafirewallisimplemented:o Reviewofemployeetrading.o Routeinterdepartmentalcommunicationsthroughthecomplianceorlegal
department.o Documenthowtoenforceprocedurestolimitinformationflowwithinthefirm.o Review/restrictproprietarytradingwhenafirmisinpossessionofmaterial
nonpublicinformation. Appropriateinterdepartmentalcommunications:Documentproceduresforhow
interdepartmentalcommunicationsmustoccur,reviewtradingactivity,andwhatactionstotakeifviolationsoccur.
Physicalseparationofdepartments:Topreventsensitiveinformationflowingfromonedepartmenttoanother.Ex:IB/corporatefinancetobephysicallyseparatedfromsalesandresearchofabrokeragefirm.
Preventionofpersonneloverlap:Anemployeeshouldbeononlyonesideofthefirewall.Forinstance,anemployeeworkinginthecommerciallendingdepartmentofabankmustnotbeassociatedwithitstrust/researchdepartments.
Areportingsystem:Haveareportingsysteminwhichauthorizedpeoplecanreviewandapprovecommunicationsbetweendepartments.Ifsharingofcertaininformationisnecessaryacrossthefirewall,thenadesignatedofficermustascertainwhethersharingisessentialandmustmonitortheprocess.
Personaltradinglimitations:Enforcerestrictionsonpersonaltradingbyemployees.Monitorbothproprietaryandpersonaltrading.
Recordmaintenance:Maintainrecordsofinterdepartmentalcommunication. Proprietarytradingprocedures:Outlineproceduresforunderwhatsituationsthere
shouldberestrictionsonproprietarytrading:o Marketmaking:Restrictionsontradingifthefirmisamarketmakercanbe
counterproductiveasitmaybeasignaltotradersthatthefirmisinpossessionofsomematerialnonpublicinformation.Thefirmmusttakethecontrasideofunsolicitedcustomertrades.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 34
o Arbitragetrading:Mustnotengageinproprietarytradingifitisinpossessionofsensitiveinformation.
Communicatetoallemployees:Educateemployeesthroughtrainingsonhowtoidentifymaterialnonpublicinformationandhowtoact(consultasupervisor/complianceofficer)iftheypossesssuchinformation.Circulatewrittencompliancepoliciesandprocedurestoallemployees.
StandardII(B)MarketManipulation
MembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinpracticesthatdistortpricesorartificiallyinflatetradingvolumewiththeintenttomisleadmarketparticipants.
Whatitincludes: Disseminatingfalseinformationintothemarket. Misleadingmarketparticipantsbydistortingprices.
Guidance: Information‐basedmanipulation:Spreadingfalserumorstoinducetradingbyothers.For
example,ananalystmaypumpfalseinformationintothemarketthroughblogsorsomeothermediatoartificiallyinflatestockprices.
Transaction‐basedmanipulation:Transactionsthatartificiallyaffectthepricesorvolumeofasecurity.Forexample,iftransactionsshowasecuritytobemoreliquid,thenmarketparticipantsperceiveitfavorablyandmaybuy.Forexample,alargefirmmayhaveofficesinTokyoandChicago.Oneofficemaysellalargenumberofsharesandtheotherofficemaybuy.Whileitmayappearasiftheliquidity/tradingvolumeofthesecurityisup.But,inreality,thetradingwaswithinthefirm.
StandardIII:DutiestoClients
StandardIII(A)Loyalty,Prudence,andCare
MembersandCandidateshaveadutyofloyaltytotheirclientsandmustactwithreasonablecareandexerciseprudentjudgment.MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheirclientsandplacetheirclients’interestsbeforetheiremployer’sortheirowninterests.
Interpretation:
Clientinterestscomefirst,followedbytheemployerand,then.personalinterestsofthememberorcandidate.Theonlyexceptionisthattheintegrityofcapitalmarketsmusttakeprecedenceovertheclient’sinterestsifthereisaconflict.Prudencerequirescautionanddiscretion.Whenhandlingfundsofaclient,prudencerequiresthatyoutreatthemwiththesameskill,care,anddiligenceasyouwouldtreatyourownfunds.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 35
Guidance: Understandingtheapplicationofloyalty,prudence,andcare:Investmentadvisershave
differentjobroles;somehavefiduciaryresponsibilitiesthatareimposedbylawandrequireahigherleveloftrustthanotherbusinessroles.Irrespectiveofwhetherornottheyareinafiduciaryrole,membersandcandidatesareexpectedtoworkintheclient’sbestinterest,andbeloyal,prudent,andexercisecareinmanagingtheclient’sportfolio.
Identifyingtheactualinvestmentclient:Identifywhoistheactualclient.It’softeneasytodefineaclientbutthereareinstanceswhenitmaynotbeclear.Forexample,ifapensionplanhiresaninvestmentmanager,thentheclientisnotthepensionplanbutthebeneficiariesoftheplan.Inthiscasethehiringentityisnotyourclient.Insomecases,theremaynotbeanydirectclientsorbeneficiaries.Ex:afundmanagermanagingthefundtoanindex.Insuchcases,fundmanagersshouldinvestaccordingtothestatedmandate.
Developingtheclient’sportfolio:Caremustbetakenindevelopingportfolios,whichareconsistentwiththeclients’objectives,circumstances,constraints,andrisks.Investmentdecisionsshouldbebasedontheoverallportfolio,ratherthanthecharacteristicsofanindividualinvestment.
Softcommission(dollar)policies:Assumeaclienthashiredyoutomanagehisfunds.Youhavediscretionovertheselectionofbrokerstoexecutetransactions.Conflictsmayariseifyouuseclientbrokerage(moneypaidbytheclientfortradeexecution)topurchaseresearchservicesfromthebroker.Thispracticeiscalled“softdollars”or“softcommissions.”Ifyoupayahigherbrokeragecommissionthanyouwouldnormallypay,toallowforthepurchaseofgoodsorservices,withoutacorrespondingbenefittotheclient,youhaveviolatedthedutyofloyaltytoyourclient.
Proxyvotingpolicies:Assumeyouareaninvestmentmanagerandyouhavepurchased1millionsharesofGeneralElectriconbehalfofyourclient.Sinceyouaremanagingyourclient’sportfolio,youcanvoteonbehalfoftheclient.Youshouldperformasimplecost‐benefitanalysistodecidewhetherornottovote.Whenyouvoteitshouldbeinthebestinterestoftheclient(shareholder),notthecompanymanagement.Yourfirm’sproxyvotingpoliciesshouldbedisclosedtoclients.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Regularaccountinformation:Submitaquarterlystatementtotheclientthatincludes
credits,debits,securitiesholdings,andtransactionsduringtheperiod.Indicatewhethertheclientmustholdorsellassets.Andifsold,wheretheproceedsshouldbeinvestedinandwhen.
Clientapproval:Ifunsureofwhatcourseofactiontotakewithrespecttoaclient,membersandcandidatesmustdiscusswiththeclientinwritingandtakeapproval.
Firmpolicies:Encouragefirmstoadoptthesepolicies:o Followallapplicablerulesandlaws.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 36
o Establishtheinvestmentobjectivesoftheclient:returnrequirements,riskprofile,experiences,andconstraints.
o Consideralltheinformationwhentakingactions:theclient’sneedsandcircumstances,theclient’sportfolio,andaninvestment’sindividualcharacteristics.
o Carryoutregularreviews:Ifaclient’scircumstanceshavechanged(suddenneedforlargesumsofmoney,oranunexpectedinflowofmoney),thentheymustbeaddressed.
o Dealfairlywithallclientswithrespecttoinvestmentactions.o Discloseconflictsofinterest.o Disclosecompensationarrangements:Ifamanageriscompensatedbasedonthe
returnsgeneratedforaclient,thenitmustbedisclosedtotheclient.o Maintainconfidentiality.
StandardIII(B)FairDealing
MembersandCandidatesmustdealfairlyandobjectivelywithallclientswhenprovidinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentaction,orengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.
Interpretation:Thestandardfocusesondealingfairlyandobjectivelywithallclients.Itdoesnotmeanequallybecausethecircumstancesofeveryclientwillbedifferent.Also,afirmmayofferdifferentlevelsofservices.Aclientpayingahigherfeeforapersonalizedservicecannotbetreatedinanequitablemannerwithonewhoisnot.Moreover,itisalsonotpossibletocommunicateinformationtoallclientsatthesametimeasthemodesofcommunicationmayvary(e‐mail,phone,andfax).
Guidance: Investmentrecommendationisanyopiniontobuy,sell,orholdasecurity/investment.
Guidelinesonhowrecommendationsmustbedisseminatedtoclients:o Allyourclientsmusthaveafairopportunitytoactontheinvestment
recommendation.o Thereshouldnotbeselectivedisclosuresuchthatyourlargeclientsreceivea
reportfirstandthesmallerclientslater.Theremaybepracticaldifficultiesinreachingallclientsattheexactsametimebecauseoftimedifferencesandmodesofcommunication,butaneffortmustbemadetocommunicateinanequitablemanner.
o Theremaybeinstanceswhenyoumaychangeyourrecommendation.Let’sassumeyouissuedabuyrecommendationforastockerroneously.Youchangeditlatertosellandifthereareclientswhohaveactedonthebuyorderbutarenotawareofthechangetosell,youmustadvisethemofthechangebeforeacceptingtheorder.
Guidelinesformembersandcandidateswhoseprimaryroleistotakeactionsbasedoninvestmentrecommendationsreceivedeitherfromwithinthefirmorexternalsources:
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 37
o Takecaretotreatallclientsfairly.o IPOandsecondaryofferings:Distributetoallclientsforwhomtheinvestmentsare
appropriate.Allocationofthestockshouldbeconsistentwiththepoliciesofthefirm.
o Oversubscribedissues:Distributeonaprorataandround‐lotbasis.Refrainfrombuyingforindividualandfamilyaccounts.But,ifafamily‐memberisafee‐payingclient,thenthefamilymembermustbetreatedonanequalbasisasanyotherclient.
o Blocktrade:Allaccountsofclientsinablocktrademustbegiventhesameexecutionpriceandchargedthesamecommissionfee.
o Ordersmustbetimestamped.o Ordersaretobeexecutedonafirst‐inandfirst‐outbasis.o Disclosetotheclienttheallocationproceduresthatthefirmfollows.o MembersandcandidatesmustnotwithholdsecuritiesofIPOs,tradingatapremium
inthesecondarymarket,fortheirbenefit.
Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Developfirmpolicies.
o Limitthenumberofpeoplewhoknowthatarecommendationisgoingtobedisseminated.
o Shortenthetimeframebetweenthedecisiontomakeaninvestmentrecommendationandactualdissemination.
o Publishguidelinesforpre‐disseminationbehavior:Firmsmustbeencouragedtohaveguidelinesthatprohibitpersonnel,whoknowabouttherecommendation,fromtakingactionordiscussing.
o Simultaneousdissemination:Oncedisseminationtoallclientshashappened,membersandcandidatesmayfollowupwithindividualclients.
o Maintainalistofclientsandtheirholdings.o Developanddocumenttradeallocationprocedures(discussedabove).
Disclosetradeallocationprocedures. Establishsystematicaccountreview:Conductperiodicreviewtoensurenoclientis
receivingpreferentialtreatmentandtradesarebasedontheaccount’sobjectives.Ifthemanagerissellingfromoneaccountandbuyingitforanotheraccount,hemustdocumentthereasonsforboththetransactions.
Disclosethelevelsofserviceandtheassociatedfeestoallclients.
StandardIII(C)Suitability
1. Whenmembersandcandidatesareinanadvisoryrelationshipwithaclient,theymust:a. Makeareasonableinquiryintoaclient’sorprospectiveclient’sinvestment
experience,riskandreturnobjectives,andfinancialconstraintspriortomakinganyinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentaction,andmustreassessandupdatethisinformationregularly.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 38
b. Determinethataninvestmentissuitabletotheclient’sfinancialsituationandconsistentwiththeclient’swrittenobjectives,mandates,andconstraintsbeforemakinganinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentaction.
c. Judgethesuitabilityofinvestmentsinthecontextoftheclient’stotalportfolio.
2. Whenmembersandcandidatesareresponsibleformanagingaportfoliotoaspecificmandate,strategy,orstyle,theymustmakeonlyinvestmentrecommendationsortakeonlyinvestmentactionsthatareconsistentwiththestatedobjectivesandconstraintsoftheportfolio.
Interpretation:
Determinethesuitabilityofaninvestmentbeforetakingactionbasedontheclients’circumstancesandotherfactors.Itistheresponsibilityofmembersandcandidateswhoprovideinvestmentadvicetoaclienttodeterminethesuitabilityofaninvestment.Sell‐sideanalystsandothermemberswhoexecuteinstructionsarenotresponsibleforsuitabilityanalysis.
Guidance: Developinganinvestmentpolicy:Gatherclientinformation(personaldata,objectives,
risk,andcircumstances)atthestartoftherelationship.DevelopanIPSthatoutlinesreturnrequirements,risktolerance,andallinvestmentconstraints.IPSalsooutlinestherolesandresponsibilitiesofthepartiesintheadvisoryrelationship,whenperiodicreviewswillbeconductedandtheIPSreevaluated.
Updatinganinvestmentpolicy:IPSistobeupdatedatleastannuallytoreflectchangesinmarketexpectationsandcircumstancesoftheclient.Needsandcircumstancesoftheclientscanchangeatanytimeandtheinvestmentrecommendations/decisionsmusttakenoteofthis.Examplesofchangesinanindividual’scircumstances:taxstatus,numberofdependents,liquidityneeds,lossofjob/changeincurrentincome,etc.
Theneedfordiversification:Combiningdifferentinvestmentsreducestheriskofaportfoliohavingallassetsinasingleinvestment.Aninvestmentthatisrelativelyriskyonitsownmaybesuitableinthecontextoftheentireportfolio.
Addressingunsolicitedtradingrequestso Requestsfromclientsfortradesthatdonotalignwiththeriskandreturnobjectives
ofaclient’sIPS:Membersandcandidatesmusttakeeffortstobalancetheclient’srequestwhilenotdeviatingfromtheIPS.
o Unsolicitedrequeststhatarenotsuitableinvestments:IfyourclientsaskyoutomakeatradethatisnotinaccordancewiththeIPS,thenrefrainfrommakingthetradeuntilyoudiscussitwiththeclient.EducatetheclientaboutthedeviationfromthecurrentIPS.
o Iftheclientinsistsonmakingthetradeandifyouthinkitwillhaveamaterialimpactontheportfolio,updatetheIPS.IftheclientrefusestohavetheIPSmodified,thendeterminethefutureoftheadvisoryrelationship.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 39
Managingtoanindexormandate:Investaccordingtothemandate.Forexample,assumeyouareaportfoliomanagerforasmallcapfundandyourmandateistoincludestocksbelowacertainmarketcapitalization.Youwouldbedeviatingfromthemandateifyoubuylargecapstocksevenifyouexpectlargecapstoperformexceptionallywell.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Investmentpolicystatement:Bothindividualandinstitutionalinvestorsmusthavean
IPS.TheIPSshouldoutlinethefollowing:clientidentification,investorobjectives,investorconstraints,andperformancemeasurementbenchmarks.
Regularupdates:IPSistobeupdatedonaregularbasis(atleastannually)toreflectchangingcircumstancesandcapitalmarketexpectations.
Suitabilitytestpolicies:Firmsmustbeencouragedtohavetestprocedurestodeterminethesuitabilityofinvestmentsfordifferenttypesofclients.
StandardIII(D)PerformancePresentation
Whencommunicatinginvestmentperformanceinformation,membersandcandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatitisfair,accurate,andcomplete.
Guidance: Providecredibleperformanceinformationtoclientsandprospectiveclients.Shouldnot
statethatpastperformancecanbeobtainedagain. Avoidmisstatingperformanceormisleadingclients. Ifthepresentationisbrief,makedetailedsupportinginformationavailabletoclientsand
prospectsonrequest.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance:ApplyingtheGIPSstandardsisrecommended,butnotrequired.FirmsthatclaimcompliancewithoutapplyingGIPSstandardsmustdothefollowing: Considertheknowledgeandsophisticationoftheaudience. Presenttheperformanceoftheweightedcompositeofsimilarportfoliosratherthan
usingasinglerepresentativeaccount.Assumetherearethreeportfolioswithsimilarmandatesworth2million,10million,and8million.Iftheygeneratedreturnsof9%,2%,and2%,respectively,thentakeaweightedaverageofreturns.
Includeterminatedaccountsaspartofperformancehistory.Alsostatewhenthoseaccountswereterminated.
Includedisclosuresthatfullyexplaintheperformanceresultsbeingreported. Maintainthedataandrecordsusedtocalculatetheperformancebeingpresented.
StandardIII(E)PreservationofConfidentiality
MembersandCandidatesmustkeepinformationaboutcurrent,former,andprospectiveclientsconfidentialunless:
1. Theinformationconcernsillegalactivitiesonthepartoftheclient.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 40
2. Disclosureisrequiredbythelaw.
3. Theclientorprospectiveclientpermitsdisclosureoftheinformation.
Guidance: Statusofclient:Evenifanentityisnolongeraclient,membersandcandidatesmust
maintaintheconfidentialityofclientrecords. Compliancewithlaws:Complywithapplicablelaw.Ifaclientisinvolvedinillegal
activitiesandtheapplicablelawrequiresmembersandcandidatestomaintainconfidentiality,thentheinformationmustnotbedisclosed.
Electronicinformationandsecurity:Membersandcandidatesneedtobeawareofpossibleaccidentaldisclosures.Theyshouldtakecarewhencommunicatingsensitiveclientinformation.Forinstance,assumetwoclientsaninvestmentmanagerisdealingwith,havesimilarnames.Whensendingane‐mailwithupdatedIPS,theinvestmentmanagertypesinthenameoftheintendedrecipientanddoesn’trealizethatitgoestotheotherclientinsteadoftheintendedrecipient.Suchmistakescanhavedireconsequences.
ProfessionalconductinvestigationsbyCFAInstitute:Ifpermissibleunderlaw,membersandcandidatesmustcooperatewithPCPandprovideinformationaboutaclientinsupportofaninvestigation.AnyinformationgiventoPCPstaysconfidential.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Thesimplest,mostconservative,andmosteffectivewaytocomplywithStandardIII(E)
istoavoiddisclosinganyinformationreceivedfromaclient,excepttoauthorizedfellowemployeeswhoarealsoworkingfortheclient.
Communicatingwithclients:Followfirm‐supportedcommunicationmethodsandcomplianceprocedureswhencommunicatingconfidentialinformation.
StandardIV:DutiestoEmployers
StandardIV(A)Loyalty
Inmattersrelatedtotheiremployment,MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheiremployerandnotdeprivetheiremployeroftheadvantageoftheirskillsandabilities,divulgeconfidentialinformation,orotherwisecauseharmtotheiremployer.
Interpretation: Assumeyouworkforaninvestmentmanagementfirmandhavecommittedtowork45
hoursaweek.Duringthistime,you’llnotindulgeinanyactivitythatwilldepriveyouremployerofyourskillsandabilities.
Now,assumeyouareabouttoplacealargebuyorderforastockforaclient.Youaretemptedtoplaceanorderforyourownaccountbeforebuyingfortheclient.Thisis
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 41
calledfrontrunninganditmustbeavoided,asyoumustplaceyourclientandemployer’sinterestsbeforeyourowninterests.
Everythingelsetakesprecedencebeforedutytoyourownself.Ofcourse,it’snotablanketstatementthatrequiresmembersandcandidatestoalwaysputworkaheadofpersonalcommitmentsandimportantfamilyobligations.Thestandardrecommendsmemberstoenterintoadialoguewithemployerstostrikeabalancebetweenworkandpersonallife.
Guidance: Theemployermustnothaverules/writtenpoliciesthatconflictwithresponsibilitiesof
membersandcandidates.Ifthereareany,thenyoumustencourageyouremployertochangethosepolicies.
Independentpractice:Independentpracticeisengaginginabusinessactivitywhereyougetpaid,andtheworkisnotrelatedtotheemployer.Assumeyouarethinkingofstartinganindependentpracticetoworkovertheweekendsorafter‐workhours.Therearecertainrulesthatgovernthis:o Youmustnotstartapracticethatconflictswiththeinterestsofyouremployer.o Obtainconsentfromyouremployerbeforestartingthepractice.Disclosethetypes
ofservicesyouwillrender,theexpecteddurationoftheservices,andthecompensation.
Leavinganemployer:Assumeyouhavesubmittedyourresignationanddecidedtoleaveyouremployer.Thereisaonemonthnoticeperiod.Duringthisperiod:o Youmustcontinuetoactinthebestinterestsofyourcurrentemployer.o Youmustnotrevealtradesecretstoyournewemployer.o Youmustnotmisuseclientlists.o Youmustnotsolicitexistingclientstoshifttheirbusinesstothenewemployer.o Onceyouhaveleftyourcurrentemployerandarebeingpaidbythenewemployer,
youmayseekbusinessfromoldclientsifyouhavenotsignedanon‐competeagreementwiththepreviousemployer.
Guidelinesforwhatisacceptableafterstartingworkatanewfirm:o Itisokaytouseskillsandexperiencegainedatthepreviousemployerastheyare
notconsideredconfidential.Knowledgeofthenamesofformerclientsisnotconsideredconfidential.
o Onemustnotuseanything(records/work)storedinpaperorelectronicformatfromthepreviousfirm.Ex:Excelmodelforthepharmaceuticalindustrydevelopedatthepreviousemployer.
Useofsocialmedia:o Followfirmpolicieswithrespecttosocialmediaforinteractingwithclientsand
prospectiveclients.Ex:whenemployeesareleavinganorganization,itmaynotbeappropriatetoannounceitonsocialmediaasfirmsmayhaverulesonhowandwhentoannouncethistoclients.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 42
o Therecommendedpracticeistohaveseparateaccountsforpersonalandprofessionalsocialmediaactivities.
o Iftherearenofirmrules,it’sbesttoactinthespiritoftheStandardandnotengageinanyactivitythatwouldharmtheemployer.
Whistle‐blowing:Bringinginsiderknowledgeofillegal/unethicalactivitiesinanorganizationtotheattentionoflawenforcementactivitiesiscalledwhistle‐blowing.Whistle‐blowingisnotacceptableiftheintentisforpersonalgain.
Natureofemployment:Understandthenatureofemployment(full‐timeemployeeoracontractor).Youneedtobeawareofthetermsoftherelationship:numberofhours,compensation,benefits,worklocation,clientexpectations,etc.
Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Competitionpolicy:Relatestotheindependentpractice,wesawintheguidelinessection.
Youmustunderstandtherules/proceduresofyourfirmwithrespecttopursuinganindependentpractice.
Terminationpolicy:Understandtheterminationpoliciesofyouremployer. Incident‐reportingprocedures:Beawareofincident‐reportingproceduresatyourfirm.
Ifthereisnone,encourageyourfirmtoadoptone. Employeeclassification:Understandyourstatuswithinthefirm:part‐time,full‐time,or
contractor.Beawareofthepoliciesthatapplytoyourclass.
StandardIV(B)AdditionalCompensationArrangements
MembersandCandidatesmustnotacceptgifts,benefits,compensation,orconsiderationthatcompeteswithormightreasonablybeexpectedtocreateaconflictofinterestwiththeiremployer’sinterest,unlesstheyobtainwrittenconsentfromallpartiesinvolved.
Interpretation: Assumeyouareaportfoliomanagerworkingforaninvestmentmanagementfirm.
Assumeaclienthasbenefitedimmenselyfromyourwork,andwouldliketogiftanexpensivecruiseforyouandyourfamilyasatokenofappreciation.Thisisanexampleofadditionalcompensation.
Assumeyouuseabrokeragefirmtoexecuteordersforyourclients.Ifthebrokeragewantstosendagiftsothatyoucontinuetodirectbusinesstotheminthefuture,itisanexampleofadditionalcompensation.
Guidance: Obtainpermissionbeforeacceptingcompensationthatmightcreateaconflict.Youmust
firstdisclosetoyouremployerandobtainwrittenconsentforanycompensationthatmaycreateaconflict.
“Writtenconsent”includesanyformofcommunicationthatcanbedocumented.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 43
Notallgiftsneedtobereported.Forexample,ifabrokeragefirmsendsyouadesktopcalendar,orifaclientsendsyouapenasatokengift(notofsignificantvalue),thenitneednotbereported.
Discusspossiblelimitationstotheirabilitiestoprovideservicesthatmaybecompetingwithyouremployer’sduringthenegotiationandhiringprocess.
Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Makeanimmediatewrittenreporttoyoursupervisorandcomplianceofficerspecifying
anycompensationyouproposetoreceive. Thedetailsofthereportshouldbeconfirmedbythepartyofferingtheadditional
compensation,includingperformanceincentivesofferedbyclients.Inourearlierexample,wheretheclientofferedanexpensivevacation,whenyoudisclosethesametoyouremployer,itmustbevalidatedbytheclient.Thiswrittenreportshouldstatethetermsofanyagreement.
StandardIV(C)ResponsibilitiesofSupervisors
MembersandCandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatanyonesubjecttotheirsupervisionorauthoritycomplieswithapplicablelaws,rules,regulations,andtheCodeandStandards.
Interpretation: Thisstandardappliestoanyonewhohassupervisoryresponsibilities,irrespectiveof
whetherornottheemployeesundertheirsupervisionareCFAInstitutemembers,CFAcharterholders,orcandidates.
Ifthenumberofemployeesundersupervisionislarge,thensupervisorsmaydelegateresponsibilitiestosubordinates,butthatdoesnotabsolvethemofresponsibilityincaseaviolationhappens.Supervisorsmustensuretheirsubordinatesareawareoftherules,applicablelaws,firmpolicies,CodeandStandards,etc.
Theymusthaveregulartrainingprogramsoncompliancepoliciesforemployeesundertheirsupervision.
Ifthecomplianceproceduresatafirmareinadequate,theymustbringittotheattentionofthefirm’sseniormanagers.
Ifthecomplianceproceduresareinadequateornon‐existent,thenmembersandcandidatesshoulddeclinesupervisoryresponsibility.
Guidance: Systemforsupervision
o Understandthecomplianceproceduresofthefirm.o Ensureadequatecomplianceproceduresareinplacethatcoverallpossible
violations.Itisnotpossibletocovereverypotentialviolationthatmayoccur.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 44
o Onceaviolationisdetected,asupervisormustimmediatelyreportthemisconductandinitiateanassessmenttodeterminetheextentofwrongdoing.Itisnotsufficienttowarntheemployeeorrelyonhis/herstatementsthatitwillnotrecur.
o Hemustalsoensurethattheactisnotrepeateduntiltheinvestigationiscomplete. Supervisionincludesdetection
o Supervisorsareresponsiblefordetectingviolations.o Supervisorsareresponsibleforensuringcomplianceproceduresareimplemented
andthattheyarefollowedthroughperiodicreview.o Assumeyouasasupervisorhavetakenadequatestepstoensurecompliance
proceduresareinplace.Despitethis,aviolationoccurs.Sinceadequatestepsweretaken,youasamembermaynotbeinviolationofthestandardunderthesecircumstances.However,itisanindicationthattheexistingcomplianceproceduresarenotsufficient.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Encouragefirmstoadoptacodeofethicsforstrongethicalfoundation. HaveadequatecomplianceprocedurestoensurethepoliciesintheCodeandStandards,
andsecuritieslawsareimplementedatthefirm,andadheredto,onadailybasis. Distinguishbetweenthecodeofethicsandcomplianceprocedures.Keepingthem
separatehelpsservetheirindividualpurpose.o Complianceproceduresmustbewritteninplainlanguagesuchthatanyaverage
personcanunderstandandassimilatethemeasily.o Assignacomplianceofficerwhohastheauthoritytoimplementthefirm’s
complianceprocedures.o Establishthehierarchyofsupervisionandassigndutiesamongsupervisors.o Oncethecompliancesystemisinplace,supervisorsmustperiodicallymonitorto
detectviolationsand,ifdiscovered,musttakethenecessaryactions. Implementationofcomplianceeducationandtraining. Establishanappropriateincentivestructure.
o Supervisorsandfirmsmustanalyzethecompensationstructuretoseeifitencouragesprofitsattheexpenseofethicalbehavior.
o Is“how”profitsaregeneratedgivenlessimportancethan“howmuch”profitsaremadeforthefirm?
StandardV:InvestmentAnalysis,Recommendations,andActions
StandardV(A)DiligenceandReasonableBasis
MembersandCandidatesmust:
1. Exercisediligence,independence,andthoroughnessinanalyzinginvestments,makinginvestmentrecommendations,andtakinginvestmentactions.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 45
2. Haveareasonableandadequatebasis,supportedbyappropriateresearchandinvestigation,foranyinvestmentanalysis,recommendation,oraction.
Interpretation:
Thelevelofdiligenceandthoroughnessofresearchdependsontheinvestmentphilosophythemember/firmisfollowingandtheroleofthememberintheinvestmentdecision‐makingprocess.
Guidance: Definediligenceandreasonablebasis. Whenusingsecondaryorthird‐partyresearch(researchconductedbysomeoneoutside
themember’sfirm)makereasonableeffortstoensurethird‐partyresearchissound. Ensurethefirmhasapolicyaboutperiodicreviewofapprovedthird‐partyresearch
providers.Ifnot,youmustencouragethefirmtoadoptaformalreviewpractice. Youmayrelyonthejudgmentofothers(seniormanagers)inyourfirmifyoubelievethe
duediligencedonebythemwasadequate. Whenusingquantitativelyorientedresearch,ensurethesoundnessofmodels.Youare
notexpectedtobecomeanexpertineverytechnicalaspectofthemodels,butyoumustunderstandthedata,parameters,assumptions,andlimitationsofthesemodels.Testtheoutputofthesemodelsundervariousscenariosbeforedistributingtheproduct.Ensurethatthemodelincludesabroadrangeofscenarios–evenhigh‐riskandpotentiallynegativeoutcomesthatarenotcommonlyencountered.
Developingquantitativelyorientedtechniques:Ifyouareinvolvedindevelopingnewmodels/algorithms,thenyoumustexercisehigherdiligenceinreviewingnewproductsthanindividualswhowouldusethesemodels.Includedataforbothpositiveandnegativeeconomiccycles.Testmodelsusingadversevolatilityandperformanceexpectations.Testthemodelforawiderangeofinputexpectations.
Selectingexternaladvisersandsub‐advisers:Ifyouareusingexternaladviserstomanageaspecificmandate,thenyoumustdiligentlyreviewthemjustasyouwouldanindividualfund/security.Reviewifthepublishedreturninformationisaccurate.Understandtheadviser’scomplianceprocedures,investmentprocess,andifhe/sheadherestothestatedstrategy.
Groupresearchanddecisionmaking:Often,membersandcandidatesarepartofagroupthatcollectivelyproducesaninvestmentanalysisorresearch.Thegrouparrivesataconsensusandgivesarecommendation.Thenamesofthemembersareincludedinthereport.Ifyoudonotagreetothefinalrecommendation,butbelievethatconsensusopinionhasareasonableandadequatebasis,andisindependentandobjective,thenyouneednotdissociateyourselforaskthatyournameberemovedfromthereport.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 46
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Establishapolicythatresearchreportsmusthaveareasonableandadequatebasis.
Eitheranindividualorareviewcommitteeconsistingofagroupofemployeesmustbeappointedtoreviewthereportbeforeitiscirculatedtotheoutsideworld.
Developwrittenguidanceforanalysts,supervisoryanalysts,andreviewcommitteethatoutlineduediligenceproceduresifarecommendationhasareasonableandadequatebasis.
Developcriteriaforassessingthequalityofresearch. Developwrittenguidancefortestingofallcomputer‐basedmodels. Developmeasurablecriteriaforassessingoutsideproviders.Thisrelatestothe
guidelinesforusingexternal/thirdpartyresearch(wesawthisintheprevioussection).
StandardV(B)CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClients
MembersandCandidatesmust:
1. Disclose to clients and prospective clients the basic format and general principles of theinvestment processes they use to analyze investments, select securities, and constructportfolios, and must promptly disclose any changes that might materially affect thoseprocesses.
2. Disclosetoclientsandprospectiveclientssignificantlimitationsandrisksassociatedwiththeinvestmentprocess.
3. Use reasonable judgment in identifying which factors are important to their investmentanalyses, recommendations, or actions, and include those factors in communicationwithclientsandprospectiveclients.
4. Distinguish between fact and opinion in the presentation of investment analyses andrecommendations.
Interpretation:
Thisstandardemphasizestheneedforcommunicatingclearlyandfrequentlywithclients.Itisimportanttocommunicatetoclientswhatfactorstheyconsideredwhilemakingtherecommendation.Ifthereisachangeintheriskcharacteristicsofasecurityorasset,thenthismustalsobecommunicated.
Guidance: Informingclientsoftheinvestmentprocess:Describeyour/firm’sinvestmentdecision‐
makingprocesstotheclient.Thismustincludetheprosandcons,risksandlimitationsoftheprocess.o Justcommunicatingthefinalrecommendation(forinstance,buy/sellasecurity)to
theclientisnotsufficient.Youmustexplaininsimplelanguagetheinvestmentprocess.
o Ifthereisanychangeintheprocess,informtheclient.o Communicatetotheclientifanyexternaladvisersarebeingusedfortheirexpertise
tomanageaspecificstrategy.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 47
Differentformsofcommunication:Communicationisnotrestrictedtotraditionalwrittenreport.Itcouldbein‐personmeetings,e‐mail,telephoneconversation,etc.o Careshouldbetakenwhencommunicatingthroughsocialmedia.o Iftherecommendationisconcise(stock‐list),thenyoumustnotifyclientsthat
additionalinformationwillsoonbemadeavailable. Identifyingriskandlimitations:Disclosetoclientstherisksandlimitationsofthe
investmentprocess/product. Reportpresentation:Inthereportincludethoseelementsthatwereimportantfor
analysisandconclusion. Distinctionbetweenfactsandopinionsinreports:Assumeyouarerecommendinga
sugarstockbecauseyoubelievethatthegovernmentwillraisetheexportquotalimit.But,thishasnotbeendoneyet;so,itisjustyouropinion.Youmustdistinguishbetweenfactsandopinionbystatingthisisanopinion.However,forinstance,ifyouwerepresentingtheperformanceofthepastthreequarters,thenthiswouldbeafact.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance:
Theinformationincluded/excludedinresearchreportsvariesgiventhediversenatureofclientsandinvestmentassets.Thereisnospecificchecklistforwhatmustbeincluded.But,firmsmusthavearigorousmethodologytoreviewresearchmeantfordisseminationtoclients.
StandardV(C)RecordRetention
MembersandCandidatesmustdevelopandmaintainappropriaterecordstosupporttheirinvestmentanalyses,recommendations,actions,andotherinvestment‐relatedcommunicationswithclientsandprospectiveclients.
Interpretation:
Membersandcandidatesmustretainrecordsthatsupporttheirresearch,analysis,andconclusion.Whatrecordstomaintaindependsonthememberinvolvedinthedecision‐makingprocess.Recordscanbemaintainedeitherinhardcopyorelectronicformat.
Guidance: Newmediarecords:Itisthemember’s/candidate’sresponsibilitytomaintainarecordof
informationposted/discussedinsocialmediaevenifthefirmdoesnothavearecordretentionpolicyyet.Examplesincludetwitter/blogposts,Facebookupdates,etc.
Recordscreatedaspartofanyprofessionalactivityarethepropertyofthefirm;ifamemberdecidestoleavethefirm,he/shecannottaketherecordsorsupportingdocumentswithouttheconsentofthepreviousemployer.
Memberscannotreusehistoricalresearchreportsifthesupportingdocumentationisnotavailable.
Everycountry/jurisdictionwhereyouoperatemayhavecertainrulesforhowmuchdatatoretain.Forinstance,acountry’sregulatormaycallforretainingdataforthepastfive
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 48
years.Similarly,firmsmayalsohavepoliciesforretainingresearch/communicationrecords.CFAInstituterecommendsretainingrecordsforatleastsevenyears.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Theresponsibilitytomaintainrecordsthatsupportinvestmentactiongenerallyfalls
withthefirmratherthanindividuals. Youshouldarchiveresearchnotesandotherdocumentsthatsupportinvestment‐related
communications. Ifthefirmhaspoliciesandprocedurestofacilitaterecordretention,thenyoumustfollow
them.Ifnot,youmustencourageyourfirmtoadoptpoliciesforpreservingrecords.
StandardVI:ConflictsofInterest
StandardVI(A)DisclosureofConflicts
MembersandCandidatesmustmakefullandfairdisclosureofallmattersthatcouldreasonablybeexpectedtoimpairtheirindependenceandobjectivityorinterferewithrespectivedutiestotheirclients,prospectiveclients,oremployer.MembersandCandidatesmustensurethatsuchdisclosuresareprominent,aredeliveredinplainlanguage,andcommunicatetherelevantinformationeffectively.
Interpretation:
Conflictsoccuroftenintheinvestmentprofession.Theyoccurbetweentheinterestsofclients,interestsofemployers,ortheycouldbeyourownpersonalinterests.Disclosetheconflictofinterestinplainlanguagetoemployer,clients,orprospectiveclients.
Guidance: Disclosureofconflictstoemployers.Someexamples:
o Assumeyouareworkinginaninvestmentmanagementfirm.Youmanageaclient’sportfoliothathasperformedextremelywell.Theclientishappyandwishestocompensateyouforthisperformance.Thisisaconflictofinterestwithotherclientsandyoumustdisclosethistoyouremployer.
o Assumeyouvolunteeratacharityorganizationthatisinnowayrelatedtoyourwork,andyouarenotpaidforit.However,youarepassionateabouttheworkyoudoatthischaritywhichkeepsyoubusyonweekendsandmentallyoccupiedduringtheweek,andisdeprivingyouremployerofyourskills.Youmustdisclosethispotentialconflictofinteresttoyouremployer.
o Assumeyouholdstocksinyourpersonalaccountforwhichyourfirmhasabuyrecommendationandissuitableformanyclients.Thismaycreateaconflictofinterest.
Firmscreatepoliciestopreventactionsthatmayappearasaconflictofinterest.Policiesincluderestrictionsonpersonaltrading,outsideboardmembership,etc.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 49
Disclosuretoclients:Therearenumerousinstanceswhereaconflictofinterestexists;theseshouldbedisclosedtoclientssothattheyunderstandthecostoftheirinvestmentsandthebenefitsreceivedbythefirm.Afewinstancesarehighlightedbelow:o AssumeyouholdstocksofGeneralElectric(GE).Youareaskingyourclienttobuy
sharesofGE;itmaycreateapotentialconflictofinterestas,ifyourclientbuysandthestockpriceincreases,youwillbenefitfromthemovement.
o Youreceivecompensation(1%commission)fromyouremployerwhenyourecommendcertainmutualfunds.Youmustdisclosethistotheclientastheclientmaybelievethisrecommendationiskeepingtheclient’sbestinterestsinmind.Followingthedisclosure,theclientmaydecidewhetherthemutualfundissuitableornot.
o AssumeyouissueabuyrecommendationonGeneralElectricandrecommendyourclienttobuythestock.Ifyourfirmalsohasaninvestmentbankingrelationship,forinstance,thenitmustbedisclosedtotheclient.Theclientcanthendecideifitisinhisbestinterest,ortheinterestofthefirmandGE.
Cross‐departmentalconflicts:Assumeyouarearesearchanalyst(sell‐sideanalyst)workingatabrokeragefirm.Yourfirmhasaninvestmentbankingdepartment,andmaypressurizeyoutowritefavorablereportsforcompanieswithwhomtheyhaveanexistingrelationshiporaretryingtoforgeone.Ideally,existingcompaniesshouldbeonarestrictedlist.But,ifthatisnotpossible,thenyoumustmakeadisclosureoftheinvestmentbankingrelationshipintherecommendationreport.Anotherexamplewheresuchconflictsmayariseisbuy‐sideanalyst/bankswithunderwritingpowers.
Conflictswithstockownership:Membersandcandidatesmustdiscloseanymaterialownershipinastock/investmentthattheyarerecommendingtoclients.
Conflictsasadirector:Therearethreepossibleconflictsofinterestifyouareaninvestmentprofessionalandservingasadirectorofacompany:o Dutiesowedtoclientsanddutiesowedtoshareholdersofthecompany.o Asadirector,youmayreceivesecurities/optionstopurchasesecuritiesofthe
companyascompensation.Aconflictmayariseiftradinginthesesecuritiesincreasesthevalueofthesecurity.
o Asadirector,youmaybeprivytomaterialnonpublicinformationaboutthecompany.Theremaybeaperceptionthatthedirectorcommunicatesthisinformationtohisfirmandinvestmentrecommendationsarebasedonthatinformation.
Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Disclosespecialcompensationarrangementswiththeemployerthatmightconflictwith
clientinterests,suchasbonusesbasedonshort‐termperformancecriteria,commissions,incentivefees,performancefees,andreferralfees.
Ifthefirmdoesnotpermitsuchdisclosure,youshoulddocumenttherequestandconsiderdissociatingfromtheactivity.Forexample,ifyoureceivea1%bonusfromyour
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 50
firmforsellingcertainmutualfundsandyourfirmdoesnotpermitdisclosingthiscompensation,thenyoushouldconsiderdissociatingfromtheactivity.
StandardVI(B)PriorityofTransactions
InvestmenttransactionsforclientsandemployersmusthavepriorityoverinvestmenttransactionsinwhichaMemberorCandidateisthebeneficialowner.
Interpretation:
Ifyouaretradingforyourownaccount,thenyouarethebeneficialowner.But,assumethetransactionhappensinyourchildren’sorspouse’saccount.Eventhoughthoseaccountsarenotinyourname,youbenefitfromthemandyouarethebeneficialowner.Theaccounthereappliestoanyaccountwithwhomyouhaveadirectrelationship.
Guidance: Avoidingpotentialconflicts:Conflictsbetweenclient’sinterestandinvestment
professional’sinterestmayoccur.Thereisnothingunethicalaboutmanagers,advisers,ormutualfundemployeesmakingmoneyfrompersonalinvestmentsaslongastheyfollowthesethreerules:o Theclientisnotdisadvantagedbythetrade.Forexample,ifyouareexecutingasell
trade,thenitshouldnotaffectyourclientsinanyway.o Theinvestmentprofessionaldoesnotbenefitpersonallyfromtradesundertaken
forclients.o Theinvestmentprofessionalcomplieswithapplicableregulatoryrequirements.
Personaltradingsecondarytotradingforclients:Theorderofexecutingtradesis:clients,employers,andthenyourpersonalaccount,oroneinwhichyouarethebeneficialowner.Therationaleistopreventpersonaltransactionsfromadverselyaffectingtheinterestsofclientsoremployers.
Impactonallaccountswithbeneficialownership:MembersandCandidatesmayundertaketransactionsinaccountsforwhichtheyareabeneficialowner,onlyaftertheirclientsandemployershavehadanadequateopportunitytoactonarecommendation.Forexample,assumeyouareworkingasaninvestmentmanagerandyourgroupmadeabuyrecommendationonastock.Theclientmustgetthefirstopportunitytoactontherecommendation,thentheemployer,andthenyou.
Howshouldfamilyaccountsbetreated?:Assumeaclosefamilymemberisaclient.He/sheshouldreceivethesamelevelofserviceasanyotherclient.Ifyouhaveabeneficialrelationshipinthefee‐payingaccount,thenyoumaybesubjecttopreclearanceorreportingrequirementsoftheemployer.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: LimitedparticipationinequityIPOs:SomeIPO(initialpublicofferings)issuesarehighly
soughtafterandthesharepricerisesinvaluesignificantlyaftertheissueisbroughttothemarket.Usually,itisahotIPOifthesupplyislimitedandthedemandishigh.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 51
PurchaseoftheIPObyinvestmentprofessionalscreatesaconflictofinterestintwoways:o Itmayappearasifinvestmentpersonnelaretakingtheopportunityawayfrom
clientsforpersonalgain.Forexample,assumebothyouandyourclientareallotted200sharesinanIPO.Theclienthadappliedfor400butonlygot200.Allotmenttoyouraccountwillmakeitseemasifsomeopportunitywastakenawayfromtheclientforyourgain.
o ThepartythatisgivingtheinvestmentprofessionalthisopportunitytoparticipateintheIPOispossiblytryingtoinfluencehim/herinthefutureinvestmentdecisions.
Itisrecommendedthatmembersandcandidatesshouldpre‐clearparticipationinIPOsevenwherethereisnoappearanceofconflictofinterest,andstayawayfromequityIPOs.Fromafirm’sperspective,itmaynotberighttofollowablanketpolicythatbansemployeesfromIPOs.Instead,itwouldbeappropriatetohavereliableandsystematicproceduresinplacetoidentifyanyconflictofinterest,anddealtwithbysupervisors.
Restrictionsonprivateplacements:Privateplacementsaretransactionswhereyougetsharesofacompanythroughaprivateoffering,andnotthroughapublicoffering.TheconflictofinteresthereissimilartothatofIPOsasitmayseemthatthisparticipationinprivateplacementisafavorforfuturebusinessdeals.Assumeyouhaveparticipatedinaprivateplacement.Whentheinvestmentgoespublic,itmayseemasifyouhaveavestedinterestifyourecommendtheinvestmenttoclientsregardlessofitssuitability.
Establishblackout/restrictedperiods:Topreventfrontrunning(thepracticeoftradingforone’spersonalaccountbeforeclientaccounts),firmshaveblackoutperiodsduringwhichinvestmentpersonnelcannottradefortheirpersonalaccounts.Thisistosafeguardtheinterestsoftheclients.Thepolicyonblackoutandrestrictedperiodsvariesfromfirmtofirmdependingontheirsize.Itcanrangefromatotalbanontradingtopreventingtheinvestmentmanagerfromfrontrunning.
Supervisorsmustestablishreportingproceduresforinvestmentpersonnel.Forexample:o Disclosureofholdingsinwhichtheemployeehasabeneficialinterest:Thisshould
bedoneatthebeginningofemploymentandatleastannuallythereafter.o Providingduplicateconfirmationsoftransactions:Investmentpersonnelmust
directtheirbrokerstoprovideduplicatecopiesofallthesecuritiestransactionsdonewiththem.Itservestwopurposes:a)discouragesunethicalbehaviorbecausethereisanindependentverificationb)acleartransactionhistoryandflowofmoneyisavailable,andnotjusttheholdings.
o Preclearanceprocedures:Obtainingclearanceforplannedtradeshelpsreduceconflictofinterest.
Membersandcandidatesmustdisclosetoinvestorstheirfirm’spoliciesaboutpersonalinvesting/trading.Itshouldbeinsimplelanguagethatinvestorscanunderstand.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 52
StandardVI(C)ReferralFees
MembersandCandidatesmustdisclosetotheiremployer,clients,andprospectiveclients,asappropriate,anycompensation,consideration,orbenefitreceivedfromorpaidtoothersfortherecommendationofproductsorservices.
Interpretation: Assumeyouprovideequityinvestmentadvisoryservicetoaclient.Theclientisnow
interestedinmakingfixedincomeinvestmentsaswell.So,yourefersomeoneprovidingthisservicetotheclient.Youreceiveafeeforthisfromtheperson/firmgivingfixedincomeadvice.Asperthisstandard,youmustdisclosethefeeyougetforthereferral.
Anotherexampleiswhereyourecommendyourclienttopurchaseamutualfund,andthefundpaysyouacommission.Youmustdisclosethisarrangementtotheclientsothathe/shecanunderstandthefullcostoftheinvestmentandthebenefityouarereceiving.
Sayyoureceiveareferencefromsomeone/firm,andyoupayareferralfeetothepartyintroducingtheclient.Youmustdisclosetotheclientthefeepaidforthisreferral.
Guidance: Advisetheclientorprospectiveclientaboutanyreferralfeesbeforeenteringintoany
formalagreement. Disclosethenatureoftheconsiderationorbenefit.Forexample,flatfeeorpercentage
basis,one‐timefee,orcontinuingbenefitbasedonperformancemustbedisclosed.
RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Encourageyouremployertodevelopproceduresrelatedtoreferralfees.Thefirmmay
completelyrestrictsuchfees. Provideclientsnotificationofapprovedreferralfeeprogramsandprovidetheemployer
regular(atleastquarterly)updatesontheamountandnatureofcompensationreceived.
StandardVII:ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMemberorCFACandidate
StandardVII(A)ConductasParticipantsinCFAInstitutePrograms
MembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyconductthatcompromisesthereputationorintegrityofCFAInstituteortheCFAdesignationortheintegrity,validity,orsecurityofCFAInstituteprograms.
Interpretation: ThisstandardcoverstheconductofCFAInstituteandMembersinvolvedwiththeCFA
Program. CFAInstituteprogramsincludetheCFAprogram,certificateininvestmentperformance
measurement(CIPM),andtheClaritas®InvestmentCertificate.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 53
ThestandardcoversmanyaspectssuchascheatingonanyCFAInstituteexaminations,violatingthetestingpolicies,disclosingconfidentialexaminformationtothepublic,andimproperlyusinganyassociationwiththeCFAInstitutetofurtherpersonalorprofessionalgoals.
Guidance: Confidentialprograminformation:Candidatesmaydiscussnon‐confidentialinformation
andcurriculummaterialwithotherswhilepreparingfortheexam.Examplesofinformationthatcannotbedisclosedinclude:o Specificdetailsofquestionsappearingintheexam.o Discussingwhatareasorformulasweretestedontheexam.
AdditionalCFAprogramrestrictions:o Thereareadditionalpoliciesthatdefineallowedanddisallowedactionsduringthe
exam.Testingpoliciesincludecalculatorpolicy(onlytwocalculatorsareallowed)andthepersonalbelongingspolicy.
o MembersmayparticipateasvolunteersinvariousaspectsoftheCFAprogramsuchasgrading,administering,ordevelopingtheexam.Buttheyarenotallowedto: Discloseanymaterialappearingontheexam. Howquestionsarescored. Anyinformationontheexamprocess.
Expressinganopinion:MembersarefreetoexpresstheiropinionordiscontentwithCFAInstituteregardingitspoliciesandprocedures.Forexample,ifyousaytheexamwasnotagoodrepresentationofthecurriculum,thenitisnotaviolationofthestandard.However,ifyoudiscussspecifictopicsorquestions,thenitisaviolation.
StandardVII(B)ReferencetoCFAInstitute,CFADesignation,andCFAProgram
WhenreferringtoCFAInstitute,CFAInstitutemembership,theCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAprogram,MembersandCandidatesmustnotmisrepresentorexaggeratethemeaningoforimplicationsofmembershipinCFAInstitute,holdingtheCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAprogram.
Interpretation: ItisnotintendedtoprohibitfactualstatementsrelatedtothebenefitsofearningtheCFA
designation. However,themeritsofCFAInstitute,theCFAProgram,andtheCodeandStandardsmust
beexpressedastheopinionofthespeaker. Thisstandardappliestoallformsofcommunication. ItisnotallowedtostatethatsomeonewithaCFAdesignationwillexhibitsuperior
performance.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 54
Guidance: CFAInstitutemembership:CFAInstitutememberreferstoregular/affiliatemembersof
theCFAInstitutewhohavefulfilledthefollowingmembershiprequirements:o RemitannuallytoCFAInstituteacompletedProfessionalConductStatement.o AnnuallypayCFAInstitutemembershipdues.
UsingtheCFAdesignation:OnceyouhaveearnedtherighttousetheCFAdesignation,youmustfollowtherulesassociatedwiththeusageofthedesignation.CFAcharterholdersareindividualswhohaveearnedthisrightbycompletingtheCFAprogramandhavetherequiredyearsofworkexperience.Theymustalsosatisfythemembershiprequirementsinordertousethedesignation.
ReferringtocandidacyintheCFAprogram:CandidatesmayrefertotheirparticipationintheCFAprogram.Apersonisacandidateifthepersonappearsforaspecifiedexaminationaftercompletingtheregistrationprocessorthepersonhasappearedforaspecifiedexamination,buttheresultsareyettobeannounced.
MembersandcandidatesmustencouragetheirfirmstocreatetemplatesconsistentwithstandardVII(B).
Instructor’sNote:ThisisthemostimportantreadinginEthicsandwillrepresentamajorpercentageoftheEthicsquestionsontheExam.Todowellonthistopicyoushouldcarefullystudyalltheexamples(ApplicationsoftheStandard)inthecurriculumandalsodoasmanypracticequestionsaspossible.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 55
Summary
LO.a:DemonstratetheapplicationoftheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConducttosituationsinvolvingissuesofprofessionalintegrity.
Readthe“ApplicationoftheStandard”segmentforeachstandardinthecurriculum.
LO.b:DistinguishbetweenconductthatconformstotheCodeandStandardsandconductthatviolatestheCodeandStandards.
LO.c:RecommendpracticesandproceduresdesignedtopreventviolationsoftheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct.
1.A.Knowledgeofthelaw
Understandapplicablelawandrules.Complywiththemorestrictlaw.Donotknowinglyparticipate/disassociatefromsuchactivity.
1.B.Independenceandobjectivity
Usereasonablecareandjudgment.Maintainindependenceandobjectivity.Donotoffer/solicitgifts.
1.C.Misrepresentation Donotmisrepresentfacts/performancereports.Avoidplagiarism.Donotomitfacts.
1.D.Misconduct Aimedatprofessionallife;actslikelying,cheating,andstealingaffectprofessionalreputation/integrity.
2.A.MaterialNonpublicInformation
Donotactorcauseotherstoactonmaterialnonpublicinformation.Achievepublicdissemination.Notaviolation:MosaicTheory=materialpublicinformation+nonmaterialnonpublicinformation.
2.B.MarketManipulation
Information‐basedmanipulation:Blogs,othermediatoinflatestockprices.Transaction‐basedmanipulation:Makeasecuritytoappearmoreliquid.
3.A.Loyalty,PrudenceandCare
Usereasonablecareandexerciseprudentjudgment.Placeclient’sinterestsbeforeyouremployeroryourinterests.Softdollarsshouldbenefittheclient.Striveforbestexecution.
3.B.FairDealing Dealfairlyandobjectivelywithallclients.Note:itdoesnotstateequallybecauseofdifferentlevelsofservice.Fee‐payingfamilymembershouldbetreatednodifferentthananyotherclient.Disseminatereportswithoutbeingpartial.Sametimeisnotpossiblebecauseofdifferentmodesofcommunication.
3.C.Suitability DevelopIPS.Understandclient’sriskprofile.UpdateIPSperiodically.
3.D.PerformancePresentation
Donotmisstateperformance.Ensureperformanceinformationisfair,accurateandcomplete.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 56
3.E.PreservationofConfidentiality
Maintainconfidentialityofcurrent,formerandprospectiveclientsunless:a)lawmandatesdisclosureb)illegalactivitiesbyclientc)clientpermitsdisclosure.
4.A.Loyalty Avoidfrontrunning.Getwrittenconsentfromemployerbeforestartinganindependentpractice.Youcannottakeproprietaryinformation,clientlistsofthepreviousemployer.
4.B.AdditionalCompensationArrangements
Donotacceptgifts,benefits,orcompensationthatwillcreateaconflictofinterest.
4.C.ResponsibilitiesofSupervisors
Ensureanyoneunderyoursupervisioncomplieswithapplicablelaws,rules,regulations,andCodeandStandards.
5.A.DiligenceandReasonableBasis
Exercisediligence,independence,andthoroughnessinanalyzinginvestmentsandmakingrecommendations.Bediligentandhaveareasonablebasis,evenwhenusingsecondaryorthird‐partyresearch.
5.B.CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClients
Disclosetoclientstheinvestmentprocess.Identifyrisksandlimitations.Distinguishbetweenfactandopinion.
5.C.RecordRetention Maintainrecordsthatsupportyouranalysisandresearch.CodeandStandardsrecommendstoringrecordsforatleastsevenyears.
6.A.DisclosureofConflicts
Makefullandfairdisclosureofmattersthatmayimpairindependenceandobjectivity.Disclosuretobemadeinplainlanguage.Exofconflicts:stockownership,director,crossdepartmental(IB/research)conflicts.
6.B.PriorityofTransactions
Anyaccountfromwhichyoubenefitmakesyouthebeneficialowner.Personaltradingsecondarytotradingforclients.Establishblackoutperiodstopreventfrontrunning.LimitparticipationinIPO.
6.C.ReferralFees Disclosereferralfeetoclients,prospectiveclients,andemployers.
7.A.ConductasparticipantsinCFAInstitutePrograms
Keepquestions,examinformationconfidential.Complywithprogramrestriction.Youmayexpressanopiniononthedifficultyofexam,curriculumetc.
7.B.ReferencetoCFAInstitute,theCFAdesignation,andtheCFAprogram
Payannualduesandfillprofessionalconductstatementtoclaimmembership.Referencestopartialdesignationnotallowed(CFA,Level1).CFAmarkcanbeusedifyou’veclearedallthreelevelsandfulfilledthemembershiprequirements.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 57
PracticeQuestions
1. NargisDilawez,CFA,worksasanindependentresearchanalystandusesvariousonlinesocialmedia sites tomake announcements, recommendations, and analyses of varioussecurities.SheisaresidentofCountrySwherethereisnolawagainstpostingofcommentsandopinions, but since her views are read globally she isworried about regulators incertaincountrieswhoimposerestrictionsandrequirementsononlinecommunications.AccordingtotheStandards,Dilawezshould:A. continue to post her comments since her resident country does not impose any
regulatoryrestrictions.B. discontinue immediately and wait for the restrictions to ease in the nonresident
countries.C. seek guidance from appropriate, knowledgeable, and reliable sources to diligently
followlegalandregulatorytrendsaffectingherprofessionalresponsibilities.2. WynonaFritzworksforBradyBrokerageasafixedincomeanalyst.Sheisalsoregistered
to take the Level III examination.After analyzing both the qualitative andquantitativeaspectsofSaberInc.,Fritzconcludesthatthecompanyisnotcorrectlyratedbythecreditratingagencyandshouldbedowngradeddue to the leverage in itscapital structure.AseniormanagerfromtheinvestmentbankingdepartmentinformsherthatSaberInc.haschosenBradyBrokerageasoneof the firms tounderwriteandmarket theirnewbondissue. Fritz is concerned that her report will cause the company to terminate theirrelationshipwith Brady and affect her employment. According to the Standards, Fritzshould:A. dissociatefromthereport,theunderwriting,andtheclient.B. be independent and objective in her analysis based solely on the company’s
fundamentals.C. changeherrecommendationaboutthecreditratingtoremovetheconflict.
3. JulieGrosky,CFA,worksforHarvestMutualFundwhereshemanagesafixed‐incomefund.
Inahastilycompiledperformancereview,Groskyreportstoherclientsthatherfundhasexceededthebenchmarkby0.20%.StuartBrennanisaclientofHarvest,whowritesbackto inform Grosky that the fund actually underperformed the benchmark. Groskyincorrectly blames the error on a computer program newly implemented at Harvest.GroskyleastlikelyviolatedtheStandardrelatingto:A. Misrepresentation.B. Misconduct.C. IndependenceandObjectivity.
4. SteveMiller is enrolled as a candidate in the CFA Program. Heworks as an assistant
manager in Trust Investment Bank. He enjoys drinking liquor during his lunch break.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 58
Miller’scolleagueshavenoticedthatheisvisiblyintoxicatedafterthelunchbreakandisnot in a position tomake rational investment decisions.Millermost likely violates theStandardof:A. Misconduct.B. KnowledgeoftheLaw.C. DisclosureofConflicts.
5. Isaac Dobrogost, a candidate in the CFA Program,works as an investment advisor for
ZenithMutualFund.Heisinvitedbyoneofhisclients,SaharaInc.(SI),amanufacturingcompany,tomeetwiththefinancedirectoralongwithafewlargestakeholdersofSI.InthemeetingDobrogostfindsoutthatthecompanyisgoingthroughaleanperiodandwillannounceadecreaseinearningsintheirnextquarterfinancialresults.CanDobrogostusethisinformationtochangetheratingofthecompanyfrom“buy”to“sell”?A. No.B. Yes,becausethisinformationisgivendirectlybythecompany.C. Yes,becauseithasbeendisseminatedtotheotherstakeholdersaswell.
6. Weinberg Inc., a global asset management company, has a large position in Wessner
Pharma.Thetradingvolumeofthisstockislow.Inordertoboosttheliquidityofthestock,multiple tradingdesksatWeinburgstartbuyingandsellingWessnershares fromeachother.TheCFAInstituteStandardmostlikelyviolatedbyWeinbergis:A. MarketManipulation.B. Misconduct.C. ActingonNonPublicInformation.
7. JaniceMcDowell,CFA,isthechiefinvestmentofficerofZenithInvestmentBankandwants
toimprovethediversificationofoneofitsbalancedfundsinordertoimproveitsreturns.Theinvestmentpolicystatementofthefundmentionslowriskinvestmentsinlarge‐capequities,governmentbondsofAAratings,andcorporatebondsofhighinvestmentgraderatings.However,anewIPOofferingofasmallpharmaceuticalcompanywithhighgrowthpotential promises high returns since the issue is being offered at a discount. Heimmediatelyallocatessomeportionoftheissuetohisfundwithoutexceedingthelimitonthe equity exposure of this fund. McDowell has least likely violated the CFA InstituteStandardsofProfessionalConductrelatingto:A. Loyalty,prudenceandcare.B. Suitability.C. Fairdealing.
8. EileenConnorsisachieftraderforAscotInvestments,amoneymanagementfirm.Shehas
beentoldrecentlybyhermostlucrativeclient,ShelbyCompany,thatiftheperformanceofitsaccountsdidnotimprovetheywillbeforcedtochangetheirmoneymanagers.Connors
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 59
haspurchasedcertainsecuritiesafewdaysback,whosepricehasgoneupsignificantly.Shehas failed to allocate these trades due to her busy schedule. After the threat fromShelby,shedecidestoallocatetheprofitabletradestoShelby’saccount,whilespreadingthelosingtradestootherAscot’saccounts.HasConnorsviolatedanyStandard?A. Yes,relatedtoFairDealing.B. No.C. Yes,relatedtoDiligenceandReasonableBasis.
9. JessicaMoralesworks as an investment adviser for Chris Crosby, amiddle‐aged, risk‐
averseinvestor.Aspertheinvestmentpolicystatement,Moralesinvestsinlow‐risk,high‐incomeequities forCrosbykeeping inmindhis currentneedsandobjectives.RecentlyCrosby’s mother passed away leaving him with a significant inheritance. Moralescontinuestoinvestasbeforewithoutanychangeintheinvestmentstrategy.AccordingtotheCFAInstituteStandardsofProfessionalConduct,Moralesshould:A. stayabreastofchangesintheclient’snetworthandaccordinglyupdatetheinvestment
policytoreflectchangesininvestmentobjectives.B. considerthelong‐termaspectofMorales’investmentsandcontinuewiththecurrent
strategy.C. keepchangingtheassetallocationsinlinewithmarketchanges.
10. SaminaHaq a CFA candidate,works for SuperiorTrust Company.While reviewing the
performanceofoneofthetrustfunds,shefindsoutthatthetrustfundhasonanaverageperformedat5%forthelastthreeyears,yetthebrochureofherfundadvertisesanannualcompoundgrowthrateof20%whichhappenedonlyinthepastyear.Italsoboastsofaconsistent increment in the investmentvalueabove theentiremarket,whichalso tookplaceduringlastyear.Haq’shighestpriorityinavoidingaviolationoftheCFAInstituteStandardsofProfessionalConductisto:A. correcttheperformancecalculationandlengthoftime.B. continuewiththeadvertisementsinceitdidriseabovethemarket.C. usethefirm’saveragerateofreturninhermarketingmaterialforallaccounts.
11. PenelopeCoxisemployedbyJameasonInvestment,andprovidesinvestmentadvicetothe
trusteesofSYUUniversityinordertorecommendinvestmentsthatwouldgeneratecapitalappreciationinendowmentfunds.Coxhasbeengiveninternalreportsbythetrusteesthathighlight theexpansionof theuniversity.Cox isapproachedbyBradleyCooper,a localphilanthropistwhoisconsideringagenerouscontributiontoSYUandanotheruniversityinthearea,buthewouldliketoseetheexpansionplansofSYUbeforemakingthedonation.CoxknowsthathedoesnotwanttospeaktothetrusteeshenceshegivesacopyoftheinternalreporttoCooper.HasCoxviolatedtheCodeandStandards?A. No.B. Yes,preservationofconfidentiality.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 60
C. Yes,loyalty.12. LaraWhitman,CFA,workedforRapidResultsBrokerageCompany(RRBC)asatrader.She
recently resigned her position as a trader to join another competing investment andbrokerage firm.Whitmandidnotsignanynon‐competeagreementwhileatRRBC thatwouldhavepreventedherfromsolicitingformerclients.Whitman,however,hadsavedherclientlistandrecords,whileworkingatRRBC,inherpersonalcomputerathomeasasecond copy. She accesses this file to contact her former clients in her new job. TheStandardmostlikelyviolatedis:A. Loyalty.B. DutiestoClients.C. CommunicationswithClientsandProspectiveClients.
13. RobertBlakeisontheboardofdirectorsofRiceIndustriesandreceivesfreeticketsatthe
endofeachquarterforhisentirefamilytotraveltoanycityoftheirchoiceinEuropeforhisservicestotheboard.Blakedoesnotdisclosethisinformationtohisemployersinceitis not a monetary compensation. Has Blake violated any CFA Institute Standards ofProfessionalConduct?A. No.B. Yes,hehastoinformhisemployerofthebenefithereceives.C. Yes,becausehehasboughtstockofRiceforsomeofhisclientswhereappropriate.
14. AnnaBeckerisemployedbyJergenInvestmentManagementCompany(JIMC).Beckerisa
Level II candidate and is the only CFA candidate employed by JIMC. Becker is givensupervisoryresponsibilitiesofthecompliancedepartmentandaskedtoreviewthefirm’scompliancepoliciesandprocedures,whichshefindsinadequate.ShevoicesherconcernsduringameetingwiththeCEOwhotellshertosubmitherrecommendationsinareport,butthesewillnotbeimplementedsincethefirmisundergoingachangeinstructureandnocompliancechangeswillbeentertainedtillthen.AccordingtotheCodeandStandards,Beckershould:A. declinetoacceptsupervisoryresponsibilities.B. accept supervisory responsibilities and lay down the compliance policies and
proceduresforfuture.C. waittillanewstructureisimplementedandthenreviewtheentirefirm.
15. GregLouhasbeenaskedbyhisfirm,BinkleyInvestmentManagement,tofindanadviser
foroneof its fundswhich invests inderivativesandcomplexsecurities.Louselects12firmsbasedontheirannualtotalreturnperformanceandfinalizesontheadviserwiththehighestannualtotalreturn.WhichCFAInstituteStandardsofProfessionalConductdidLouviolate?A. CommunicationswithClientsandProspectiveClients.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 61
B. ProfessionalMisconduct.C. DiligenceandReasonableBasis.
16. AlexKarachanis,CFA,isanindependentfinancialadvisorwitharosterofover100clients.
Alongwithadvisoryservices,healsofacilitatesinexecutingthetradesforhisclientsandmanagestheirportfolio.AdoniaPapadakissignedupAlexinNovember2013toadviseandmanageher portfolio.After detaileddiscussions onAdonia’s circumstances and returnrequirements,itwasagreedthatonlylarge‐capequityinvestmentswillbemade.Inmid‐2013Alexfeltthatlarge‐capstockswereexcessivelyovervaluedandshifted50%oftheportfolio to small‐cap stocks. Over the next six months, small‐cap stocks significantlyoutperformedlarge‐capstocks.ItisnowJanuary2014andAdoniahasjustreceivedheraccount statement for 2013. She is very happywith the performance of her portfolio.WhichStandarddidAlexleastlikelyviolate?A. PerformancePresentation.B. CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClients.C. Loyalty,PrudenceandCare.
17. Raza Jafferyworks as an independent analyst for themedical equipment industry.His
reportsarebasedonananalysisofcustomerinterviews,manufacturers,on‐sitecompanyvisits,andsecondaryresearchfromotheranalysts.Jafferydoesnotmaintainanyrecordsorfilesfortheinformationhecollectsbuthementionsthesourceofhisresearchinhisreports.Iftheclientsneedinformationonthespecificwebsites,Jafferyalwaysprovidesthemwith the relevant information. Jafferymost likely violatedwhich of the followingStandards?A. RecordRetention.B. DiligenceandReasonableBasis.C. Misrepresentation.
18. Carla Simone, a CFA candidate and a research analyst, follows firms in the beverage
industry.ShehasbeenrecommendingthepurchaseofCitrusbecauseofitsintroductionof a popular new drink for athletes and exercise enthusiasts. Simone’s husband hasinherited,fromarelative,thestockofCitrusworth$3.5million.Simonehasbeenaskedtowrite a follow up report on Citrus. She writes the report and gives a strong buyrecommendation.Thereportdoesnotmentionherhusband’sownershipofthestock.HasSimoneviolatedtheCFAInstituteStandards?A. No.B. Yes,disclosureofconflicts.C. Yes,independenceandobjectivity.
19. IzzyZubeika,CFA,works forTopworthMutualFundand is aportfoliomanager foran
aggressivegrowthequityfund.Sheisplanningtosellalargeportionofherinvestmentto
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 62
meet themedical costsofher ailinghusband.Zubeikawants to sell her stake inRoyalBeverages, but her firm has recently upgraded the stock from “hold” to “buy”.Nevertheless, after receiving approval from her employer she informs her broker toconduct the trade. Has Zubeika violated any CFA Institute Standards of ProfessionalConduct?
A. YesrelatedtoMarketManipulation.B. Yes,relatedtoPriorityofTransactions.C. No.
20. DaveDaisuke,CFA,works in thecorporate financedepartmentofAdvileSecurities.He
receives a non‐cash compensation for every referral he makes to the brokeragedepartment.Thisarrangementisanacceptednormwithinthecompanybuttheclientsare not informed because no cash is given out within the firm for interdepartmentalreferrals.AccordingtotheCFAInstituteStandards,themostappropriateactiontotakeforthefirmtoavoidaviolationisto:A. adjustthenon‐cashcompensationinthesalariesofthepersonnelincludingDaisuke
whoarereferringclientstothebrokeragedepartment.B. disclosetoclientsatthetimeofareferral,thereferralarrangementswithinAdvile’s
departments.C. stopthereferralpolicytoremoveanyconflictsofinterest.
21. LaurenCrawley is enrolled to take the Level I exam. As he tries hard to remember a
formulatocompleteaquestionhenoticesthatthepersoninfrontofhimgetsuptodrinkwaterandapieceofpaperslipsfromhispocketandfallsonCrawley’stable.Inordertoavoid a violation of the CFA Institute Standards of Professional Conduct, the leastappropriateactiontakenbyCrawleyisto:A. removeitwithoutlookingatitandcalltheproctor.B. immediatelycalltheproctortohertableandhavethepaperremoved.C. lookatthepaperandthenremoveitbeforeanyoneelsenoticesit.
22. Ankit Aacharya, CFA,whilemaking themarketingmaterial for his firmAakash Capital
writesinthebrochure,“AakashCapitaliscommittedtoachievingexcellentperformanceforitsclients.Ithiresthemosteligiblepersonnelinthefieldofinvestmentmanagement.Most of the employees have either completed the CFA Program or are enrolled ascandidatesintheCFAProgram.AsaCFAcharterholder,Iamthemostqualifiedtomanageclientinvestments.”AacharyamostlikelyviolatedtheStandardwithimproperreferencestothe:A. CFAdesignation.B. CFAProgram.C. CFAInstitute.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 63
Solutions1. Ciscorrect.AccordingtoStandardI(A)KnowledgeoftheLawDilawezshouldadoptthe
stricterlaw.2. Biscorrect.Fritzshouldbeindependentandobjectiveinherreport.Alternatively,Brady
BrokeragecouldplaceSaber Inc.onarestricted listand issueonly factual information.StandardI(B)IndependenceandObjectivity.
3. Ciscorrect.StandardI(B)IndependenceandObjectivityinvolvesmembersandcandidates
not accepting any gifts or benefits that could be expected to compromise theirindependence and objectivity. Since no benefits were received Grosky has least likelyviolatedI(B).GroskymostlikelyviolatedtheStandardsI(C)Misrepresentation,andI(D)Misconductbecausesheknowinglymisrepresentsthecauseoftheerror.
4. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardI(D)Misconduct.5. Aiscorrect.IftheinformationisnotpubliclydisseminatedbythecompanyandDobrogost
uses it, then it becomesmaterial nonpublic information, hence a violation of StandardII(A). A small group of stakeholders does not qualify as the public. He cannot use theinformation.
6. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardII(B)MarketManipulation.Weinbergcreatedanappearance
ofgreaterliquidityofstockthroughitstradingstrategyandwasabletomanipulatethemarket.
7. C is correct. The Standards related to III(A) Loyalty, Prudence, and Care and III(C)
Suitability are violated. The IPSmentions low‐risk securities, and describes the assetclasses.Thereforeinvestmentinthepharmastockmaynotbesuitableforthisportfolio.
8. Aiscorrect.ConnorshasviolatedStandardIII(B)FairDealingbyfailingtodealfairlywith
allherclientsintakingtheseinvestmentactions.9. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardIII(C)Suitability.10. Aiscorrect.AccordingtoStandardIII(D)PerformancePresentation,Haqneedstocorrect
thecalculationandlengthoftimespecifyingtheperformanceofhertrustfund.11. Biscorrect.Coxwasgiventheinternalreportsbythetrustees;becausetheinformation
wasconfidentialCoxshouldhaverefusedtodivulgeittoCooper.ThereforebyhandingtheinternalreportstohimCoxviolatesStandardIII(E)PreservationofConfidentiality.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 64
12. Aiscorrect.StandardIV(A)Loyaltyismostlikelyviolated.Amembercannottakerecordsor work performed on behalf of the firm in paper copy or electronically withoutpermissiontoanotherfirm.Inthiscaseshecannotusethefirm’srecordsofclientswithoutthefirm’spermission.
13. Biscorrect.BlakehasviolatedStandardIV(B)AdditionalCompensationArrangementsby
failing todisclose tohisemployerbenefitsreceived inexchange forhisserviceson theboard.
14. A is correct.According to Standard IV(C)Responsibilities of Supervisors, amemberor
candidateshoulddeclineinwritingtoacceptsupervisoryresponsibilitiesuntilreasonablecompliance procedures are laid down by a firm for her to assume and exerciseresponsibility.
15. Ciscorrect.LouviolatedStandardV(A)DiligenceandReasonableBasisbynotconducting
sufficientreviewofpotentialfirms.16. A is correct. Standard III(D) Performance Presentation is not violated as Alex sends a
quarterly itemized statement of the funds and securities in his custody and thetransactionsthatoccurredduringthisperiod.StandardV(B)CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClientsisviolatedbecauseAlexshouldhavediscussedthechangewiththeclientbeforemovingtosmall‐capstocks.StandardIII(A)Loyalty,Prudence,andCareisviolatedbecausesmall‐capstocksmightnotcorrespondtoclient’sriskprofile.
17. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardV(C)RecordRetention.Jafferymustcarefullydocumentand
maintaincopiesofall informationthatgoesinhisreportsinordertoavoidviolationofStandardV(C).
18. Biscorrect.Simonemustdiscloseherhusband’sownershipofthestocktoavoidviolation
ofStandardVI(A)DisclosureofConflicts.19. C is correct. No violation has occurred because she has received approval from her
employer. Standard VI(B) Priority of Transactions does not limit transactions ofemployeeswhicharedifferentfromthecurrentrecommendationsaslongastheydonotdisadvantagethecurrentclients.
20. B is correct.Disclosure to clients is important even if the referrals result in anoncash
compensation.RefertoStandardVI(C)ReferralFees21. Ciscorrect.RefertoStandardVII(A)ConductasParticipantsinCFAInstitutePrograms.
R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 65
22. A is correct. CFA Institute and CFA designationwere improperly referenced. Refer toStandardVII(B)ReferencetoCFAInstitute,theCFAdesignation,andtheCFAProgram.
R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 66
R04IntroductiontoGIPS
Introduction
Thisreadingfocuseson: WhytheGIPSstandardswerecreatedandwhomdotheyapplyto? Whatarecompositesandwhatistheirpurposeinperformancereporting? WhocanclaimcompliancewithGIPS,andisthereaverificationprocess?
Note:mostofthematerialpresentedhereistakenfromthecurriculum.
1.WhyWeretheGIPSStandardsCreated?
GIPSstandardswerecreatedtomakeiteasiertocomparedifferentinvestmentmanagementfirms.Withoutastandard,differentfirmswouldselectthemethodwhichwouldmaketheirperformancelookbetter.
TheGIPSstandardsareapractitioner‐drivensetofethicalprinciplesthatestablishastandardized,industry‐wideapproachforinvestmentfirmstofollowincalculatingandpresentingtheirhistoricalinvestmentresultstoprospectiveclients.TheGIPSstandardsensurefairrepresentationandfulldisclosureofinvestmentperformance.Inotherwords,theGIPSstandardsleadinvestmentmanagementfirmstoavoidmisrepresentationsofperformanceandtocommunicateallrelevantinformationthatprospectiveclientsshouldknowinordertoevaluatepastresults.
MisleadingpracticesintheabsenceofGIPSincluded: Representativeaccounts:Showcasingonlythetop‐performingportfolioto
representthefirm’soverallinvestmentresults. Survivorshipbias:Excludingpoorlyperformingportfoliosandpresentingan
averageperformancehistory. Varyingtimeperiods:Presentingperformanceforaselectedtime‐periodduring
whichthemandateproducedexcellentreturns.
2.WhoCanClaimCompliance?
Anyinvestmentmanagementfirmcanclaimcompliance.ComplyingwiththeGIPSstandardsisvoluntary.Onlyinvestmentmanagementfirmsthatactuallymanageassetscanclaimcompliance.Plansponsorsandconsultantscannotclaimcomplianceunlesstheymanageassetsforwhichtheyclaimcompliance.
Complianceisafirm‐wideprocessthatcannotbeachievedonasingleproductorcomposite.AfirmhasonlytwooptionswithregardtocompliancewiththeGIPSstandards:
FullycomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsandclaimcompliancethroughtheuseoftheGIPSComplianceStatement;or
NotcomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsandnotclaimcompliancewith,ormakeanyreferenceto,theGIPSstandards.
R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 67
3.WhoBenefitsfromCompliance?
TwogroupsbenefitfromGIPScompliance:investmentmanagementfirmsandprospectiveclients.
FollowingtheGIPSstandardsallowsinvestmentmanagementfirmstoassureprospectiveclientsthatthehistoricaltrackrecordtheyreportisbothcompleteandfairlypresented.ComplianceenablestheGIPS‐compliantfirmtoparticipateincompetitivebidsagainstothercompliantfirmsthroughouttheworld.Achievingandmaintainingcompliancemayalsostrengthenthefirm’sinternalcontrolsoverperformance‐relatedprocessesandprocedures.
InvestorshaveagreaterlevelofconfidenceintheintegrityofperformancepresentationsofaGIPS‐compliantfirm.Investorscaneasilycompareperformancepresentationsfromdifferentinvestmentmanagementfirms.
CompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsdoesnoteliminatetheneedfordue‐diligence,butitenhancesthecredibilityofinvestmentmanagementfirmsthathavechosentoundertakethisresponsibility.
4.Composites
OneofthekeyrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsistheuseofcomposites.Acompositeisanaggregationofoneormoreportfoliosmanagedaccordingtoasimilarinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.Assumeafirmmanagesportfoliosbasedononeofthefollowingstrategies:
StrategyA:Aggressivegrowth.Underthisstrategythefirmselectssmall‐capstockswithstronggrowthpotentialoverthenextfewyears.
StrategyB.Largecapvalue.Underthisstrategylarge‐capvaluestocksareselected.
GivethisscenariothefirmshouldcreateacompositeforStrategyA,andanothercompositeforStrategyB.
Acompositemustincludeallactual,fee‐paying,discretionaryportfoliosmanagedinaccordancewiththesameinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.By“actual”wemeantheseshouldberealandnotdummy/modelportfoliostosimulatethereturns.Portfoliosforwhichtheclientdoesnotpayafeemustnotbeincluded.Forinstance,theremaybecharitableorganizationsthatdonotpayafeefortheirassetsbeingmanaged.Theseshouldnotbeincluded.By“discretionary”,wemeantheinvestmentmanagementfirmhastherighttodetermineandpurchasesuitablesecuritiesforaportfolio.Ifthereisaportfoliowheretheclientdetermineswhatsecuritiesshouldbepurchased,thenitisnon‐discretionary.
Thedeterminationofwhichportfoliostoincludeinthecompositeshouldbedoneaccordingtopre‐establishedcriteria(i.e.onanex‐antebasis),notafterthefact.Thispreventsafirmfromincludingonlythebest‐performingportfolios.Thisisimportantbecauseperformancenumbersarereportedbasedoncomposites.
R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 68
5.Verification
FirmsthatclaimcompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsareresponsiblefortheirclaimofcomplianceandmaintainingthatcompliance.OnceafirmclaimscompliancewithGIPS,theymayvoluntarilyhireanindependentthird‐partytoperformverification.JustasGIPScomplianceisvoluntary,verificationisalsovoluntary.Verificationisperformedwithrespecttoanentirefirm.Itisnotdoneoncomposites,orindividualdepartments.
Verificationmustbeperformedbyanindependentthirdparty.Afirmcannotperformitsownverification.Third‐partyverificationbringsadditionalcredibilitytoafirm’sclaimofcompliance.Tounderstandwhyafirmwouldpaytobeverifiedifitisvoluntary,assumetherearetwofirms,AandB.FirmAclaimsGIPScomplianceandfirmBclaimsGIPScompliancewiththird‐partyverificationfromareputedfirm.Asaninvestor,whichfirmwouldyoubemorecomfortablewith?ObviouslyfirmB,andthatgivesfirmBanadvantageoverfirmA.
Verificationtestsinclude: Whethertheinvestmentfirmhascompliedwithallthecompositeconstruction
requirementsoftheGIPSstandardsonafirm‐widebasis,and Whetherthefirm’spoliciesandproceduresaredesignedtocalculateandpresent
performanceincompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.
6.TheStructureoftheGIPSStandards
Theprovisionswithinthe2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsaredividedintoninesections:
0. FundamentalsofCompliance
1. InputData
2. CalculationMethodology
3. CompositeConstruction
4. Disclosure
5. PresentationandReporting
6. RealEstate
7. PrivateEquity
8. WrapFee.SeparatelyManagedAccount(SMA)Portfolios
R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 69
Summary
LO.a:ExplainwhytheGIPSstandardswerecreated,whatpartiestheGIPSstandardsapplyto,andwhoisservedbythestandards.
TheGIPSstandardswerecreatedtoavoidmisrepresentationofperformance.Theyapplytoinvestmentmanagementfirms.Theyareintendedtoserveprospectiveandexistingclientsoftheinvestmentfirms.
LO.b:Explaintheconstructionandpurposeofcompositesinperformancereporting.
Acompositeisanaggregationofoneormoreportfoliosmanagedaccordingtoasimilarinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.Whenusedinperformancereporting,compositeshelpclientsevaluatehowwellacompanyhasperformedwithdifferentinvestmentstyles.
LO.c:Explaintherequirementsforverification.
Verificationisperformedwithrespecttoanentirefirm.Itisnotdoneoncomposites,orindividualdepartments.
Verificationmustbeperformedbyanindependentthird‐party.Afirmcannotperformitsownverification.
R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 70
PracticeQuestions
1. WhocanmostlikelyclaimcompliancewithGIPSStandards?A. CFAcharterholders.B. Individuals.C. Investmentmanagementfirms.
2. According to the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS), the criteria for
includingportfoliosincompositesis:A. all actual fee‐paying, discretionary portfolios must be included in at least one
composite.B. alldiscretionaryportfoliosmustbeincludedinacomposite.C. allactualfee‐payingportfoliosmustbeincludedinacomposite.
3. VerificationofGIPScomplianceis:
A. donebyanindependentthird‐party.B. mandatorytoclaimcompliance.C. donevoluntarilybythefirmunderthesupervisionoftheCFAInstitute.
R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 71
Solutions1. C is correct. Only investment management firms can claim compliance. Individuals,
charterholders,andsoftwaretoimplementtheStandardscannotclaimcompliance.2. Aiscorrect.Allactualfee‐paying,discretionaryportfoliosmustbeincludedinatleastone
composite.3. Aiscorrect.VerificationofGIPScomplianceisdonebyanindependentthirdparty.Afirm
cannotperformitsownverification.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 72
R05TheGIPSStandard
Introduction
Inthisreadingwefocuson: GoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommittee. KeyfeaturesoftheGIPSstandardsandthefundamentalsofcompliance. Howhistoricalperformancerecordmustbepresented. TheninemajorsectionsoftheGIPSstandard.
Note:mostofthematerialpresentedhereistakenfromthecurriculum.
GoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommittee
ThegoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommitteearepresentedbelow: Toestablishinvestmentindustrybest‐practicesforcalculatingandpresenting
investmentperformancethatpromoteinvestorinterestsandinstillinvestorconfidence.
Toobtainworldwideacceptanceofasinglestandardforthecalculationandpresentationofinvestmentperformancebasedontheprinciplesoffairpresentationandfulldisclosure.
Topromotetheuseofaccurateandconsistentperformancedata. Toencouragefairglobalcompetitionamonginvestmentfirmswithoutcreating
barrierstoentry;and Tofosterthenotionofindustry“self‐regulation”onaglobalbasis.
KeyFeaturesoftheGIPSStandards
ThekeyfeaturesofGIPSareasfollows: TheGIPSstandardsaretheethicalstandardsforinvestmentperformance
presentationtoensurefairrepresentationandfulldisclosureofinvestmentperformance.Inordertoclaimcompliance,firmsmustadheretotherequirementsincludedintheGIPSstandards.
MeetingtheobjectivesoffairrepresentationandfulldisclosureislikelytorequiremorethansimplyadheringtotheminimumrequirementsoftheGIPSstandards.Firmsshouldalsoadheretotherecommendationstoachievebestpracticeinthecalculationandpresentationofperformance.
TheGIPSstandardsrequirefirmstoincludeallactual,discretionary,fee‐payingportfoliosinatleastonecompositedefinedbyinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategyinordertopreventfirmsfromcherry‐pickingtheirbestperformance.Thismeansfirmsmustcreatecompositesandeachactual,fee‐paying,discretionaryportfoliomustbeinatleastonecomposite.Ifaportfolioisnotincludedinanycomposite,thenthereturnsassociatedwithitwillnotbeincluded.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 73
TheGIPSstandardsrelyontheintegrityofinputdata.Theaccuracyofinputdataiscriticaltotheaccuracyofperformancepresentation.Theunderlyingvaluationsofportfolioholdingsdrivetheportfolio’sperformance.Itisessentialthattheseandotherinputsareaccurate.TheGIPSstandardsrequirefirmstoadheretocertaincalculationmethodologiesandtomakespecificdisclosuresalongwiththefirm’sperformance.
FirmsmustcomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandards.
HistoricalPerformanceRecord
Afirmisrequiredtoinitiallypresent,ataminimum,fiveyearsofannualinvestmentperformancethatarecompliantwiththeGIPSstandards.Ifthefirmorthecompositehasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,thefirmmustpresentperformancesincethefirm’sinceptionorthecomposite’sinceptiondate.
Laterthefirmmustpresentanadditionalyearofperformanceeachyear,buildinguptoaminimumof10yearsofGIPS‐compliantperformance.
Firmsmaylinknon‐GIPScompliantperformancetotheirGIPS‐compliantperformanceprovidedthatonlyGIPS‐compliantperformanceispresentedforperiodsafter1January,2000andthefirmdisclosestheperiodsofnon‐compliance.
Firmsthatmanageprivate‐equity,realestate,and/orwrapfee/separatelymanagedaccount(SMA)portfoliosmustalsocomplywithsections6,7,and8respectively,oftheprovisionsoftheGIPSstandardsthatbecameeffectiveasof1January,2006.
ConsiderFirmAwhichwasestablishedin2013anddecidestobecomeGIPScompliantin2014.Initially,itmustpresentperformanceinformationfor2013and2014.Later,itmustkeepaddingperformancedataeveryyearuntilitbuildsuptoaminimumof10years.
ConsiderFirmBwhichwasestablishedin2008anddecidestobecomeGIPScompliantin2014.Initially,itmustpresentperformanceinformationforfiveyearsfromtheperiodendingin2010totheperiodendingin2014.Later,itmustalsoaddanadditionalyearuntilithas10yearsofGIPS‐compliantperformance.
Compliance
Thedefinitionofthefirmisthefoundationforfirm‐widecomplianceandcreatesdefinedboundarieswherebytotalfirmassetscanbedetermined.
FirmsmusttakeallstepsnecessarytoensurethattheyhavesatisfiedalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsbeforeclaimingcompliance.
Firmsarestronglyencouragedtoperformperiodicinternalcompliancechecks. Firmsmaychoosetohaveanindependentthird‐partyverificationthatteststhe
constructionofthefirm’scompositesaswellasthefirm’spoliciesandproceduresastheyrelatetocompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Verificationisrecommended,butitisvoluntaryandmustbedonebyathird‐partyverifier.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 74
Inadditiontoverification,firmsmayalsochoosetohavespecificallyfocusedcompositetesting(performanceexamination)performedbyanindependentthird‐partyverifiertoprovideadditionalassuranceregardingaparticularcomposite.
Theeffectivedateforthe2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsis1January,2011.Compliantpresentationsthatincludeaperformanceforperiodsthatbeginonorafter1January,2011mustbepreparedinaccordancewiththe2010editionoftheGIPSstandards.
ImplementingaGlobalStandard
ThepresenceofalocalsponsoringorganizationforinvestmentperformancestandardsisessentialforeffectiveimplementationandongoingsupportoftheGIPSstandardswithinacountry.ThecurriculumlistsGIPScountrysponsorsforafewcountries.
Countrysponsorensuresthatthecountry’sinterestsaretakenintoaccountastheGIPSstandardsaredeveloped.
TheGIPSexecutivecommitteestronglyencouragescountrieswithoutaninvestmentperformancestandardtopromotetheGIPSstandardsasthelocalstandard.Ifthereisnolocalstandardinacountry,thenitisidealforthecountrytopromoteandadoptGIPSasitisaglobalstandard,andwhenrequiredtranslatethemintothelocallanguage.
CompliancewithapplicablelawandrulesdoesnotnecessarilymeancompliancewithGIPS.
Incasesinwhichlawsand/orregulationsconflictwiththeGIPSstandards,firmsarerequiredtocomplywiththelawsandregulationsandmakefulldisclosureoftheconflictinthecompliantpresentation.FirmscanstillclaimcompliancewithGIPSbuttheymustdisclosewhereverthereisadeviationthatthelawofthelandisbeingfollowed.
NineMajorSectionsoftheGIPSStandards
Theprovisionswithinthe2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsaredividedintoninesections:0. FundamentalsofCompliance1. InputData2. CalculationMethodology3. CompositeConstruction4. Disclosure5. PresentationandReporting6. RealEstate7. PrivateEquity8. WrapFee/SeparatelyManagedAccount(SMA)portfolios
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 75
Theprovisionsarecategorizedintorequirementsandrecommendations.Alltherequirementsmustbeimplementedtoclaimcompliance.
0.FundamentalsofCompliance
SeveralcoreprinciplescreatethefoundationfortheGIPSstandards,includingproperlydefiningthefirm,providingcompliantpresentationstoallprospectiveclients,adheringtoapplicablelawsandregulations,andensuringthatinformationpresentedisnotfalseormisleading.TwoimportantissuesthatafirmmustconsiderwhenbecomingcompliantwiththeGIPSstandardsarethedefinitionofthefirmandthefirm’sdefinitionofdiscretion.Thedefinitionofthefirmisthefoundationforfirm‐widecomplianceandcreatesdefinedboundarieswherebytotalfirmassetscanbedetermined.Thefirm’sdefinitionofdiscretionestablishescriteriatojudgewhichportfoliosmustbeincludedinacompositeandisbasedonthefirm’sabilitytoimplementitsinvestmentstrategy.
Samplefirmdefinition:XYXInvestmentFirmisabalancedportfolioinvestmentmanagerthatinvestssolelyinUS‐basedsecurities.XYZInvestmentFirmisdefinedasanindependentinvestmentmanagementfirmthatisnotaffiliatedwithanyparentorganization.
TherequirementsofProvision0arepresentedbelow(reproducedfromthecurriculum).
0.A.1:FirmsmustcomplywithalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandards,includinganyupdates,GuidanceStatements,interpretations,Questions&Answers(Q&As),andclarificationspublishedbyCFAInstituteandtheGIPSExecutiveCommittee,whichareavailableontheGIPSstandardswebsite(www.gipsstandards.org)aswellasintheGIPSHandbook.
0.A.2:Firmsmustcomplywithallapplicablelawsandregulationsregardingthecalculationandpresentationofperformance.
Iftherearenoapplicablelawsandrules,thenGIPScompliantfirmsmustfollowtheGIPSstandards.But,ifacountryhasapplicablelawsandregulationsregardingthecalculationandpresentationofperformance,thenthecountrylawsmustbefollowedandanydifferenceswithGIPSmustbedocumented.
0.A.3:Firmsmustnotpresentperformanceorperformance‐relatedinformationthatisfalseormisleading.
0.A.4:TheGIPSstandardsmustbeappliedonafirm‐widebasis.
0.A.5:FirmsmustdocumenttheirpoliciesandproceduresusedinestablishingandmaintainingcompliancewiththeGIPSstandards,includingensuringtheexistenceandownershipofclientassets,andmustapplythemconsistently.
0.A.6:IfthefirmdoesnotmeetalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandards,thefirmmustnotrepresentorstatethatitis“incompliancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandardsexceptfor...”ormakeanyotherstatementsthatmayindicatepartialcompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 76
FirmsarenotallowedtoclaimpartialcompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.
0.A.7:Statementsreferringtothecalculationmethodologyasbeing“inaccordance,”“incompliance,”or“consistent”withtheGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards,orsimilarstatements,areprohibited.
0.A.8:Statementsreferringtotheperformanceofasingle,existingclientportfolioasbeing“calculatedinaccordancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards”areprohibited,exceptwhenaGIPS‐compliantfirmreportstheperformanceofanindividualclient’sportfoliotothatclient.
0.A.9:Firmsmustmakeeveryreasonableefforttoprovideacompliantpresentationtoallprospectiveclients.Firmsmustnotchoosetowhomtheypresentacompliantpresentation.Aslongasaprospectiveclienthasreceivedacompliantpresentationwithintheprevious12months,thefirmhasmetthisrequirement.
0.A.10:Firmsmustprovideacompletelistofcompositedescriptionstoanyprospectiveclientthatmakessucharequest.Firmsmustincludeterminatedcompositesonthefirm’slistofcompositedescriptionsforatleastfiveyearsafterthecompositeterminationdate.Acompositemustbeclearlydescribedastowhatmandateorstrategyitisfollowing:Forexample,small‐capequityvalue,Japan‐equity,fixed‐incomeetc.Ifacompositewasterminated,thenitsperformancemustbepresentedforatleastfiveyearsafterterminationtoovercomesurvivorshipbias.
0.A.11:Firmsmustprovideacompliantpresentationforanycompositelistedonthefirm’slistofcompositedescriptionstoanyprospectiveclientthatmakessucharequest.
AcompliantpresentationisonethatcomplieswithalltheGIPSprovisions.
0.A.12:Firmsmustbedefinedasaninvestmentfirm,subsidiary,ordivisionheldouttoclientsorprospectiveclientsasadistinctbusinessentity.
Scenario:AssumethereisafirmcalledUBLandithasasubsidiarycalledUBL‐AssetManagement(UBL‐AM).IfinvestorsapproachUBL‐AMtotradeandinvestinsecurities/funds,thenUBM‐AMisthefirmhere,andmustcomplywiththeGIPSstandards.
0.A.13:Forperiodsbeginningonorafter1January2011,totalfirmassetsmustbetheaggregatefairvalueofalldiscretionaryandnon‐discretionaryassetsmanagedbythefirm.Thisincludesbothfee‐payingandnon‐fee‐payingportfolios.
Donotconfusethiswithacomposite.Acompositemustincludeonlyactual,fee‐payingdiscretionaryportfolios.But,whenafirmreportsitstotalassets,itmustincludethefairvalueofalldiscretionaryandnon‐discretionaryassetsandallfee‐payingandnon‐feepayingportfolios.
0.A.14:Totalfirmassetsmustincludeassetsassignedtoasub‐advisorprovidedthefirmhasdiscretionovertheselectionofthesub‐advisor.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 77
0.A.15:Changesinafirm’sorganizationmustnotleadtoalterationofhistoricalcompositeperformance.
0.A.16:Whenthefirmjointlymarketswithotherfirms,thefirmclaimingcompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsmustbesurethatitisclearlydefinedandseparaterelativetootherfirmsbeingmarketed,andthatitisclearwhichfirmisclaimingcompliance.
Outlinedabovearerequirements.TheGIPSstandardsalsoincluderequirements.Forexample,assumeaninvestmentmanagementcompany,HS,hasdifferentgeographicaloffices,whichoperateunderthesamebrandnamebutasindividualinvestmentmanagementcompaniessuchasHSMaltaplc,HSSpain,HSIndiaLimited,HSMalaysiaLimited.Thefirmdefinitionshouldbebroadenoughtoincludeallgeographicalofficesunderoneumbrella.Thisisjustarecommendation,notarequirement.
Instructor’sNote:AtLevelIyouarerequiredtoknowthedetailsofProvision0(FundamentalsofCompliance).Forprovisions1–8youjustneedtoknowthebasicdescriptionswhicharegivenbelow:
1. InputdataConsistencyofinputdatausedtocalculateperformanceiscriticaltoeffectivecompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsandestablishesthefoundationforfull,fair,andcomparableinvestmentperformancepresentations.Forperiodsbeginningonorafter1January2011,allportfoliosmustbevaluedinaccordancewiththedefinitionoffairvalueandtheGIPSvaluationprinciples.
2. CalculationMethodologyAchievingcomparabilityamonginvestmentmanagementfirms’performancepresentationsrequiresuniformityinthemethodsusedtocalculatereturns.TheGIPSstandardsmandatetheuseofcertaincalculationmethodologiestofacilitatecomparability.
3. CompositeConstructionAcompositeisanaggregationofoneormoreportfoliosmanagedaccordingtoasimilarinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.Thecompositereturnistheasset‐weightedaverageoftheperformanceofallportfoliosinthecomposite.Creatingmeaningfulcompositesisessentialtothefairpresentation,consistency,andcomparabilityofperformanceovertimeandamongfirms.Assumetherearetwoportfoliosinacomposite:portfolio1withavalueof$10millionandportfolio2withavalueof$90million.Thereturnsofthetwoportfoliosare10%and12%respectively.Theoverallreturnofthecompositemustbecloserto12%asthe12%returnhasa90%weightage.
4. DisclosureDisclosureallowsfirmstoelaborateonthedataprovidedinthepresentationandgivethereaderthepropercontextinwhichtounderstandtheperformance.TocomplywiththeGIPSstandards,firmsmustdisclosecertaininformationinallcompliantpresentationsregardingtheirperformanceandthepoliciesadoptedbythefirm.Oneoftheessentialdisclosuresfor
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 78
everyfirmistheclaimofcompliance.OnceafirmmeetsalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandards,itmustappropriatelyusetheclaimofcompliancetoindicatecompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Theallowedformatforfirmsthatclaimcomplianceis:<<Nameoffirm>>claimscompliancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards(GIPS)andhaspreparedandpresentedthisreportincompliancewiththeGIPSStandards.
5. PresentationandReportingAfterconstructingthecomposites,gatheringtheinputdata,calculatingreturns,anddeterminingthenecessarydisclosures,thefirmmustincorporatethisinformationinpresentationsbasedontherequirementsintheGIPSstandardsforpresentinginvestmentperformance.Nofinitesetofrequirementscancoverallpotentialsituationsoranticipatefuturedevelopmentsininvestmentindustrystructure,technology,products,orpractices.Whenappropriate,firmshavetheresponsibilitytoincludeinGIPS‐compliantpresentationsinformationnotaddressedbytheGIPSstandards.
6. RealEstateUnlessotherwisenoted,thissectionsupplementsalloftherequiredandrecommendedprovisionsinSections0‐5.Realestateprovisionswerefirstincludedinthe2005editionoftheGIPSstandardsandbecameeffective1January,2006.The2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsincludesnewprovisionsforclosed‐endrealestatefunds.Firmsshouldnotethatcertainprovisionsofsections0‐5donotapplytorealestateinvestmentsoraresupersededbytheprovisionswithinsection6.Theprovisionsthatdonotapplyhavebeennotedwithinsection6.
7. PrivateEquityUnlessotherwisenoted,thissectionsupplementsalloftherequiredandrecommendedprovisionsinsections0‐5.Privateequityprovisionswerefirstincludedinthe2005editionoftheGIPSstandardsandbecameeffective1January2006.Firmsshouldnotethatcertainprovisionsinsections0‐5donotapplytoprivateequityinvestmentsoraresupersededbytheprovisionswithinsection7.Theprovisionsthatdonotapplyhavebeennotedwithinsection7.
8. WrapFee/SeparatelyManagedAccount(SMA)PortfoliosUnlessotherwisenoted,thissectionsupplementsalloftherequiredandrecommendedprovisionsinsections0‐5.Firmsshouldnotethatcertainprovisionsinsections0‐5oftheGIPSstandardsdonotapplytowrapfee/SMAportfoliosoraresupersededbytheprovisionswithinsection8.Theprovisionsthatdonotapplyherehavebeennotedwithinsection8.
SamplePresentation
AsampleGIPS‐compliantpresentationreportispresentedbelow.Someoftheimportantaspectsthatyoucantakenoteofare:
Nameoffirm:Sample1InvestmentFirm;Composite:BalancedGrowth Grossreturn,netreturn,andno.ofportfoliosarerequireddatawhicharepresented.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 79
Sample1 InvestmentFirmBalancedGrowthComposite(fromthecurriculum)
1January2002through31December2011
Year CompositeGrossReturn(%)
CompositeNetReturn(%)
CustomBenchmarkReturn(%)
Composite3‐YrStDev(%)
Benchmark3‐YrStDev(%)
NumberofPortfolios
InternalDispersion(%)
CompositeAssets($M)
FirmAssets($M)
2002 ‐10.5 ‐11.4 ‐11.8 31 4.5 165 236
2003 16.3 15.1 13.2 34 2.0 235 346
2004 7.5 6.4 8.9 38 5.7 344 529
2005 1.8 0.8 0.3 45 2.8 445 695
2006 11.2 10.1 12.2 48 3.1 520 839
2007 6.1 5.0 7.1 49 2.8 505 1,014
2008 ‐21.3 ‐22.1 ‐24.9 44 2.9 475 964
2009 16.5 15.3 14.7 47 3.1 493 983
2010 10.6 9.5 13.0 51 3.5 549 1,114
2011 2.7 1.7 0.4 7.1 7.4 54 2.5 575 1,236
Sample1InvestmentFirmclaimscompliancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards(GIPS®)andhaspreparedandpresentedthisreportincompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Sample1InvestmentFirmhasbeenindependentlyverifiedfortheperiods1January2000through31December2010.Theverificationreportisavailableuponrequest.Verificationassesseswhether(1)thefirmhascompliedwithallthecompositeconstructionrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsonafirm‐widebasisand(2)thefirm’spoliciesandproceduresaredesignedtocalculateandpresentperformanceincompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Verificationdoesnotensuretheaccuracyofanyspecificcompositepresentation.
Notes:
1. Sample1InvestmentFirmisabalancedportfolioinvestmentmanagerthatinvestssolelyinUS‐basedsecurities.Sample1InvestmentFirmisdefinedasanindependentinvestmentmanagementfirmthatisnotaffiliatedwithanyparentorganization.Policiesforvaluingportfolios,calculatingperformance,andpreparingcompliantpresentationsareavailableuponrequest.
2. TheBalancedGrowthCompositeincludesallinstitutionalbalancedportfoliosthatinvestinlarge‐capUSequitiesandinvestment‐gradebondswiththegoalofprovidinglong‐termcapitalgrowthandsteadyincomefromawell‐diversifiedstrategy.Althoughthestrategyallowsforequityexposurerangingbetween50–70%,thetypicalallocationisbetween55–65%.Theaccountminimumforthecompositeis$5million.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 80
3. Thecustombenchmarkis60%YYYUSEquityIndexand40%ZZZUSAggregateBondIndex.Thebenchmarkisrebalancedmonthly.
4. ValuationsarecomputedandperformanceisreportedinUSdollars.
5. Gross‐of‐feesreturnsarepresentedbeforemanagementandcustodialfeesbutafteralltradingexpenses.Compositeandbenchmarkreturnsarepresentednetofnon‐reclaimablewithholdingtaxes.Net‐of‐feesreturnsarecalculatedbydeductingthehighestfeeof0.83%fromthemonthlygrosscompositereturn.Themanagementfeescheduleisasfollows:1.00%onthefirst$25million;0.60%thereafter.
6. ThiscompositewascreatedinFebruary2000.Acompletelistofcompositedescriptionsisavailableuponrequest.
7. Internaldispersioniscalculatedusingtheequal‐weightedstandarddeviationofannualgrossreturnsofthoseportfoliosthatwereincludedinthecompositefortheentireyear.
8. Thethree‐yearannualizedstandarddeviationmeasuresthevariabilityofthecompositeandthebenchmarkreturnsoverthepreceding36‐monthperiod.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 81
Summary
LO.a:DescribethekeyfeaturesoftheGIPSstandardsandthefundamentalsofcompliance.
Refertosections‘KeyFeaturesoftheGIPSStandards’and‘0.FundamentalsofCompliance’.
LO.b:DescribethescopeoftheGIPSstandardswithrespecttoaninvestmentfirm’sdefinitionandhistoricalperformancerecord.
InvestmentFirm’sDefinition Firmsmustbedefinedasaninvestmentfirm,subsidiary,oradivisionthatisheldout
toclientsandprospectsasa‘distinctbusinessentity’. Ifafirmhasdifferentgeographiclocations,alldoingbusinessunderthesamename,
thenthedefinitionofthefirmmustincludebranchesfromalllocations.
HistoricalPerformanceRecord
Initially, Afirmmustpresentaminimumoffiveyearsofcompliantpresentation. Ifthefirmorcompositehasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,the
presentationshouldincludeperformancesinceinception.
Afterinitialcompliance, Thefirmmustaddoneyearofcompliantpresentationeachyear,
Sothatthefirmeventuallypresentsaminimumperformancehistoryof10years.
LO.c:ExplainhowtheGIPSstandardsareimplementedincountrieswithexistingstandardsforperformancereportinganddescribetheappropriateresponsewhentheGIPSstandardsandlocalregulationsconflict.
Incountrieswheretherearenoinvestmentperformanceregulations,useandpromotetheGIPSstandard.
Incountrieswherethereareexistinglawsandregulationsregardingperformancepresentation,adheretoGIPSinadditiontothelocallaws.
Incaseofaconflictwiththelocallaws,followthelocallawbutdisclosetheconflict
LO.d:DescribetheninemajorsectionsoftheGIPSstandards.
Refertosection‘NineMajorSectionsoftheGIPSStandards’.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 82
PracticeQuestions
1. WhichofthefollowingisnotakeyfeatureoftheGIPSstandards?A. Allactual,discretionary,fee‐paying,andnon‐feepayingportfoliosmustbeincluded
inatleastonecomposite.B. Firmsmustuseaccurateinputdata,followcertaincalculationmethodologies,and
disclosethemethodused.C. FirmsmustcomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandards.
2. Ifacompositehasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,thenforwhatperiodisthe
firmmostlikelyrequiredtopresentGIPS‐compliantperformance?A. Twoyears.B. Oneyear.C. Sinceinceptiondate.
3. EritbaisasmallislandnationinthePacificwherelawsandregulationsexistforcalculation
andpresentationofinvestmentperformance.AccordingtotheGIPSstandards,whatlawsare firms in Eritba encouraged to complywith for the calculation and presentation ofinvestmentperformance?
A. GIPSstandardsonly.B. Applicablelaw,regulations,andGIPSstandards.C. Applicablelawandregulationsonly.
4. Which of the following is not one of the nine sections of the provisions of the Global
InvestmentPerformanceStandards?A. Disclosure.B. ProcessedData.C. RealEstate.
R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 83
Solutions1. Aiscorrect.Itisnotmandatoryfornon‐feepayingportfoliostobeincludedinatleastone
composite.2. Ciscorrect.Ifafirmhasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,thenafirmisrequired
to present compliant presentation since the firm’s inception date, or the compositeinceptiondate.
3. B is correct. Firms are encouraged to comply with applicable laws and regulatory
requirements in addition to the GIPS Standards. This is because compliance withapplicablelawdoesnotimplycompliancewiththeGIPSStandards.
4. Biscorrect. ‘InputData’,not ‘ProcessedData’, isasectionoftheprovisionsoftheGIPS
standards.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 84
R06TimeValueofMoney
IntroductoryNote
FinancialCalculator:CFAInstituteallowsonlytwocalculatormodelsduringtheexam: TexasInstrumentsBAIIPlus(includingBAIIPlusProfessional)and
HewlettPackard12C(includingtheHP12CPlatinum,12CPlatinum25thanniversaryedition,12C30thanniversaryedition,andHP12CPrestige)
UnlessyouarealreadycomfortablewiththeHPfinancialcalculator,werecommendusingtheTexasInstrumentsfinancialcalculator.ExplanationsandkeystrokesinourstudymaterialsarebasedontheTexasInstrumentsBAIIPluscalculator.Beforeyoustartusingthecalculatortosolveproblems,werecommendthatyousetthenumberofdecimalplacesto‘floatingdecimal’.1.Introduction
Ifyouhave$100today,versusanoptiontoreceive$100afterthreeyears,whatwouldyouprefer?
Obviously,youwouldprefer$100today.Eventhoughyouhavethesameamount($100)inbothcases,youprefer$100today.Thismeansthattherehastobesomevalueassociatedwithtime,becauseyouareputtingmorevalueonthe$100thatyouaregettingtoday,relativetothe$100atalaterpointintime.Thisisknownas‘timevalueofmoney.’
Letussaythatyouareindifferentbetween$100dollarstodayversus$110afteroneyear.
Presentvalue(PV):Themoneytodayorthevaluetodayiscalledthepresentvalue(PV=100).Thiscouldbeaninvestmentwhichyoumakeattime0.
Futurevalue(FV):Thevalueatafuturepointintimeiscalledthefuturevalue(FV=110).
Interestrate(I):Therelationshiporthelinkbetweenpresentvalueandfuturevalueisestablishedthroughaninterestrate(I=10%).
Inthisreading,weareessentiallygoingtotalkabouttheseconcepts:presentvalue(PV),futurevalue(FV),andthewaywelinkthesetwoconceptsusinginterestrates(I).
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 85
2.InterestRates:Interpretation
Let’sdiscussthedifferentinterpretationsofinterestratesusinganexample.Sayyoulend$900todayandreceive$990afteroneyear(–vesignindicatesoutflow).
Interestratescanbeinterpretedas:
1. Requiredrateofreturn:Thefactthatyouarewillingtogive$900todayontheconditionthatyouget$990afteroneyearmeansthattoengageinthistransaction,yourequireareturnof10%.(Simplecalculationwillshowyouthattheinterestrateinthistransactionis10%).
2. Discountrate:Youcandiscountthemoneythatyouwillreceiveafteroneyeari.e.$990at10%togetthepresentvalueof$900(990/1.1=900).Therefore,the10%canalsobethoughtofasadiscountrate.
3. Opportunitycost:Let’ssayinsteadoflendingthe$900,youspentitonsomethingelse.Youhavethenforgonetheopportunitytoearn10%interest.Therefore,10%canalsobethoughtofasanopportunitycost.
InterestRates:InvestorPerspective
Asaninvestor,wecanthinkoftheinterestrateasasumofthefollowingcomponents:
Interestrate=Realrisk‐freeinterestrate+Inflationpremium+Defaultriskpremium+Liquiditypremium+Maturitypremium
Let’slookatthedifferentcomponents.
Realrisk‐freeinterestrate:Thisistheratethatyougetonasecuritythathasnoriskandisextremelyliquid.Wemakeanassumptionherethatthereisnoinflation.
Inflationpremium:Wecanthenaddonaninflationpremium.Inflationpremiumistheexpectedannualinflationintheupcomingperiod.
Defaultriskpremium:Wecanalsothenaddadefaultriskpremium.Thisistheadditionalpremiumthatinvestorsrequirebecauseoftheriskofdefault.Example:Let'ssaythatyoulend$100eachtopersonAandpersonB.However,Bhasahighriskofdefault,soyouareworriedthathemightnotpay.ThereforeyoumightdemandahigherreturnfromBascomparedtoA,becauseoftheriskofdefault.Thisadditionalreturnthatyoudemandiscalledthedefaultriskpremium.
Liquiditypremium:Nextwehaveliquiditypremium.Thisisthepremiumthatinvestorsdemandbecauseofthelackofliquidityofaninvestment.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 86
Example:ThinkoftwoinvestmentsCandDwhicharesimilarinallregards.TheonlydifferenceisthatinvestmentCisextremelyliquid,whereasinvestmentDisnotthatliquid.Clearlyasinvestors,wewilldemandahigherreturnonDbecauseitisnoteasytosell.Thisadditionalreturnthatwedemandiscalledtheliquiditypremium.
Maturitypremium:Finallywehavethematuritypremium.Thisisthepremiumthatinvestorsdemandonasecuritywithlongmaturity.Thematuritypremiumcompensatesinvestorsfortheincreasedsensitivityofthemarketvalueofdebttoachangeinmarketinterestratesasmaturityisextended.Example:Let’ssaywehavetwosecurities,EandF.SecurityEhasamaturityof1yearandsecurityFhasamaturityof4years.Becauseofthelongermaturity,Fhasmorerisk,intermsofitspricebeingmoresensitivetochangesininterestrate.Instructor’sNote:Youwillunderstandthisconceptbetterwhenyoustudyfixedincomesecurities.Butfornow,youcantakeitasagiventhatFhashigherriskbecauseofthelongermaturity.Obviously,investorswilldemandsomecompensationforthehigherlevelofrisk.Thisadditionalreturnthatinvestorsdemandiscalledthematuritypremium.
Nominalriskfreerate:Nominalrisk‐freerate=Realrisk‐freeinterestrate+Inflationpremium.Soiftherealrisk‐freerateis3%andtheinflationpremiumis2%,thenthenominalrisk‐freerateis5%.Instructor’sNote:Ontheexamifyougetaterm‘risk‐freerate’withnomentionofwhethertherateisrealornominal,thentheassumptionisthatwearetalkingaboutthenominalrisk‐freerate.Example
InvestmentsMaturity(inyears)
Liquidity Defaultrisk InterestRates(%)
A 1 High Low 2.0B 1 Low Low 2.5C 2 Low Low rD 3 High Low 3.0E 3 Low High 4.0
1. ExplainthedifferencebetweentheinterestratesonInvestmentAandInvestmentB.
2. Estimatethedefaultriskpremium.
3. CalculateupperandlowerlimitsfortheinterestrateonInvestmentC,r.
Solution:
1. InvestmentsAandBhavethesamematurityandthesamedefaultrisk.However,BhasalowerliquidityascomparedtoA.Hence,investorswilldemandaliquiditypremiumonB.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 87
Thedifferencebetweentheirinterestratesi.e.2.5–2.0=0.5%isequaltotheliquiditypremium.
2. ConsiderinvestmentsDandE,theyhavethesamematurity,butdifferentliquidityanddifferentdefaultrisk.Let’smakeliquiditythesameandcreateanewlowliquidityversionofD.Thisversionwillhaveahigherinterestrate,becausenowinvestorswilldemandaliquiditypremium.Wehavealreadydeterminedthattheliquiditypremiumis0.5%.Therefore,thelowliquidityversionofDwillhaveaninterestrateof3.0+0.5=3.5%.NowcomparethisversionofDwithinvestmentE.Theonlydifferencebetweenthetwoisdefaultrisk.Ehasahigherdefaultrisk.Therefore,thedifferencebetweentheirinterestratesi.e.4.0–3.5=0.5%mustbeequaltothedefaultriskpremium.
3. NoticethatbetweenBandC,theonlydifferenceisthatChasalongermaturity.Therefore,interestrateofCmustbehigherthanB(2.5%).AlsonoticethatbetweenCandthelowliquidityversionofD,theonlydifferenceisthatChasashortermaturity.Therefore,interestrateonChastobelowerthanthelowliquidityversionofD(3.5%).SotherangeforCis2.5<r<3.5.
3.TheFutureValueofaSingleCashFlow
Let’sunderstandthisconceptwithasimpleexample.Saypresentvalue(PV)=$100andinterestrate(r)=10%.Whatisthefuturevalue(FV)afteroneyear?Whatisthefuturevalue(FV)aftertwoyears?
Thefuturevalueofasinglecashflowcanbecomputedusingthefollowingformula:
FV PV 1 r
where:FVN=futurevalueoftheinvestmentN=numberofperiodsPV=presentvalueoftheinvestmentr=rateofinterest
Therefore,
FV 100 1 0.1 $110
FV 100 1 0.1 $121
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 88
Noticethatwithcompoundinterest,aftertwoyearswehave$121.Whereas,withsimpleinterest,aftertwoyearswewouldhave$120.Thedifferencebetweenthetwovalues($1)representstheinterestoninterestcomponent.InYear2,wenotonlyreceiveinterestonthe$100principal,butwealsoreceiveinterestonthe$10interestearnedinYear1thathasbeenreinvested.
Example
CyndiaRojersdeposits$5millioninhersavingsaccount.Theaccountholdersareentitledtoa5%interest.IfCyndiawithdrawscashafter2.5years,howmuchcashwouldshemostlikelybeabletowithdraw?
Solution:
FV PV 1 r
FV . 5 1 0.05 . $5.649million
FVCalculationusingaFinancialCalculator
YouwilloftenusethefollowingkeysonyourTIBAIIPluscalculator:N=numberofperiodsI/Y=rateperperiodPV=presentvalueFV=futurevaluePMT=paymentCPT=compute
OneimportantpointtonoteisthesignsusedforPVandFV.IfthevalueforPVisnegative“‐”,thenthevalueforFVispositive“+”.Aninflowisoftenrepresentedasapositivenumber,whileoutflowsaredenotedbynegativenumbers.Beforeyoubegin,setthenumberofdecimalpointsonyourcalculatorto9toincreaseaccuracy.
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][FORMAT][ENTER] Getintoformatmode DEC=9
[2nd][QUIT]Returntostandardcalcmode
0
Question:Youinvest$100todayat10%compoundedannually.Howmuchwillyouhavein5years?
Thekeystrokestocomputethefuturevalueofasinglecashflowareillustratedbelow.
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0
[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet 0
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 89
5[N] Fiveyears/periods N=5
10[I/Y] Setinterestrate I/Y=10
100[PV] Setpresentvalue PV=100
0[PMT] Setpayment PMT=0
[CPT][FV] Computefuturevalue FV=‐161.05
3.1.TheFrequencyofCompounding
Whenourcompoundingfrequencyisnotannual,weusethefollowingformulatocomputefuturevalue:
FV PV 1rm
where:rs=thestatedannualinterestrateindecimalformatm=thenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyearN=thenumberofyears
Let’sunderstandthisconceptusinganexample.
Youinvest$80,000ina3‐yearcertificateofdeposit.ThisCDoffersastatedannualinterestrateof10%compoundedquarterly.Howmuchwillyouhaveattheendofthreeyears?
Solution:Therearetwomethodstosolvethisquestion.FormulaMethodPVis$80,000.Thestatedannualrateis10%.Thenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyearis4.Thetotalnumberofperiodsis4x3=12.Thereforefuturevalueafter12quarters(3years)is
FV $80,000 1 0.025 $107,591
CalculatorMethodYoucanalsosolvethisproblemusingafinancialcalculator;thekeystrokesaregivenbelow:N=12,I/Y=2.5%,PV=$80,000,PMT=0,CPTFV=‐$107,591PMTis0becausetherearenointermediatepaymentsinthisexample.Example
Donaldinvested$3millioninanAmericanbankthatpromisestopay4%compoundeddaily.WhichofthefollowingisclosesttotheamountDonaldreceivesattheendofthefirstyear?Assume365daysinayear.A. $3.003millionB. $3.122million
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 90
C. $3.562million
SolutionThecorrectanswerisB.FormulaMethod
FV PV 1
FV 3million 1 . $3.122million
CalculatorMethodN=365,I/Y=4/365%,PV=$3million,PMT=0;CPTFV=‐$3.122million
3.2.ContinuousCompounding
Wesawexampleswithannualcompounding.Thenwediscussedquarterlycompoundingandintheaboveexamplewelookedatdailycompounding.Ifwekeepincreasingthenumberofcompoundingperiodsuntilwehaveinfinitenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyear,thenwecansaythatwehavecontinuouscompounding.
Theformulaforcomputingfuturevalueswithcontinuouscompoundingis:
FV PVe
where:r=continuouslycompoundedrateN=thenumberofyears
Let’slookatanexample.
Aninvestmentworth$50,000earnsinterestthatiscompoundedcontinuously.Thestatedannualinterestis3.6%.Whatisthefuturevalueoftheinvestmentafter3years?
Solution:
PV=$50,000;r=0.036;N=3
FV 50,000e . $55,702
ConceptBuildingExercise
Assumethatthestatedannualinterestrateis12%.Whatisthefuturevalueof$100atdifferentcompoundingfrequencies?Whatisthereturn?
Frequency Futurevalueof$100 ReturnAnnual 112.00 12.00%Semiannual 112.36 12.36%Quarterly 112.55 12.55%Monthly 112.68 12.68%Daily 112.75 12.75%Continuous 112.75 12.75%
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 91
Instructor’sNote:
1.Forthesamestatedannualrate,thereturnskeepgettingbetteraswecompoundmoreoften.
2.IfyouhavetwobanksthatofferthefollowingratesA:12.5%compoundedannuallyB:12%compoundeddailyWhichofferisbetter?
EventhoughA’s12.5%looksbetter,B’s12%compoundeddailywilleffectivelygiveyouareturnof12.75%.ThereforetheofferfrombankBisbetter.
3.3.StatedandEffectiveRates
Nowwecometotherelatedconceptofstatedversuseffectiverates.Intheaboveconcept‐buildingexercise,thestatedratewas12%acrosstheboard,buttheeffectiveratethataninvestoractuallyearnsdependsonthecompoundingfrequency.Theeffectiveratesweredifferentfordifferentcompoundingfrequencies.
Ifwearegivenacompoundingfrequency,wecancomputeeffectiveratesusingthefollowingformulae:
Effectiveannualratefordiscretecompounding:
EAR 1 periodicinterestrate – 1
where:m=numberofcompoundingperiodsinoneyear Fordailycompounding,m=365 Formonthlycompounding,m=12 Forquarterlycompounding,m=4 Forsemiannualcompounding,m=2
Forexample,forastatedannualrateof12%andquarterlycompounding,theEARwillbeequalto:
EAR=(1+0.12/4)4–1=1.1255–1=0.1255=12.55%
Instructor’sNote:Alotofpeoplegetconfusedaboutthe‐1attheendoftheformula.Theideaisactuallyfairlystraightforward.Basicallywehave1.034whichistellingushowmuch$1willbecomeattheendof4periods.$1isgoingtobecome$1.1255.Butthisisnotarate.Tofigureouttheratewehavetosubtracttheoriginal$1thatweinvested.Soweareleftwith0.1255whichisoureffectiverate.
EffectiveAnnualRateforcontinuouscompounding:EAR e 1
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 92
wherer =statedannualinterestrate
Forexample,forastatedannualrateof12%andcontinuouscompounding,theEARwillbeequalto:
EAR=e0.12–1=1.1275–1=0.1275=12.75%
4.TheFutureValueofaSeriesofCashFlows
Thedifferenttypesofcashflowsbasedonthetimeperiodsoverwhichtheyoccurinclude: Annuity:Afinitesetofequalsequentialcashflows.Thetwotypesare
o Ordinaryannuity:Thefirstcashflowoccursoneperiodfromnow(indexedatt=1).
o Annuitydue:Thefirstcashflowoccursimmediately(indexedatt=0). Perpetuity:Asetofequalnever‐endingsequentialcashflowswiththefirstcashflow
occurringoneperiodfromtoday.(Theperiodisfiniteincaseofanannuitywhereasinperpetuityitisinfinite.)
4.1.EqualCashFlows–OrdinaryAnnuity
Let’ssaythatwehaveanordinaryannuitywithA=$1,000,r=5%andN=5,i.e.wearegoingtoreceiveapaymentof$1,000attheendofeachyearforthenext5yearsandourdiscountrateis5%.WecancomputetheFVofthisannuityusingthefollowingthreemethods:
Brute‐ForceMethod
Wecantakeeachindividualcashflowandseehowmucheachofthesewillbeworthattheendoffiveyears.ThenwecanaddallthevaluestocomputethetotalFVoftheannuity.
Forinstance,thefirst$1,000depositmadeatt=1willcompoundoverfourperiods;theseconddepositof$1,000willcompoundoverthreeperiodsandsoon.Wethenaddthefuturevaluesofallpaymentstoarriveatthefuturevalueoftheannuitywhichis$5,525.63.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 93
FormulaMethod
Thefuturevalueofanannuitycanalsobecomputedusingthefollowingformula:
FV A1 r – 1
r
where:A=annuityamountN=numberofyears
Theterminsquarebracketsisknownasthe‘futurevalueannuityfactor’(FVAF).Thisfactorgivesthefuturevalueofanordinaryannuityof$1perperiod.Hencetheformulagivenabovecanalsobewrittenas:FV=AxFVAF.
Therefore,usingtheformula:
FV 1,000 . –
.$5,525.63
CalculatorMethod
Givenbelowarethekeystrokesforcomputingthefuturevalueofanordinaryannuity.
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0
[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet 0
5[N] Fiveyears/periods N=5
5[I/Y] Setinterestrate I/Y=5
0[PV] 0becausethereisnoinitialinvestment PV=0
1000[PMT] Setannuitypayment PMT=1000
[CPT][FV] Computefuturevalue FV=‐5525.63
Ontheexamyoushouldusethecalculatormethod,becausethisisthefastestmethodanddoesnotrequireyoutomemorizetheannuityformula.
Example
Haleydeposits$24,000inherbankaccountattheendofeveryyear.Theaccountearns12%perannum.Ifshecontinuesthispractice,howmuchmoneywillshehaveattheendof15years?
Solution:N=15,I/Y=12%,PV=0,PMT=$24,000;CPTFV=‐$894,713.15
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 94
4.2.UnequalCashFlows
Ifcashflowstreamsareunequal,thefuturevalueannuityfactorcannotbeused.Inthiscase,wefindthefuturevalueofaseriesofunequalcashflowsbycompoundingthecashflowsoneatatime.
Thisconceptisillustratedinthefigurebelow.Weneedtofindthefuturevalueoffivecashflows:$1,000attheendofYear1;$2,000attheendofYear2;$3,000attheendofYear3;$4,000attheendofYear4;and$5,000attheendofYear5.
Thefuturevalueis$5,000+$4,000x1.05+$3,000x1.052+$2,000x1.053+$1,000x1.054
=$16,038.
5.ThePresentValueofaSingleCashFlow
Let'ssaythatoneyearfromtodayyouwillreceiveacashflowof$110.Whatisthevalueofthat$110today?(Assumethattheinterestrateis10%)
PVFV
1 0.1$110
1 0.1$100
The$110oneyearfromtodayhasapresentvalueof$100.Inotherwords,youwillbeindifferentbetween$100todayand$110oneyearfromtoday.
Whatifyouweregoingtoreceive$121attheendoftwoyears,whatisitspresentvalue?
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 95
PVFV
1 0.1$121
1 0.1$100
UsingthesetwoexampleswecanwriteageneralformulaforcomputingPV.GivenacashflowthatistobereceivedinNperiodsandaninterestrateofrperperiod,thePVcanbecomputedas:
PVFV1 r
where:N=numberofperiodsr=rateofinterestFV=futurevalueofinvestment
Instructor’sNoteNoticethatthisformulacanalsobeobtainedbysimplyrearrangingtheformulaforFVthatwestudiedearlier.
FV PV 1 r PV
Basedonthisformulawecanmaketwoobservations
1. Foragivendiscountrate,thefartherinthefuturetheamounttobereceived,thesmallertheamount’spresentvalue.
Mathematicalexplanation:InthefirstcasethePVis$110/1.1,whereasinthesecondcasePVis$110/1.12.SincewearedividingbyalargernumberthePVwillbelowerinthesecondcase.
Intuitiveexplanation:Clearlyreceivingacertainamountofmoneysoonerisbetterthanreceivingthesameamountofmoneylatter.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 96
2. Holdingtimeconstant,thelargerthediscountrate,thesmallerthepresentvalueofafutureamount.
InthefirstcasePVis$110/1.1,whereasinthesecondcasePVis$110/1.2.ClearlythePVisgoingtobelowerinthesecondcase,becausewearedividingbyalargernumber.
Example
Liampurchasesacontractfromaninsurancecompany.Thecontractpromisestopay$600,000after8yearswitha5%return.WhatamountofmoneyshouldLiammostlikelyinvest?SolveusingtheformulaandTVMfunctionsonthecalculator.
Solution:FormulaMethod
PVFV1 r
$600,0001.05
$406,104
CalculatorMethod
N=8,I/Y=5%,PMT=0,FV=$600,000;CPTPVPV=‐$406,104Example
Mathewswishestofundhisson,Nathan’s,collegetuitionfee.Hepurchasesasecuritythatwillpay$1,000,000in12years.Nathan’scollegebegins3yearsfromnow.Giventhatthediscountrateis7.5%,whatisthesecurity’svalueatthetimeofNathan’sadmission?
Solution:
PV$1,000,0001.075
$521,583.47
ExampleOrlandoisamanageratanAustralianpensionfund.5yearsfromtodayhewantsalumpsumamountofAUD40,000.Giventhatthecurrentinterestrateis4%ayear,compoundedmonthly,howmuchshouldOrlandoinvesttoday?
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 97
Solution:
Wehavemonthlycompounding,thereforetheinputstoourcalculatorwillbeN=5x12=60I=4/12%PMT=0FV=$40,000CPTPV=‐$32,760.12
6.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofCashFlows
6.1.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofEqualCashFlows
OrdinaryAnnuity
Anordinaryannuityisaseriesofequalpaymentsatequalintervalsforafiniteperiodoftime.Examplesofordinaryannuity:mortgagepayments,pensionincomeetc.
ConsideranordinaryannuitywithA=$10,r=5%andN=5.
WecancomputethePVofthisannuityusingthreemethods
Brute‐ForceMethod:
SimplytakeeachcashflowandcomputethePV.AddallvaluestogetthePVfortheannuity.
PV=$43.29.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 98
FormulaMethod:
Thepresentvaluecanalsobecomputedusingthefollowingformula:
PV A1
r
where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypaymentsTheterminsquarebracketsiscalledthepresentvalueannuityfactor(PVAF).Hencetheequationabovecanalsobewrittenas:PV=AxPVAF.
Therefore,usingtheformulaweget,
PV 101
.
0.05$43.29
CalculatorMethod:
Thekeystrokestosolvethisusingafinancialcalculatoraregivenbelow:
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0
[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet 0
5[N] Fiveyears/periods N=5
5[I/Y] Setinterestrate I/Y=5
0[FV]Setto0becausethereisnofinalpaymentotherthantheperiodicannuityamounts
FV=0
10[PMT] Setannuitypayment PMT=10
[CPT][PV] Computepresentvalue PV=‐43.29
AnnuityDueWithanannuityduethefirstpaymentisreceivedatthestartofthefirstperiod.SoifwehaveanannuityduewithA=$10,r=5%andN=5.Thecashflowswillbe
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 99
Again,therearethreemethodstocalculatethePVofthisannuitydue.
Brute‐Forcemethod
TakeeachcashflowandcomputethePV.AddallvaluestogetthePVfortheannuity.
PV=$45.46.
Noticethatwithanannuitydueyouarereceivingmoneyfaster,whichmeansthatthe
PVannuitydue($45.46)>PVordinaryannuity($43.29).
Formulamethod:
Wecanalsousethefollowingformula:
PV A1
r1 r
where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypayments
Thereforeusingtheformula,
PV 101
.
0.051 0.05 $45.46
Instructor’sNote:
NoticethatA isbasicallytheformulaforcomputingthePVofanordinaryannuity.
IfyouusetheordinaryannuityformulathePVthatyougetwillbeattimeperiod‐1.Sothisneedstobetakenforwardoneperiodbymultiplyingitby(1+r)
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 100
CalculatorMethod:
SetthecalculatortoBGNmode.Thistellsthecalculatorthatpaymentshappenatthestartofeveryperiod.(ThedefaultcalculatorsettingisENDmodewhichmeansthatpaymentshappenattheendofeveryperiod).Thekeystrokesareshownbelow:
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][BGN][2nd][SET] Setpaymentstobereceivedatbeginningratherthanend
BGN
[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode BGN0
[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet BGN0
5[N] Fouryears/periods BGNN=5
5[I/Y] Setinterestrate BGNI/Y=5
10[PMT] Setpayment BGNPMT=10
0[FV] Setfuturevalue BGNFV=0
[CPT][PV] Computepresentvalue BGN PV=‐45.46
[2nd][BGN][2nd][SET]Setpaymentstobereceivedattheend
END
[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0
AlwaysremembertoputyourcalculatorbackintheENDmodeafteryouaredonewiththecalculations.
6.2.ThePresentValueofanInfiniteSeriesofEqualCashFlows–Perpetuity
Aperpetuityisaseriesofneverendingequalcashflows.Thepresentvalueofperpetuitycanbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
PVAr
where:A=annuityamountr=discountrate
Let’ssaythatwehaveareallysimpleperpetuitywherewereceive$10attheendofeveryyearforever,andlet’ssaythattheinterestrateis5%.
ThePVofthisperpetuitycanbecomputedas:
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 101
PV100.05
$200
Instructor’sNote:Keepinmindthatthepresentvalueof$200isoneperiodbeforethefirstcashflow.Manystudentsshowthepresentvalueof$200atthesametimeasthefirstcashflow,whichisincorrect.
6.3.PresentValuesIndexedatTimesOtherThant=0
Anannuityorperpetuitybeginningsometimeinthefuturecanbeexpressedinpresentvaluetermsoneperiodpriortothefirstpayment.Thatvaluecanthenbediscountedbacktotoday’spresentvalue.Let’ssayyouareofferedacashflowof$10attheendofyear5,endofyear6,andsoonforever.WhatisthePVofthesecashflows,assumingadiscountrateof10%?
ThePVoftheperpetuityattheendofyear4canbecomputedas:
PV100.1
$100
ThisvaluehastobediscountedbackfourperiodstogetthePVattimeperiod0.
PV0=$100/1.14=$68.30
ExampleBillGrahamiswillingtopayforaperpetualpreferredstockthatpaysdividendsworth$100peryearindefinitely.Thefirstpaymentwillbereceivedatt=4.Giventhattherequiredrateofreturnis10%,howmuchshouldMr.Grahampaytoday?
Solution:Thetimelineforthisscenariois
ThePVoftheperpetuityattheendofyear3canbecomputedas
PV1000.1
$1,000
Thisvaluehastobediscountedback3periodstogetthePVattimeperiod0.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 102
PV0=$1,000/1.13=$751.31
6.4.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofUnequalCashFlows
Whenwehaveunequalcashflows,wecanfirstfindthepresentvalueofeachindividualcashflowandthensumtherespectivepresentvalues.
Let’ssaythatwehavethefollowingcashflows:
Timeperiod CashFlow1 $1002 $2003 $300
Assumingadiscountrateof10%,thePVofthesecashflowscanbecomputedas:
PV=100/1.1+200/1.12+300/1.13=$481.59
Example
Andymakesaninvestmentwiththeexpectedcashflowshowninthetablebelow.Assumingadiscountrateof9%whatisthepresentvalueofthisinvestment?
TimePeriod CashFlow($)
1 50
2 100
3 150
4 200
5 250Solution:PV=50/1.09+100/1.092+150/1.093+200/1.094+250/1.095=$550.03
Wecanalsousethecashflowregisteronourfinancialcalculatortosolvethisproblemquickly.Thekeystrokesareasfollows:
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 103
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardmode 0
[CF][2nd][CLRWRK] ClearCFRegister CF=0
0[ENTER] Nocashflowatt=0 CF0=0
[↓]50[ENTER] EnterCFatt=1 C01=50
[↓][↓]100[ENTER] EnterCFatt=2 C02=100
[↓][↓]150[ENTER] EnterCFatt=3 C03=150
[↓][↓]200[ENTER] EnterCFatt=4 C04=200
[↓][↓]250[ENTER] EnterCFatt=5 C05=250
[↓][NPV][9][ENTER] Enterdiscountrate I=9
[↓][CPT] ComputeNPV 550.03
7.SolvingforRates,NumberofPeriods,orSizeofAnnuityPayments
7.1.SolvingforInterestRatesandGrowthRates
Aninterestratecanalsobeconsideredagrowthrate.Wecancomputetherateusingtheformulamethodorthecalculatormethod.Example:A$100deposittodaygrowsto$121in2years.Whatistheinterestrate?Useboththeformulaandthecalculatormethod.Usingtheformula100(1+r)2=121.Thereforer=0.1or10%Usingthecalculatormethod,inputstothecalculatorarePV=‐$100(WhenweenterbothPVandFV,theyshouldbegivenoppositesignstoavoidacalculatorerror.)FV=$121N=2PMT=0CPTII=10%Example:Thepopulationofasmalltownis100,000on1Jan2000.On31December2001thepopulationis121,000.Whatisthegrowthrate?InputstothecalculatorarePV=‐$100,000FV=$121,000N=2PMT=0CPTII=10%
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 104
Example:Youinvest$900todayandreceivea$100couponpaymentattheendofeveryyearfor5years.Inaddition,youreceive$1,000andtheendofyear5.Whatistheinterestrate?InputstothecalculatorarePV=‐$900FV=$1,000N=5PMT=100CPTII=12.83%
7.2.SolvingfortheNumberofPeriods
Similarly,wecandeterminethenumberofperiodsgivenotherinformationsuchasfuturevalue,presentvalueandinterestrate.Example:Youinvest$2,500.Howmanyyearswillittaketotripletheamountgiventhattheinterestrateis6%perannumcompoundedannually?Useboththeformulaandthecalculatormethod.FormulaMethod:FV PV 1 r 7,500 2,500 1 0.06 1.06 3Nx ln 1.06 ln 3
Nln 3
ln 1.0618.85
CalculatorMethod:Usingthecalculator:I/Y=6%,PV=$2,500,PMT=0,FV=‐$7,500,CPTN=18.85.
7.3.SolvingfortheSizeofAnnuityPayments
Giventhenumberofperiods,interestrateperperiod,presentvalue,andfuturevalue,itiseasytosolvefortheannuitypaymentamount.Thisconceptcanbeappliedtomortgagesandretirementplanning.Considerthefollowingexample.
Example:Freddieboughtacarworth$42,000today.Hewasrequiredtomakea15%downpayment.Theremainderwastobepaidasamonthlypaymentoverthenext12monthswiththefirstpaymentdueatt=1.Giventhattheinterestrateis8%perannumcompoundedmonthly,whatistheapproximatemonthlypayment?
Loanamount=85%of$42,000=0.85x42,000=$35,700PV=$35,700N=12I/Y=8/12%FV=0 CPTPMTPMT=$3,105.48
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 105
7.4.ReviewofPresentandFutureValueEquivalence
Let’ssaythatwehaveanordinaryannuitywithA=10,r=5%andN=5.
Asperourdiscussionsofar,wecancomputethePVandFVofthisannuityPV(attime0)=$43.29andFV(attime5)=$55.26Accordingtotheconceptofpresentandfuturevalueequivalence,alumpsumof$43.29attime0isequivalenttoanannuityof$10overfiveyears.Further,boththeseoptionsareequivalenttoalumpsumof$55.26attime5.Givenaninterestrateof5%,youwouldbeindifferentbetweenthesechoices.
7.5.TheCashFlowAdditivityPrinciple
Amountsofmoneyindexedatthesamepointintimeareadditive.Forexample,ifyouhavethefollowingcashflows:
Youcannotsimplyaddthesethreenumbers.Youhavetotakeeachofthesenumbersandbringthemtoaparticularpointintime.Let’ssaythatwefindthepresentvaluesattimezeroforeachofthesecashflows.Accordingtothisprinciple,thesepresentvaluesthatareallindexedtotimezerocanbeadded.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 106
Summary
LO.a:Interpretinterestratesasrequiredratesofreturn,discountrates,oropportunitycosts.
Aninterestrateistherequiredrateofreturn.Ifyouinvest$100todayontheconditionthatyouget$110afteroneyear,therequiredrateofreturnis10%.Ifthefuturevalue(FV)attheendofYear1is$110,youcandiscountat10%togetthepresentvalue(PV)of$100.Hence,10%canalsobethoughtofasadiscountrate.Finally,ifyouspent$100ontakingyourspouseoutfordinneryougaveuptheopportunitytoearn10%.Thus,10%canalsobeinterpretedasanopportunitycost.
LO.b:Explainaninterestrateasthesumofarealrisk‐freerate,andpremiumsthatcompensateinvestorsforbearingdistincttypesofrisk.
Interestrate=Realrisk‐freeinterestrate+Inflationpremium+Defaultriskpremium+Liquiditypremium+Maturitypremium.
Nominalriskfreerate=realriskfreerate+inflationpremium
LO.c:Calculateandinterprettheeffectiveannualrate,giventhestatedannualinterestrateandthefrequencyofcompounding.
Thestatedannualinterestrateisaquotedinterestratethatdoesnotaccountforcompoundingwithintheyear.Theeffectiveannualrate(EAR)istheamountbywhichaunitofcurrencywillgrowinayearwhenwedoconsidercompoundingwithintheyear.Example:Ifthestatedannualrateis12%withmonthlycompounding,theperiodicormonthlyrateis1%.Since$1investedatthestartoftheyearwillgrowto1.0112=1.1268,theEARis12.68%.
LO.d:Solvetimevalueofmoneyproblemsfordifferentfrequenciesofcompounding.
Whenourcompoundingfrequencyisnotannual,weusethefollowingformulatocomputefuturevalue:
FV PV 1rm
where:rs=thestatedannualinterestrateindecimalformatm=thenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyearN=thenumberofyears
Ifwekeepincreasingthenumberofcompoundingperiodsuntilwehaveinfinitenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyear,thenwecansaythatwehavecontinuouscompounding.Theformulatocomputefuturevalueis:
FV PVe where:
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 107
r=continuouslycompoundedrate N=thenumberofyears
LO.e:Calculateandinterpretthefuturevalue(FV)andpresentvalue(PV)ofasinglesumofmoney,anordinaryannuity,anannuitydue,aperpetuity(PVonly),andaseriesofunequalcashflows.
Thefuturevalueandpresentvalueforasinglesumofmoneycanbecalculatedusingthefollowingformulae:
FV=PV(1+r)NandPV=FV/(1+r)N
Anannuityisafinitesetofequalsequentialcashflowsoccurringatequalintervals.Therearetwotypesofannuities:
Ordinaryannuity:Cashflowsoccurattheendofeveryperiod. Annuitydue:Cashflowsoccuratthestartofeveryperiod(hence,thePeriod1cash
flowoccursimmediately).Thefuturevalueofanordinaryannuitycanbecomputedusingthefollowingformula:
FV A1 r – 1
r
where:A=annuityamountN=numberofyears
Thepresentvalueofordinaryannuitycanbecomputedusingthefollowingformula:
PV A1
r
where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypayments
Withanannuityduethefirstpaymentisreceivedatthestartofthefirstperiod.Theformulatocalculatepresentvalueofannuitydueisasfollows:
PV A1
r1 r
where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypayments
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 108
Alternatively,youmayalsousetheTVMkeysonthecalculatorinsteadoftheformulastocomputethepresentvaluesandthefuturevaluesofannuities.
Aperpetuityisaseriesofneverendingequalcashflows.Thepresentvalueofperpetuitycanbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
PVAr
where:A=annuityamountr=discountrate
LO.f:Demonstratetheuseofatimelineinmodelingandsolvingtimevalueofmoneyproblems.
Youcansolvetimevalueofmoneyquestionsbyshowingcashflowsonatimelinesuchastheoneshownbelow:
Sayyouwillreceive$150attheendofYear4,Year5,andYear6andyouwanttocalculatethePVattime0.YoucantreatthethreepaymentsasanannuityandcalculatethePVattheendofyear3.Thisvalue,assuminga10%discountrate,is:$373.03.Wecanthenfurtherdiscount$373.03totime0.Plug:FV=$373.03,N=3,I=10%,PMT=0.ComputePV.Youshouldget$280.26.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 109
PracticeQuestions
1. Interestratescanbeleastlikelyinterpretedas:A. discountrates.B. opportunitycosts.C. sunkcosts.
2. Thefollowinginformationisprovidedregardingasecuritywhosenominalinterestrateis
10%: Therealrisk‐freerateofreturnis4% Thedefaultriskpremiumis1% Thematurityriskpremiumis1% Theliquidityriskpremiumis2%An investor wants to determine the inflation premium in the security’s return. Theinflationpremiumisclosestto:A. 2%.B. 4%.C. 6%.
3. Which of the following fixed income instruments has thehighest effective annual rate
(EAR)? Compoundingfrequency AnnualinterestrateInstrument1 Monthly 6.20%Instrument2 Quarterly 6.25%Instrument3 Continuously 6.00%
A. Instrument1.B. Instrument2.C. Instrument3.
4. Howmuchshouldbeinvestedtodayat8%interestcompoundedquarterlytoaccumulate
$10,000fiveyearsfromtoday?Theamountthatmustbeinvestedtodayisclosestto:A. $6,210.B. $6,730.C. $6,840.
5. Theamountaninvestorwillhavein10years,if$1000isinvestedtodayatacontinuously
compoundedrateof7%,willbeclosestto:A. $2,014.B. $2,038.C. $2,044.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 110
6. Nancy Scott is buying a house. She expects her budget to allow amonthly payment of$2000ona20‐yearmortgagewithastatedannualinterestrateof6percent.IfMs.Scottputsa15percentdownpayment,themostshecanpayforthehouseisclosestto:A. $279,160.B. $328,425.C. $336,160.
7. A tenantpays rentof $800monthlydueon the firstdayof everymonth. If theannual
interestrateis7percent,thepresentvalueofafullyear’srentisclosestto:A. $9,245.B. $9,300.C. $9,355.
8. The preferred shares of Crane Industries are expected to pay a $10 dividend forever,
startingfromtheendofthisyear.Iftherequiredrateofreturnonequivalentinvestmentsis9%,ashareofCraneIndustriespreferredstockshouldbeworth:A. $90.50.B. $111.10.C. $124.60.
9. Aninvestmentisexpectedtoproducethecashflowsof$100,$200,and$300attheend
ofthenextthreeyears.Iftherequiredrateofreturnis10%,thepresentvalueofthisinvestmentisclosestto:A. $456.65.B. $475.83.C. $481.59.
10. JamesMillerwantstosaveforhisson’scollegetuition.Hewillhavetopay$40,000atthe
endofeachyearforthefouryearsthathissonattendscollege.Hehas6yearsuntilhissonstartscollegetosaveupforhistuition.Usinga8%interestratecompoundedannually,theamountMillerwouldhavetosaveeachyearfor6yearsisclosestto:A. $16,190.B. $18,060.C. $19,530.
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 111
Solutions1. Ciscorrect.Interestratescanbeinterpretedas
Required rate of return: It is theminimum rate that the investors require tomakeinvestments.
Discountrate:Futurevaluescanbediscountedbyinterestratestoarriveatpresentvalues.
Opportunitycosts:Ifinsteadofinvesting,youspendthemoneyonsomethingelse,thenyouhavegivenuptheopportunitytoearninterest.
Sunkcostisacostthathasalreadybeenincurredandcannotberecovered.2. Aiscorrect.Nominalinterestrate=realrisk‐freerateofreturn+inflationpremium+risk
premiums(default,liquidity,maturitypremiums)Therefore,Inflationpremium=10%‐4%‐1%‐1%‐2%=2%
3. Biscorrect.UsetheEAR(effectiveannualrate)tocomparetheinvestments:
Instrument Formula EARInstrument1 (1+.062/12)^12–1 6.379%Instrument2 (1+.0625/4)^4–1 6.398%Instrument3 e^(0.060×1)–1 6.183%
4. Biscorrect.EnterintoyourfinancialcalculatorFV=10,000,N=5x4=20,I/Y=8/4=2,
PMT=0,andsolveforPV.PV=‐6,729.715. Aiscorrect.Thefuturevalueofanamountcalculatedusingcontinuouscompoundingis:
FV Pv e Thus:FV 1000 e . $2,013.75
6. Biscorrect.Theconsumer’sbudgetwillsupportamonthlypaymentof$2,000.Givena
20‐yearmortgageat6percent,theloanamountwillbe$279,161(N=20x12=240,%I=6/12=0.5,PMT=2,000,FV=0solveforPV).Ifshemakesa15%downpayment,thenthemostshecanpayforthenewhouse=$279,161/(1–0.15)=$328,424.7.
7. Biscorrect.Usingafinancialcalculator:PMT=800,I=7/12=0.583,n=12Computeannuity
duePV,PV=$9299.6(PutthecalculatorinBGNmodeforannuityduecalculations)8. Biscorrect.
PV/
$
.$111.11
R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 112
9. Ciscorrect.Usingyourcashflowkeys,(CF0=0),CF1=100,CF2=200,CF3=300,I=10
ComputePV,PV=$481.59
10. Biscorrect.Usingafinancialcalculator,wefirstneedtocalculatethetotalvalueofthetuitionfeesneededattheendof6years.Notethatthefirstpaymentof40,000needstobemade7yearsfromtoday.N=4,I/Y=8,PMT=40,000,FV=0ComputePV:PV=$132,485.07.Thisistheamountofmoneyneededattheendof6years.Using$132,485.07astheFVforthesavingphaseannuity,wecomputeyearlydepositswiththeinputs:N=6,I/Y=8,PV=0,FV=132,485.07ComputePMT:PMT=$18059.75~$18060.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 113
R07DiscountedCashFlowApplications
1.Introduction
Thisreadingcovers: Decisiontools:netpresentvalue(NPV)andinternalrateofreturn(IRR). DecisionrulesforNPVandIRR. ConflictingsituationsunderIRR,andwhatruletouseinsuchcases. Calculatingreturnsofaportfolio:money‐weightedreturnandtime‐weightedreturn. Calculatingdifferentyieldmeasuresformoneymarketinstruments.
2.NetPresentValueandInternalRateofReturn
Netpresentvalueandinternalrateofreturnareoftenappliedinallfieldsoffinance.Butperhapsthemostcommonandwellknownapplicationoftheseconceptsisinthefieldofcapitalbudgeting,wherecompaniesneedtomakedecisionsonwhichprojectstopursueandwhichprojectstoreject.
2.1NetPresentValueandtheNetPresentValueRule
Thenetpresentvalue(NPV)ofaninvestmentisthepresentvalueofitscashinflowsminusthepresentvalueofitscashoutflows.ThestepstocalculateNPVareasfollows:
Identifyallthecashflowsassociatedwithaninvestment(bothinflowsandoutflows). Determinetheappropriatediscountrate‘r’fortheinvestmentproject.‘r’isalso
knownasthecostofcapitalortheopportunitycost. Usingthediscountrate‘r’,findthepresentvalueofeachcashflow. Inflowsarepositiveandoutflowsarenegative.Sumthepresentvaluesofallcash
flows,includingtheinitialinvestment.Thisvaluerepresentstheinvestment’snetpresentvalue.
FormulaforcomputingNPVis:
NPV presentvalueofcashinflows– presentvalueofcashoutflows
NPVCF1 r
where:CFt=theexpectednetcashflowattimetN=theinvestment’sprojectedlifer=thediscountrateoropportunitycost
TounderstandtheNPVconcept,letusconsiderasimpleexample.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 114
Example
Aprojectrequiresaninitialoutlayof$750,000.Itisexpectedtoproduce$200,000inthefirstyear,$300,000inthesecondyear,and$400,000inthethirdyear.Thecostofcapitalforthisprojectis10%.WhatistheNPV?Shouldtheprojectbeaccepted?
Solution:FormulaMethod:
UsingtheformulaforNPV,
NPV CF0 CF11 r
CF21 r
CF31 r
NPV 750,000200,0001.1
300,0001.1
400,0001.1
NPV=‐19,722
Whilethismethodisconceptuallysimple,itcanbetediousifthenumberofcashflowsislarge.Itismucheasiertousethefinancialcalculator.Thestepsareoutlinedbelow:
CalculatorMethod:Keystrokes Explanation Display[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardmode 0[CF][2nd][CLRWRK] ClearCFRegister CF=0750[+/‐][ENTER] InitialOutlay(in000’s) CF0=‐750[↓]200[ENTER] EnterCFatt=1 C01=200[↓][↓]300[ENTER] EnterCFatt=2 C02=300[↓][↓]400[ENTER] EnterCFatt=3 C03=400[↓][NPV][10][ENTER] Enterdiscountrate I=10[↓][CPT] ComputeNPV ‐19.722Thepresentvalueofcashinflowsis$730,278whichislessthanthecostof$750,000.Valueisbeingdestroyed.TheNPVisnegativeandhencethisprojectshouldberejected.
NPVDecisionRule
Forindependentprojects(whereyoucanmakeadecisiononeachprojectindependently): IftheNPVispositiveAccepttheproject. IftheNPVisnegativeRejecttheproject.
Formutuallyexclusiveprojects(whereonlyoneprojectcanbeaccepted): AccepttheprojectwiththehigherNPVaslongastheNPVispositive.
2.2TheInternalRateofReturnandtheInternalRateofReturnRule
Theinternalrateofreturn(IRR)isthediscountratethatmakesthenetpresentvalueequaltozero.Itis‘internal’becauseitdependsonlyonthecashflowsoftheinvestment;noexternaldataisneeded.TheformulaforIRRisasfollows:
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 115
NPV CF CF
1 IRR
CF1 IRR
… CF
1 IRR0
where:CF usuallytheinitialinvestmentwhichisacashoutflowCFt=theexpectednetcashflowattimetNPV=netpresentvalueoftheinvestmentIRR=internalrateofreturn
TheIRRisasinglenumberwhichrepresentsthereturngeneratedbyaproject.Consideraverysimpleprojectwheretheinitialinvestmentis$100.Oneyearlatertheamountreceivedfromthisprojectis$110.Therearenoothercashflows.IfweapplytheformulaforIRRweget:
100110
1 IRR0
SolvingthisequationshowsthatIRR=0.1or10%.
Example
Consideraprojectthatrequiresaninitialinvestmentof$150,000.Estimatedcashflowsforthefollowingthreeyearsare$50,000,$100,000and$40,000respectively.WhatistheIRR?
Solution:WecansetupanequationwiththeinitialoutflowequaltothepresentvalueoffuturecashflowsandsolvefortheIRR:
CF0 CF1
1 IRR
CF21 IRR
CF3
1 IRR
Plugginginthevalues,weget:
$150,000 $50,0001 IRR
$100,0001 IRR
$40,0001 IRR
Whileitistheoreticallypossibletosolvetheaboveequation,itismuchsimplertousethefinancialcalculator.Keystrokes Explanation Display[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardmode 0[CF][2nd][CLRWRK] ClearCFRegister CF=0150[+/‐][ENTER] Initialoutlay(in000’s) CF0=‐150[↓]50[ENTER] EnterCFatt=1 C01=50[↓][↓]100[ENTER] EnterCFatt=2 C02=100[↓][↓]40[ENTER] EnterCFatt=3 C03=40[↓][ÌRR][CPT] ComputeIRR 13.11%
TheIRRRule
Forindependentprojects:
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 116
IfIRR>OpportunitycostAccepttheproject. IfIRR<OpportunitycostRejecttheproject.
Formutuallyexclusiveprojects: AccepttheprojectwiththehigherIRR,aslongastheIRR>Opportunitycost.
IRRusestheopportunitycostofcapitalasthehurdlerate.Forexample,ifatagivencompanythecostofcapital(opportunitycost)is10%,thenonlyprojectswithIRR>10%willbeaccepted.
Example
Billisinterestedinaprojectwhichrequiresaninvestmentof$1.5million.Theprojectshallpay$200,000peryearinperpetuity.Thefirstcashflowwillbereceived1yearfromtoday.Thecostofcapitalis8%.WhatistheIRR?ShouldBillinvestinthisproject?
Solution:IRRcanalsobethoughtofasthediscountratewhichmakestheinitialoutlayequaltothepresentvalueoffuturecashflows.Heretheinitialoutlayis$1,500,000.Becausetheproject’scashflowsareaperpetuity,thepresentvalueoffuturecashflowscanbewrittenas:$200,000/IRR.Hencetheequationbecomes:
1,500,000200,000IRR
WecansolveforIRRas:
IRR200,000
$1,500,0000.133or13.3%
SincetheIRRof13.3%isgreaterthanthecostofcapitalof8%,Billshouldinvestinthisproject.
2.3ProblemswiththeIRRRule
NPVandIRRrulesgivethesameacceptorrejectdecisionwhenprojectsareindependent.However,whendealingwithmutuallyexclusiveprojects,itispossiblethatthehighestNPVprojectisnotthesameasthehighestIRRproject.Thisiscalledarankingconflict.
IRRandNPVcanrankprojectsdifferentlywhen: Thesizeorscaleoftheprojectsdiffers. Timingoftheprojects’cashflowsdiffers.
Toillustratethefirstpoint(differenceinsize),consideracompanywith$100millionavailabletoinvest.Ithastwoinvestmentprojectsasshownbelow:
Project Investmentatt=0 Cashflowatt=1 IRR(%) NPVat10%A ‐100 120 20% 10D ‐1,000 1,150 15% 45
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 117
TheIRRruleranksProjectAfirstbecauseofthehigherIRR.TheNPVrule,however,ranksProjectDfirstbecauseofthehigherNPV.
Toillustratethesecondpoint(differenceincashflowtiming),considerProjectsAandCasshowninthetablebelow:
Project CF0 CF1 CF2 CF3 IRR(%)NPVat10%
A ‐100 120 0 0 20 10C ‐100 0 0 170 19 28
TheIRRruleranksProjectAfirstbecauseofthehigherIRR.TheNPVrule,however,ranksProjectCfirstbecauseofthehigherNPV.
WheneverthereisaconflictinrankingbetweentheIRRruleandtheNPVrule,theNPVruleshouldbeusedtodecidebetweenmutuallyexclusiveprojects.ThisisbecausetheNPVrepresentstheexpectedadditiontoshareholderwealthfromaninvestment.Themaximizationofshareholderwealthisabasicfinancialobjectiveofacompanyandhence,theNPVrulemustbegivenpreference.
Therefore,inthefirstcaseyoushouldselectProjectDoverProjectA.Similarly,inthesecondcaseyouselectProjectCoverProjectA.
3.PortfolioReturnMeasurement
Portfolioperformancemeasurementinvolvescalculatingreturnsinalogicalandconsistentmanner.Forinstance,determiningthereturnsofaportfoliohelpsincomparingandrankingdifferentmutualfunds.Inthissection,wecoverthefollowingreturnmeasuresandidentifysituationswhenthesemeasuresaretobeused:
Holdingperiodreturn Money‐weightedrateofreturn(MWRR) Time‐weightedrateofreturn(TWRR)
HoldingPeriodReturnHoldingperiodreturn(HPR)isthereturnthataninvestorearnsoveraspecifiedholdingperiod.Theholdingperiodcanrangefromdaystoyears.TheformulaforcalculatingHPRforaninvestmentthatmakesone‐timecashpaymentattheendoftheholdingperiodisgivenbelow:
HPRP –P D
Pendingvalue– beginningvalue cashflow
beginningvalue
where:P0=initialinvestmentP1=pricereceivedattheendoftheholdingperiodD1=cashpaidbytheinvestmentattheendoftheholdingperiod
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 118
Example
Assumewebuyastockfor$50.Sixmonthslater,thestockpricegoesupto$53andwereceiveadividendof$2.Calculatetheholdingperiodreturn.Solution:Thereturnforthesix‐monthholdingperiodisgivenbelow:
HPR= =0.10=10%
3.1Money‐WeightedRateofReturn
Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnistheinternalrateofreturn(IRR)ofaprojectoraninvestment.
Letusconsiderasimpleexampletoillustratethispoint.Attimet=0,aninvestorbuysasharefor$20.00.AttheendoftheYear1,hereceivesadividendof$0.50andpurchasesanothersharefor$22.50.AttheendoftheYear2,hesellsbothsharesfor$23.50eachafterreceivinganotherdividendof$0.50pershare.Whatisthemoney‐weightedreturn?
Sincethemoney‐weightedreturnistheIRR,wecanuseafinancialcalculator.Thefirststepistodeterminethenetcashflowsforeveryperiod.Thisisillustratedinthetablebelow:
Time(endofperiod)
Outflow(‐) Inflow(+)Netcashflow
0 ‐$20.00Topurchasethefirstshare
‐$20.00
1 ‐$22.50Topurchasethesecondshare
$0.50Dividendreceivedonfirstshare
‐$22.00
2 Dividendreceived=$0.50x2shares=$1.00Fromsalesof2shares=$47
+48.00
Afterenteringthesecashflows,usethecalculator’sIRRfunctiontofindthemoney‐weightedrateofreturnas9.39%.
3.2Time‐weightedRateofReturn
Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnmeasuresthecompoundgrowthrateof$1initiallyinvestedintheportfoliooverastatedmeasurementperiod.Thetime‐weightedreturncanbecalculatedusingthefollowingsteps:1. Breaktheoverallevaluationperiodintosub‐periodsbasedonthedatesofcashinflows
andoutflows.2. Calculatetheholdingperiodreturnontheportfolioforeachsub‐period.3. Linkorcompoundholdingperiodreturnstoobtainanannualrateofreturnfortheyear
(thetime‐weightedrateofreturnfortheyear).4. Iftheinvestmentisformorethanayear,takethegeometricmeanoftheannualreturns
toobtainthetime‐weightedrateofreturnoverthatmeasurementperiod.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 119
Considerthesameexamplewediscussedabovewiththefollowingcashflows:TimeOutflow Inflow0 $20.00topurchasethefirstshare
1$22.50topurchasethesecondshare
$0.50dividendreceivedonfirstshare
$1.00dividends($0.50x2shares);$47.00fromselling2shares@$23.50pershare
CalculatingtheTWRRforthisexampleisrelativelysimplebecausecashflowsonlyoccuratthestart/endofeveryyear.Wewillfollowthestepsmentionedearlier:
Steps1:Breakintoevaluationperiodandvaluetheportfolioatstart/endofeveryperiod. ValueoftheportfolioatthestartofYear1(t=0)is$20.00. ValueofportfolioattheendofYear1(t=1)beforethepurchaseofthenewshareis
22.50+0.50=$23.00.Notethatthedividendof$0.50onthefirstshareisreceivedattheendofYear1.
ValueoftheportfolioatthestartofYear2(t=1)afterthepurchaseofthesecondshareis22.50+22.50=$45.00.Thedividendof$0.50fromthefirstshareispaidoutandisnotconsideredaspartoftheportfolio.
ValueoftheportfolioattheendofYear2(t=2)is23.50+23.50+0.50+0.50=$48.00.Bothsharespayadividendof$0.50attheendofthesecondyear.
Step2:Calculatetheholdingperiodreturnontheportfolioforeachsub‐period. Inthisquestionthecashflowsaretakingplaceatthestart/endofeachperiod.Hence
therearenosub‐periods.Scenariosinvolvingsub‐periodswillbecoveredinthenextexample.
Step3:Linkorcompoundholdingperiodreturnstoobtainanannualrateofreturnfortheyear. Theannualrateofreturnisbasedontheportfoliovalueatthestartandendofeach
period. TheportfoliovalueatthestartofYear1was$20.00andthevalueattheendofYear1
was$23.00.Hencetheholdingperiodreturnwas15.00%. TheportfoliovalueatthestartofYear2was$45.00andthevalueattheendofYear2
was$48.00.Hencetheholdingperiodreturnwas6.67%.
Step4:Iftheinvestmentisformorethanayear,takethegeometricmeanoftheannualreturnstoobtainthetime‐weightedrateofreturnoverthatmeasurementperiod.
TheTWRRiscalculatedas: 1.15 ∗ 1.067 – 1=0.1077=10.77%.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 120
Example
Consideraninvestmentwherecashflowsoccuratthestart/endofeveryquarter.Hereeachquarterisconsideredasub‐period.Thereturnforeachsub‐periodhasalreadybeencalculatedandisshownbelow:
Calculatethetime‐weightedreturn.
Solution:
Step1(breakevaluationintosub‐periods)andstep2(calculateHPRforsub‐periods)havebeendoneforyou.
Step3:LinkthequarterlyreturnstodeterminethereturnforYears1and2respectively.Foryear1:(1+0.10)(1–0.05)(1+0.15)(1–0.10)=1.0816Foryear2:(1–0.20)(1+0.30)(1+0.20)(1+0)=1.2480
Step4:Determinetheannualizedreturnbytakingthegeometricmean.TWRR=(1.0816x1.2480)1/2‐1=0.1618=16.18%.
Money‐weightedv/stime‐weightedreturns
Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnisimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.
Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnisnotimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.
Thetime‐weightedreturnisanappropriateperformancemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerdoesnotcontrolthetimingandamountofinvestment.
Ontheotherhand,money‐weightedreturnisanappropriatemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerhascontroloverthetimingandamountofinvestment.
4.MoneyMarketYields
Themoneymarketisthemarketforshort‐termdebtinstruments(oneyearmaturityorless).Someinstrumentsrequiretheissuertorepaythelendertheamountborrowedplustheinterest.Othersarepurediscountinstrumentsthatpayinterestasthedifferencebetweentheamountborrowedandtheamountpaidback.
Thefollowingyieldmeasuresareusedwhendealingwithmoneymarketinstruments: Bankdiscountyield Holdingperiodyield Effectiveannualyield Moneymarketyield
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 121
Bondequivalentyield
BankDiscountYieldThebankdiscountyieldiscomputedasfollows:
BDYDFx360t
where:BDY=theannualizedyieldonabankdiscountbasisD=thedollardiscount,whichisequaltothedifferencebetweenthefacevalueofthebillandthepurchasepriceF=facevalueofthebillt=theactualnumberofdaysuntilmaturity
Example
ConsideraT‐billwithafacevalue(orparvalue)of$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Thedollardiscount,D,is$2,000.Calculatethebankdiscountyield.
Solution:
BDY2,000100,000
x360150
0.048 4.8%
Thebankdiscountyield(BDY)istheindustrystandardmeasureforquotingT‐bills.However,theBDYisnotanaccuratemeasureofinvestors’returnsforthefollowingthreereasons:1. Theyieldisbasedonthefacevalueofthebond,notonitspurchaseprice.Intheabove
example,thedollardiscountof$2,000isdividedthebythefacevalueof$100,000.Amoreaccuratemeasureofreturncanbeobtainedifwedividebytheinvestmentamount(ortheT‐billprice)of$98,000.
2. Theyieldisannualizedbasedona360‐dayyearratherthana365‐dayyear.3. Thebankdiscountyieldannualizeswithsimpleinterest.Intheaboveexamplethe150‐
dayreturnismultipliedby360/150.Thisignorestheopportunitytoearninterestoninterest(compoundinterest).
HoldingPeriodReturnItisthereturnaninvestorwillearnbyholdingtheinstrumenttomaturity.Itisalsoknownasholdingperiodyield(HPY).
HPYP –P D
P
where:P0=initialpurchasepriceoftheinstrumentP1=pricereceivedfortheinstrumentatmaturity
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 122
D1=cashpaidbytheinstrumentatmaturity
Note:ThisconcepthasbeendiscussedearlierinSection3.
Example
ConsideraT‐billwithafacevalueof$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Determinetheholdingperiodyield.
Solution:
HPY=(100,000–98,000+0)/98,000=0.0204=2.04%
MoneyMarketYieldThemoneymarketyieldiscomputedbyannualizingtheHPYassumingsimpleinterestanda360‐dayyear.Theformulaisasfollows:
MMYHPYx360
t
where:HPY=holdingpriceyield360=numberofdaysinayeart=theactualnumberofdaysuntilmaturity
Example
ConsideraT‐billwithafacevalue(orparvalue)of$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Calculatethemoneymarketyield.
Solution:
Weearliercalculatedtheholdingperiodyieldas2.04%.
MMY0.0204x360
1500.0490 4.90%
EffectiveAnnualYieldThemostaccuratemeasureofinvestors’returnsistheeffectiveannualyield(EAY).Theeffectiveannualyieldiscalculatedasfollows:
EAY 1 HPY – 1
where:
HPY=holdingpriceyield365=numberofdaysinayeart=theactualnumberofdaysremainingtomaturity
Theeffectiveannualyieldaddressesthethreeweaknessofthebankdiscountyield:1. TheHPYcorrectlygivesareturnwithrespecttotheinvestmentamountandnottheface
value.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 123
2. TheHPRisannualizedbasedona365‐dayyear,nota360‐dayyear.3. Byusinganexponent,compoundinterestisbeingusedratherthansimpleinterest.
ExampleConsideraT‐billwithafacevalue(orparvalue)of$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Determinetheeffectiveannualyield.
Solution:
Inanearlierexample,wecalculatedtheholdingperiodyieldas2.04%.
EAY 1 0.0204 – 1 0.0504 5.04%
BondEquivalentYield
Bondequivalentyieldiscomputedas:
Bondequivalentyield=2xsemiannualyield
Mostbondsmakecouponpaymentseverysixmonths.Considerabondworth$100andwhichmakesacouponpaymentof$4semi‐annually.Thesemi‐annualorsix‐monthyieldonthisbondis4/100=4%.Thebondequivalentyieldistwotimesthesix‐monthyield:2x4%=8%.Notethatforthisbondtheeffectiveannualyieldwillbe1.042–1=0.0816or8.16%.
Instructor’sNote:
Hereisasuggestiononhowtorememberthevariousmoneymarketyields.
Bankdiscountyield(BDY)=D/Fx360/t.Rememberfromthenamethatthereisadiscountinvolved.Thediscountisrelativetothefacevalue.HencewehaveD/FintheBDYexpression.NextD/Fneedstobeannualizedusingsimpleinterestsowemultiplyby360/twheretisthenumberofdaystomaturity.Sotheoverallformulabecomes:BDY=D/Fx360/t.Alsorememberthethreelimitationsofthismeasure:1)thediscountisdividedbyfacevalueratherthanprice,2)theuseof360daysinayearratherthan365days,and3)theuseofsimpleinteresttoannualizeratherthancompoundinterest.
Holdingperiodyield(HPY)=(Increaseinprice+anyothercashflow)/Investmentamount.Asthenameimpliesthisistheyieldorreturnforagivenholdingperiod.Itisdefinedasthegain(increaseinpriceplusanydividendorcouponpayment)overtheholdingperioddividedbytheoriginalinvestmentamount.Bydefinitionthisyieldmeasureisnotannualized.
Moneymarketyield(MMY)=HPYx360/t.HereweareannualizingtheHPYusinga360‐dayyearandsimpleinterest.SincetheHPYisbasedonthegaindividedbytheinvestmentamount,MMYaddressesthefirstandmostsignificantlimitationoftheBDY.Theothertwolimitationsremain.
Effectiveannualyield(EAY)=(1+HPY)365/t–1.ThismeasurecompoundstheHPYusinga365‐dayyear.HenceitaddressesallthreelimitationsoftheBDY.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 124
Convertingbetweenyieldmeasures
Thetablebelowsummarizeshowtoconvertbetweendifferentyieldmeasures:Thecurriculumoutlinesaformulaforconvertingabankdiscountyieldtoamoneymarketyield,butitiseasierandmoreintuitivetousetheprocessshowninthetablebelow:
Conversion Formula/MethodHPYtoMMY MMY=
HPYtoEAY EAY 1 HPY – 1HPYtoBDY(bankdiscountyield)
GiventhefacevalueandHPY,computepriceandthediscount.Usingthediscount,facevalueandnumberofdaystomaturity,computethebankdiscountyield.
BDYtoEAY FromtheBDY,computethediscount.Fromthediscount,computetheHPY.FromtheHPY,computetheEAY.
BDYtoMMY FromtheBDY,computethediscountandtheprice.Fromthediscountandtheprice,computetheHPY.FromtheHPY,computetheMMY.
ExampleConsideraT‐billwithafacevalueof$100,000and150daysuntilmaturity.Assumethebankdiscountyieldisgivenas4.80%.Determinetheholdingperiodyieldandthemoneymarketyield.
Solution:
1. Computethediscount:0.048x$100,000x $2,000andtheprice:
$100,000– $2,000 $98,0002. Fromthediscountandprice,wecancomputetheHPY:
$2,000$98,000
0.0204
3. FromtheHPY,computetheMMY:0.0204x =0.04896=4.90%
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 125
Summary
LO.a:Calculateandinterpretthenetpresentvalue(NPV)andtheinternalrateofreturn(IRR)ofaninvestment.
Thenetpresentvalue(NPV)ofaninvestmentisthepresentvalueofitscashinflowsminusthepresentvalueofitscashoutflows.
Theinternalrateofreturn(IRR)isthediscountratethatmakesthenetpresentvalueequaltozero.
LO.b:ContrasttheNPVruletotheIRRrule,andidentifyproblemsassociatedwiththeIRRrule.
TheNPVruleforindependentprojectsistoaccepttheprojectiftheinvestment’sNPVispositiveandrejecttheprojectifNPVisnegative.However,formutuallyexclusiveprojectstheinvestormustchoosetheprojectwiththehighestpositiveNPV.
TheIRRruleforindependentprojectsistoaccepttheprojectiftheinvestment’sIRRisgreaterthanthecostofcapitalandrejecttheprojectifitislessthanthecostofcapital.Incaseofmutuallyexclusiveprojects,theprojectwiththehighestIRRmustbeselected.
ThereisatheoreticallimitationofIRR,wherebyinterimcashflowsareassumedtobereinvestedattheIRRrateandnotatthecostofcapital.Thisleadstoarankingconflict,i.e.whendecidingbetweenprojectswhicharenotindependent,theNPVandIRRrulesdonotalwaysleadtothesamedecision.WheneverthereisaconflictinrankingbetweentheIRRruleandtheNPVrule,theNPVruleshouldbeusedtodecidebetweenmutuallyexclusiveprojects.
LO.c:Calculateandinterpretaholdingperiodreturn(totalreturn).
HoldingPeriodReturn(HPR)isthereturnthataninvestorearnsoveraspecifiedholdingperiod.
HPRP –P D
P
where:P0=initialinvestment,P1=pricereceivedattheendoftheholdingperiod,D1=cashpaidbytheinvestmentattheendoftheholdingperiod.
LO.d:Calculateandcomparethemoney‐weightedandtime‐weightedratesofreturnofaportfolioandevaluatetheperformanceofportfoliosbasedonthesemeasures.
Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnaccountsforthetimingandamountofallcashflowsintoandoutofaportfolio.Itissimplytheinternalrateofreturn.
Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnmeasuresthecompoundrateofgrowthof$1initiallyinvestedintheportfoliooverastatedmeasurementperiod.
Money‐weightedv/stime‐weightedreturns
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 126
Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnisimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.
Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnisnotimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.
Thetime‐weightedreturnisanappropriateperformancemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerdoesnotcontrolthetimingandamountofinvestment.
Ontheotherhand,money‐weightedreturnisanappropriatemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerhascontroloverthetimingandamountofinvestment.
LO.e:Calculateandinterpretthebankdiscountyield,holdingperiodyield,effectiveannualyield,andmoneymarketyieldforUSTreasurybillsandothermoneymarketinstruments.
BDY DF
∗360t
HPY P –P D
P
EAY 1 HPY 365/t 1
MMYHPY ∗ 360
t
LO.f:Convertamongholdingperiodyields,moneymarketyields,effectiveannualyields,andbondequivalentyields.
HPYtoBDY(bankdiscountyield)
GiventhefacevalueandHPY,computepriceandthediscount.
Usingthediscount,facevalue,andnumberofdaystomaturity,computethebankdiscountyield.
BDYtoEAY FromtheBDY,computethediscount.
Fromthediscount,computetheHPY.
FromtheHPY,computetheEAY.
BDYtoMMY FromtheBDY,computethediscountandtheprice.
Fromthediscountandtheprice,computetheHPY.
FromtheHPY,computetheMMY.
Bond‐equivalentyield=2xsemi‐annualYTM
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 127
PracticeQuestions
1. Theincrementalafter‐taxcashflowsofaprojectaregivenbelow:Year 0 1 2 3 4Cashflow(€) ‐100,000 50,000 40,000 20,000 6,000
Thediscountrateforevaluatingtheprojectistakenas10%.TheNPV(in€)oftheprojectisclosestto:A. ‐2,363.B. 1,586.C. 2,458.
2. TheIndiangovernmentwishestoinvestinaprojectthatshallrequireaninitialinvestment
of$20million,andwillproducepositivecashflowsof$5millionforthefirstthreeyears,and$4millionforthenexttwoyears.Whatistheapproximateinternalrateofreturn(IRR)fortheinvestment?A. 3%.B. 4%.C. 5%.
3. As a projectmanager, Ronald Parker has to choose between threemutually exclusive
projects:A,B,andC.Hehasthefollowinginformationfromhisstaffregardingthethreeprojects:
NPV IRRA $11,000 8%B $15,000 10%C $10,000 12%
Basedon the informationgiven,whichprojectwouldbemostappropriate forParker’sdepartment?A. ProjectA.B. ProjectB.C. ProjectC.
4. NancyMillerpurchased100sharesofacompanyataprice$15pershareon1January.
Shesoldallthestockson30Juneofthesameyearatprice$18pershare.Shealsoreceiveddividendstotaling$80on30June.Theholdingperiodreturnontheinvestmentisclosestto:A. 20%.B. 25%.C. 30%.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 128
5. Aninvestorpurchasesoneshareofacompanyfor$50.Exactlyoneyearlater,thecompanypaysadividendof$5.00pershare.Thisisfollowedbytwomoreannualdividendsof$6.00and$6.50 in successiveyears.Uponreceiving the thirddividend, the investor sells thesharefor$60.Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnonthisinvestmentisclosestto:A. 15%.B. 16%.C. 17%.
6. Aninvestorpurchases100sharesofacompany.Thetablebelowoutlinesthehistoryofhis
investment:
Time Activity PriceperShare DividendperShare
StartofYear1 Buy100shares $10
EndofYear1 Buy10shares $11 $1EndofYear2 $13 $1.5EndofYear3 Sell110shares $12
Assumingthattheinvestordoesnotreinvesthisdividends,whicharetax‐free,thetime‐weightedrateofreturnontheinvestmentisclosestto:A. 12.2%.B. 13.7%.C. 14.8%.
7. AT‐Billwithaparvalueof$1,000and120daystomaturityistradingatapriceof$980.
ThebankdiscountyieldoftheT‐Billisclosestto:A. 5%.B. 6%.C. 7%.
8. A 180‐day U.S. Treasury bill with a face value of $1,000 sells for $990 when issued.
Assuming an investor holds the bill tomaturity, the investor’s moneymarket yield isclosestto:A. 1.19%.B. 2.02%.C. 3.50%.
9. ATreasury bill offers a bank discount yield of 5% and has 180 days tomaturity. The
effectiveannualyieldontheinstrumentisclosestto:A. 4.88%.B. 5.26%.C. 5.79%.
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 129
Solutions1. Aiscorrect.
NPV of a project = Present value of the expected cash inflows – Present value of theexpectedcashoutflows.EnterthegivencashflowsandthegivendiscountrateintoafinancialcalculatorandsolveforNPV.CF0=–100,000,CF1=50,000,CF2=40,000,CF3=20,000,CF=6,000,i=10%.ComputePV.TheNPVis–2,363.
2. Ciscorrect.IRRisdefinedastherateofreturnthatequatesthePVofthecashinflowsto
thePVofthecashoutflows.Ciscorrect.EnterthegivencashflowsinthefinancialcalculatorCF0=‐20millionCF1=5millionCF2=5millionCF3=5millionCF4=4millionCF5=4millionIRRComputed=5.07%
3. Biscorrect.ProjectBhasthehighestNPVamongthethreeprojectsandthusresultsinthe
greatestadditiontoshareholderwealth.WhilethereisaconflictbetweentheNPVandIRRrulesforprojectsBandC,NPVruleistobegivenpreferenceforitssuperiorityoverIRRandhenceBwouldbethemostappropriatechoice.
4. Biscorrect.
HPRP P D
P
(18–15+80/100)/15=0.2533=25.33%.5. Ciscorrect.Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnistheinternalrateofreturn(IRR)ofthe
cashflowsassociatedwiththeinvestment.Usethecashflow(CF)functionofafinancialcalculatorandenterCF0=–50,CF1=5,CF2=6,andCF3=66.5.Calculate the IRR.Theansweris17.15%
6. Biscorrect.TWR=3√{[(11+1)/10]x[(13+1.5)/11]x[(12/13)]}–1=0.1344=13.45%.7. Biscorrect.Thebankdiscountyield=Discount/FaceValuex360/Noofdaystomaturity
=20/1000x360/120=0.06=6%.8. Biscorrect.Themoneymarketyieldis:2.02%=[(1,000/990)–1]x(360/180).
R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 130
MMY HPY360t
9. Biscorrect.First,calculatetheinitialprice(P0)oftheT‐bill:
0.05=D/100x360/180D=2.5P0=100–2.5=97.5Then, calculate the holding period yield (HPY) (recall that T‐bills are pure discountinstrumentsanddonotpaycoupons):HPY=(P1–P0)÷P0HPY=(100–97.5)÷97.5=0.0256Finally,converttheHPYintoeffectiveannualyield:EAY=(1+HPY)365/t–1EAY=(1+0.0256)365/180–1=0.05259=5.26%.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 131
R08StatisticalConceptsandMarketReturn
1.Introduction
Statisticsisapowerfultoolforanalyzingdataanddrawingconclusions.Asinvestors,weareconcernedaboutthereturnsonourinvestmentsandthedistributionofthosereturns.Weneedthisinformationtoevaluateourinvestments.
Forexample,weoftenlookforcentraltendency.Let’ssaythatthestockmarkethasreturnedonaverage14%overthelast10years.Obviously,weareconcernedwiththisaveragenumberbutwearealsoconcernedwiththedispersionwhichtellsushowspreadoutthereturnshavebeen.Oneofthesimplestmeasuresofdispersionisrange.Let’ssaythatoverthelast10yearsthestockmarkethasrangedbetween‐20%and+35%.Thistellsusabouttheriskinessofourinvestments.
Inthisreading,wewillstudystatisticalmethodsthatallowustosummarizereturndistributions.
Specifically,wewillexplorefourpropertiesofreturndistributions: Wherethereturnsarecentered(centraltendency). Howfarreturnsaredispersedfromtheircenter(dispersion). Whetherthedistributionofreturnsissymmetricallyshapedorlopsided(skewness). Whetherextremeoutcomesarelikely(kurtosis).
2.SomeFundamentalConcepts
2.1TheNatureofStatistics
Thetermstatisticscanhavetwobroadmeanings,onereferringtodataandtheothertoamethodusedtoanalyzedata.Statisticalmethodsinclude:
Descriptivestatistics:Itreferstohowlargedatasetscanbesummarizedeffectivelytodescribetheirimportantcharacteristics.
Inferentialstatistics:Itreferstomakingforecasts,estimatesorjudgmentsaboutalargedatasetbasedonasmallrepresentativeset.
Thefocusofthisreadingisondescriptivestatistics.Wewillcoverinferentialstatisticsinalaterreading.
2.2PopulationsandSamples
A‘population’isdefinedasallmembersofaspecifiedgroup.A‘parameter’describesthecharacteristicsofapopulation.
A‘sample’isasubsetdrawnfromapopulation.A‘samplestatistic’describesthecharacteristicofasample.
Allstockslistedontheexchangeofacountryisanexampleofpopulation.If30stocksareselectedfromamongthelistedstocks,thenthisisasample.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 132
2.3MeasurementScales
Thedifferenttypesofmeasurementscalesare:
Nominalscales:Thesescalescategorizedatabutdonotrankthem.Hence,theyareoftenconsideredtheweakestlevelofmeasurement.Anexamplewouldbetheclassificationofmutualfundsaccordingtotheinvestmentstrategyfollowed–growthfund,valuefund,incomefund,emergingequityfundetc.
Ordinalscales:Thesescalessortdataintocategoriesthatareorderedwithrespecttosomecharacteristic.AnexampleisStandard&Poor’sstarratingsformutualfunds.Onestarrepresentsthegroupofmutualfundswiththeworstperformance.Similarly,groupswithtwo,three,four,andfivestarsrepresentgroupswithincreasinglybetterperformance.
Intervalscales:Thesescalesnotonlyrankdata,butalsoensurethatthedifferencesbetweenscalevaluesareequal.TheCelsiusandFahrenheitscalesareexamplesofsuchscales.Thedifferenceintemperaturebetween10oCand11oCisthesameamountasthedifferencebetween40oCand41oC.However,thesescalesdonothaveatruezero.Forexample,0oCdoesnotrepresenttheabsenceoftemperature.Itissimplythefreezingpointofwater;itisnotatruezero.
Ratioscales:Thesescaleshaveallthecharacteristicsofintervalscalesaswellasatruezeropointastheorigin.Thisisthestrongestlevelofmeasurement.Therateofreturnonaninvestmentismeasuredonaratioscale.Areturnof0%meanstheabsenceofanyreturn.
3.SummarizingDataUsingFrequencyDistributions
Afrequencydistributionisatabulardisplayofdatasummarizedintoarelativelysmallnumberofintervals.Inordertoconstructafrequencydistribution,wecanfollowthefollowingprocedure:
1. Definetheintervals.2. Tallytheobservationsi.e.assignobservationstointervals.3. Counttheobservationsineachinterval.
Example
Sayyouareevaluating100stockswithpricesrangingfrom46to65thataredividedintothefollowingfourintervalsofstockpriceeachhavingawidthof5:
46‐50,51‐55,56‐60and61‐65.Assumethenumberofstockswhosepricesfallineachoftheseintervalsare25,35,29,and11respectively.
Calculatethecumulativefrequency,relativefrequency,andthecumulativerelativefrequencyforthestockpricesgiventhesetofintervalsabove.
Solution:
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 133
StockPrice AbsoluteFrequency
CumulativeFrequency
RelativeFrequency
CumulativeRelativeFrequency
46‐50 25 25 0.25 0.2551‐55 35 60 0.35 0.6056‐60 29 89 0.29 0.8961‐65 11 100 0.11 1.00
Absolutefrequency:Theactualnumberofobservationsinagivenintervaliscalledtheabsolutefrequency,orsimplythefrequency,whichisgivenhere.
Cumulativefrequency:Foraninterval,itiscalculatedasthesumoftheabsolutefrequenciesofallintervalslowerthanandincludingthatinterval.
Relativefrequency:Itistheabsolutefrequencyofeachintervaldividedbythetotalnumberofobservations.
Cumulativerelativefrequency:Foraninterval,itiscalculatedasthesumoftherelativefrequenciesofallintervalslowerthanandincludingthatinterval.
4.TheGraphicPresentationofData
4.1TheHistogram
Itisabarchartofdatathathasbeengroupedtogetherintoafrequencydistribution.Theheightofeachbarisequaltotheabsolutefrequencyofeachinterval.
Theadvantageofthevisualdisplayisthatwecanquicklyseewheremostoftheobservationslie.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 134
4.2TheFrequencyPolygonandtheCumulativeFrequencyDistribution
AfrequencypolygonplotsthemidpointsofeachintervalontheX‐axisandtheabsolutefrequencyofthatintervalontheY‐axis.Eachpointisthenconnectedwithastraightline.
Anothergraphicaltoolisthecumulativefrequencydistribution.Suchagraphcanploteitherthecumulativefrequencyorcumulativerelativefrequencyagainsttheupperintervallimit.Thecumulativefrequencydistributionallowsustoseehowmanyorwhatpercentoftheobservationsliebelowacertainvalue.Thefigurebelowisanexampleofacumulativefrequencydistribution.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 135
5.MeasuresofCentralTendency
5.1TheArithmeticMean
Thearithmeticmeanisthesumoftheobservationsdividedbythenumberofobservations.Itisthemostfrequentlyusedmeasureofthemiddleorcenterofdata.
ThePopulationMean
Thepopulationmeanisthearithmeticmeancomputedforapopulation.Itisexpressedas:
μ∑ XN
where:NisthenumberofobservationsintheentirepopulationandXiistheithobservation
Considerthestockreturnsofacompanyoverthelast10years:2%,5%,4%,7%,8%,8%,12%,10%,8%,and5%.
Forthisdataset,thepopulationmeancanbecomputedas:
μ2 5 4 7 8 8 12 10 8 5
106.9%
TheSampleMeanThesamplemeaniscalculatedlikethepopulationmean,exceptthatweusethesamplevalues.Itisexpressedas:
X∑ Xn
where:nisthenumberofobservationsinthesample.
Ifthesampledatais:8,12,10,8and5,thesamplemeancanbecalculatedas:
X8 12 10 8 5
58.6
5.2TheMedian
Themedianisthemidpointofadatasetthathasbeensortedintoascendingordescendingorder.
Foroddnumberofobservations:2,5,7,11,14Median=7
Forevennumberofobservations:3,9,10,20Median=(9+10)/2=9.5
Ascomparedtoamean,amedianislessaffectedbyextremevalues(outliers).
5.3TheMode
Themodeisthemostfrequentlyoccurringvalueinadistribution.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 136
Forthefollowingdataset:2,4,5,5,7,8,8,8,10,12Mode=8
Adistributioncanhavemorethanonemode,orevennomode.Whenadistributionhasonemodeitissaidtobeunimodal.Ifadistributionhastwoorthreemodes,itiscalledbimodalortrimodalrespectively.
5.4OtherConceptsofMean
TheWeightedMeanHeredifferentobservationsaregivendifferentproportionalinfluenceonthemean.Theformulafortheweightedmeanis:
X w X
where:thesumoftheweightsequals1;thatis∑ w 1
ExampleConsideraninvestorwithaportfolioofthreestocks.$40isinvestedinA,$60inB,and$100inC.Ifreturnswere5%onA,7%onB,and9%onC,computetheportfolioreturnusingtheweightedmean.
Solution:
40200
x5% 60200
x7% 100200
x9% 7.6%
Anarithmeticmeanisaspecialcaseofaweightedmeanwhereallobservationsareequallyweightedbythefactor1/n.
TheGeometricMeanThemostcommonapplicationofthegeometricmeanistocalculatetheaveragereturnofaninvestment.Theformulais:
R 1 R 1 R … 1 R – 1
ExampleThereturnoverthelastfourperiodsforagivenstockis:10%,8%,‐5%and2%.Calculatethegeometricmean.
Solution:
1 0.10 1 0.08 1– 0.05 1 0.02 – 1 0.0358 3.58%
Giventhereturnsshownabove,$1investedatthestartofperiod1grewto:
$1.00x1.10x1.08x0.95x1.02 $1.151.Iftheinvestmenthadgrownat3.58%everyperiod,$1.00investedatthestartofperiod1wouldhaveincreasedto:
$1.00x1.0358x1.0358x1.0358x1.0358 $1.151.Asexpected,bothscenariosgivethesameanswer.3.58%issimplytheaveragegrowthrateperperiod.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 137
Instructor’sNoteInthereadingonDiscountedCashFlowApplications,weusedthegeometricmeantocalculatethetime‐weightedrateofreturn.
TheHarmonicMean
Theharmonicmeanisaspecialtypeofweightedmeaninwhichanobservation’sweightisinverselyproportionaltoitsmagnitude.Theformulaforaharmonicmeanis:
Xn
∑
where:Xi>0fori=1,2…n,andnisthenumberofobservations
Theharmonicmeanisusedtofindaveragepurchasepriceforequalperiodicinvestments.
ExampleAninvestorpurchases$1,000ofasecurityeachmonthforthreemonths.Thesharepricesare$10,$15and$20atthethreepurchasedates.Calculatetheaveragepurchasepricepershareforthesecuritypurchased.
Solution:
Theaveragepurchasepriceissimplytheharmonicmeanof$10,$15and$20.
Theharmonicmeanis:
3
$ $ $
$13.85.
Amoreintuitivewayofsolvingthisistotalmoneyspentpurchasingthesharesdividedbythetotalnumberofsharespurchased.
Totalmoneyspentpurchasingtheshares=$1,000x3=$3,000
Totalsharespurchased=sumofsharesboughteachmonth
$1,00010
$1,00015
$1,00020
=100+66.67+50=216.67
Averagepurchasepricepershare$3,000216.67
$13.85
ComparisonofAM,GMandHM Ifthereturnsareconstantovertime:AM=GM=HM. Ifthereturnsarevariable:AM>GM>HM. Thegreaterthevariabilityofreturnsovertime,themorethearithmeticmeanwill
exceedthegeometricmean.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 138
6.OtherMeasuresofLocation:Quantiles
Aquantileisavalueatorbelowwhichastatedfractionofthedatalies.Someexamplesofquantilesinclude:
Quartiles:Thedistributionisdividedintoquarters. Quintiles:Thedistributionisdividedintofifths. Deciles:Thedistributionisdividedintotenths. Percentile:Thedistributionisdividedintohundredths.
Theformulaforthepositionofapercentileinadatasetwithnobservationssortedinascendingorderis:
Ln 1 y100
where:yisthepercentagepointatwhichwearedividingthedistribution.nisthenumberofobservations.Lyisthelocation(L)ofthepercentile(Py)inanarraysortedinascendingorder.
Someimportantpointstorememberare: Whenthelocation,Ly,isawholenumber,thelocationcorrespondstoanactual
observation. WhenLyisnotawholenumberorinteger,Lyliesbetweenthetwoclosestinteger
numbers(oneaboveandonebelow)andweuselinearinterpolationbetweenthosetwoplacestodeterminePy.
ExampleConsiderthedataset:
47 35 37 32 40 39 36 34 35 3144
1. Findthe75thpercentilepoint2. Findthe1stquartilepoint3. Findthe5thdecilepoint4. Findthe6thdecilepoint.
Solutionto1:Firstarrangethedatainascendingorder:
31,32,34,35,35,36,37,39,40,44,47
Locationofthe75thpercentileisthe:L75=(11+1)(75/100)=9thvalue.i.e.P75=40
Withasmalldataset,suchasthisone,thelocationandthevalueisapproximate.Asthedatasetbecomeslarger,thelocationandpercentilevalueestimatesbecomemoreprecise.
Solutionto2:
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 139
Locationofthe1stquartileisthe:
L25=(11+1)(25/100)=3rdvalue.i.e.P25=34
Solutionto3:Locationofthe5thdecileisthe:
L50=(11+1)(50/100)=6thvalue.i.e.P50=36
Solutionto4:L60=(11+1)(60/100)=7.2
Uselinearinterpolation,whichestimatesanunknownvalueonthebasisoftwoknownvaluesthatsurroundit.
Inthiscase,the7thvalueis37andthe8thvalueis39.The6thdecileis:P60=37+0.4(0.2timesthelineardistancebetween37and39).P60=37.4
7.MeasuresofDispersion
Inthissegmentwelookatmeasuresthattellushowspreadoutordispersedourdatamightbe.
7.1TheRange
Therangeisthedifferencebetweenthemaximumandminimumvaluesinadataset.Itisexpressedas:
Range=Maxvalue–MinValue
Iftheannualreturnsdatais:10%,‐5%,10%,25%.Whatistherange?
Herethemaximumreturnis25%andtheminimumreturnis‐5%.Therangeis25%–(‐5%)=30%.
7.2TheMeanAbsoluteDeviation
Itistheaverageoftheabsolutevaluesofdeviationsfromthemean.Itisexpressedas:
MAD |X X| /n
where:Xisthesamplemeanandnisthenumberofobservationsinthesample.
Example
Considerthefollowingdataset:8,12,10,8and5.Calculatethemeanabsolutedeviation.
Solution:
X=(8+12+10+8+5)/5=8.6
MAD|8 8.6| |12 8.6| |10 8.6| |8 8.6| |5 8.6|
5
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 140
MAD0.6 3.4 1.4 0.6 3.6
51.92
7.3PopulationVarianceandPopulationStandardDeviation
Populationvarianceisthemeanofthesquareddeviationsfromthemean.Thepopulationvarianceiscomputedusingallmembersofapopulation.Itisexpressedas:
σ X μ /N
where:µisthepopulationmeanandNisthesizeofthepopulation
Populationstandarddeviationisdefinedasthepositivesquarerootofthepopulationvariance.
ExampleCalculatethepopulationvarianceandstandarddeviationforthisdataset:2%,5%,4%,7%,8%,8%,12%,10%,8%,and5%.
Solution:σ
. . . . . . . . . .
σ 7.89%
Populationstandarddeviation σ √7.89=2.81%
7.4SampleVarianceandSampleStandardDeviation
Samplevarianceapplieswhenwearedealingwithasubset,orsample,ofthetotalpopulation.Itisexpressedas:
s X X / n 1
where:Xisthesamplemeanandnisthenumberofobservationsinthesample.
Samplestandarddeviationisdefinedasthepositivesquarerootofthesamplevariance.
Example
Calculatethesamplevarianceforthefollowingdataset:8,12,10,8and5.
Solution:
s8 8.6 12 8.6 10 8.6 8 8.6 5 8.6
5 1
s 6.80%
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 141
Thesamplestandarddeviationisthepositivesquarerootofthesamplevariance.Forthesampledatagivenabove, √6.80=2.61%
Usingafinancialcalculatortocalculatevarianceandstandarddeviations
Thepopulationandsamplestandarddeviationcaneasilybecomputedusingafinancialcalculator.Assumethefollowingdataset:10%,‐5%,10%,25%,thecalculatorkeystrokesareshownbelow:
Keystrokes Description Display[2nd][DATA] Entersdataentrymode [2nd][CLRWRK] Clearsdataregister X0110[ENTER] X01=10[↓][↓]5+/‐[ENTER] X02=‐5[↓][↓]10[ENTER] X03=10[↓][↓]25[ENTER] X04=25[2nd][STAT][ENTER] Putscalculatorintostatsmode [2nd][SET] Pressrepeatedlytillyousee 1‐V[↓] Numberofdatapoints N=4[↓] Mean X=10[↓] Samplestandarddeviation Sx=12.25[↓] Populationstandarddeviation σx=10.61
Noticethatthecalculatorgivesboththesampleandthepopulationstandarddeviation.Ontheexamwewillhavetodeterminewhetherwearedealingwithpopulationorsampledataandchoosetheappropriatevalue.
7.5Semivariance,Semideviation,andRelatedConcepts
Instructor’sNote:SemivarianceandsemideviationarenotemphasizedinthelearningoutcomesandhaveaverylowprobabilityofbeingtestedontheLevelIexam.Nevertheless,abriefexplanationisgivenbelow.
Varianceandstandarddeviationofreturnstakeaccountofreturnsaboveandbelowthemean,butofteninvestorsareconcernedonlywithdownsiderisk,forexamplereturnsbelowthemean.Asaresult,analystshavedevelopedsemivariance,semideviationandrelateddispersionmeasuresthatfocusondownsiderisk.Semivarianceisdefinedastheaveragesquareddeviationbelowthemean.Semideviationisthepositivesquarerootofsemivariance.
7.6Chebyshev’sInequality
AccordingtoChebyshev’sinequality,theproportionoftheobservationswithinkstandard
deviationsofthearithmeticmeanisatleast: – forallk>1.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 142
Tofindoutwhatpercentoftheobservationsmustbewithintwostandarddeviationsofthe
meanwesimplyplugintotheformulaandget: – – ¼ 0.75=75%.Hence,at
least75%ofthedatawillbebetweentwostandarddeviationsofthemean.
Chebyshev’sinequalitycanbeusedtomeasuremaximumamountofdispersion,regardlessoftheshapeofthedistribution.Noticethatherewedonotmakeanyassumptionsaboutwhetherthedistributionisnormalornotnormal.Thisinequalityappliesacrossalldistributions.
7.7CoefficientofVariation
Coefficientofvariationexpresseshowmuchdispersionexistsrelativetothemeanofadistributionandallowsfordirectcomparisonofdispersionacrossdifferentdatasets.Itisusedininvestmentanalysistocomparerelativerisks.Whenevaluatinginvestments,alowervalueisbetter.Coefficientofvariationisexpressedas:
CVsX
where:s=samplestandarddeviationofasetofobservationsandX=samplemean
ExampleInvestmentAhasameanreturnof7%andastandarddeviationof5%.InvestmentBhasameanreturnof12%andastandarddeviationof7%.Calculatethecoefficientsofvariation.
SolutionThecoefficientsofvariationcanbecalculatedasfollows:
CV5%7%
0.71
CV7%12%
0.58
ThismetricshowsthatInvestmentAisriskierthanInvestmentB.
7.8TheSharpeRatio
TheSharperatioistheratioofexcessreturntostandarddeviationofreturnforaportfolio.Excessreturnreferstothereturnabovetherisk‐freerate.Whenevaluatinginvestments,ahighervalueisbetter.TheformulaforcalculatingtheSharperatiois:
S R R
s
where:R =MeanreturntotheportfolioR =Meanreturntoarisk‐freeassets =Standarddeviationofreturnontheportfolio
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 143
Example
Thetablebelowprovidesdatafortwoportfolios.Giventhatthemeanannualriskfreerateis10.5%,whichportfoliohasthehigherSharperatio?Portfolio Arithmeticmeanreturn(%) Varianceof(%)PortfolioA 16.4% 4.9%PortfolioB 12.6% 3.5%
Solution:
PortfolioA:16.4 10.5
√4.92.665
PortfolioB:12.6 10.5
√3.51.122
PortfolioAoffersahigherexcessreturnperunitofriskrelativetoPortfolioB.
8.SymmetryandSkewnessinReturnDistributions
SymmetricaldistributionAdistributionissaidtobesymmetricalwhenthedistributiononeithersideofthemeanisamirrorimageoftheother.
Inanormaldistribution,mean=median=mode.
Ifadistributionisnon‐symmetrical,itissaidtobeskewed.Skewnessisameasureoftheasymmetryoftheprobabilitydistribution.Skewnesscanbenegativeorpositive.
PositivelyskeweddistributionApositivelyskeweddistributionhasalongtailontherightside,whichmeansthattherewillbefrequentsmalllossesandfewlargegains.
Herethemean>median>mode.Theextremevaluesaffectthemeanthemostwhichispulledtotheright.Theyaffectthemodetheleast.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 144
Negativelyskeweddistribution
Anegativelyskeweddistributionhasalongtailontheleftside,whichmeansthattherewillbefrequentsmallgainsandfewlargelosses.
Herethemean<median<mode.Theextremevaluesaffectthemeanthemostwhichispulledtotheleft.Theyaffectthemodetheleast.
9.KurtosisinReturnDistributions
Kurtosisisameasureofthecombinedweightofthetailsofadistributionrelativetotherestofthedistribution.
Excesskurtosis=kurtosis‐3.Anexcesskurtosiswithanabsolutevaluegreaterthanoneisconsideredsignificant.
Aleptokurticdistributionhasfattertailsthananormaldistribution.Ithasanexcesskurtosisgreaterthan0.
Aplatykurticdistributionhasthinnertailsthananormaldistribution.Ithasanexcesskurtosislessthan0.
Amesokurticdistributionisidenticaltoanormaldistribution.Ithasanexcesskurtosisequalto0.
Thefollowingfigureshowsaleptokurticdistribution.Ascomparedtoanormaldistribution,aleptokurticdistributionismorelikelytogenerateobservationsinthetailregion.Itisalso
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 145
morelikelytogenerateobservationsnearthemean.However,tohavethetotalprobabilitiessumto1,itwillgeneratefewerobservationsintheremainingregions(i.e.regionsbetweenthecentralandthetwotailregions)
10.UsingGeometricandArithmeticMeans
Thegeometricmeanisappropriatetomeasurepastperformanceovermultipleperiods.
ExampleTheportfolioreturnsforthepasttwoyearswere100%inyear1and‐50%inyear2.Whatwasthemeanreturn?
Solution:Pastreturn=geometricmean=(2x0.5)0.5–1=0%
Thearithmeticmeanisappropriateforforecastingsingleperiodreturns.
ExampleTwopossiblereturnsforthenextyearare100%and‐50%.Whatistheexpectedreturn?
Solution:Expectedreturn=Arithmeticmean=(100–50)/2=25%
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 146
Summary
LO.a:Distinguishbetweendescriptivestatisticsandinferentialstatistics,betweenapopulationandasample,andamongthetypesofmeasurementscales.
TheNatureofStatistics Descriptivestatistics:Itreferstohowlargedatasetscanbesummarizedeffectivelyto
describetheirimportantcharacteristics. Inferentialstatistics:Itreferstomakingforecasts,estimates,orjudgmentsabouta
largedatasetbasedonasmallrepresentativeset.
PopulationandSample Population:Itincludesallmembersofaparticulargroup. Sample:Itisasubsetdrawnfromapopulation.
MeasurementScales:Datacanbemeasuredusingthefollowingscales: Nominalscale:Theyputdataincategoriesbutdonotrankthem. Ordinalscale:Nominalscale+datacanberankedwithrespecttosomecharacteristic. Intervalscale:Ordinalscale+thedifferencesinthedatavaluesaremeaningful. Ratioscale:Intervalscale+theratiosofvalue,suchastwiceorhalfasmuchare
meaningful.
LO.b:Defineaparameter,asamplestatistic,andafrequencydistribution.
Parameter:Adescriptivemeasureofapopulationiscalledaparameter.
Samplestatistic:Adescriptivemeasureofasampleiscalledasamplestatistic.
Frequencydistribution:Afrequencydistributionisatabulardisplayofdatacategorizedintoarelativelysmallnumberofintervalsorclasses.Itallowsustoevaluatehowdataisdistributed.
LO.c:Calculateandinterpretrelativefrequenciesandcumulativerelativefrequencies,givenafrequencydistribution.
Relativefrequency:Itiscalculatedastheabsolutefrequencyofanintervaldividedbythetotalnumberofobservations.
Cumulativerelativefrequency:Foraninterval,itiscalculatedasthesumoftherelativefrequenciesofallintervalslowerthanandincludingthatinterval.
LO.d:Describethepropertiesofadatasetpresentedasahistogramorafrequencypolygon.
Histogramisabarchartofdatathathasbeengroupedtogetherintoafrequencydistribution.Theheightofeachbarisequaltotheabsolutefrequencyofeachinterval.
AfrequencypolygonplotsthemidpointsofeachintervalontheX‐axisandtheabsolutefrequencyofthatintervalontheY‐axis.Eachpointisthenconnectedwithastraightline.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 147
LO.e:Calculateandinterpretmeasuresofcentraltendency,includingthepopulationmean,samplemean,arithmeticmean,weightedaverageormean,geometricmean,harmonicmean,median,andmode.
Arithmeticmeanissimplythesumofalltheobservationsdividedbythetotalnumberofobservations.
Medianisthemidpointofadatasetthathasbeensortedfromlargesttosmallestorvise‐versa.
Modeisthevaluethatoccursmostfrequentlyinadataset.
Thegeometricmeanisusedtocalculatecompoundgrowthrate.Itiscomputedas:
R 1 R 1 R …… . 1 R / 1
Inaweightedmean,differentobservationsaregivendifferentweightsaspertheirproportionalinfluenceonthemean.Itiscomputedas:
X w X
Harmonicmeanisusedtofindaveragepurchasepriceforequalperiodicinvestments.Itiscomputedas:
X n/1X
LO.f:Calculateandinterpretquartiles,quintiles,deciles,andpercentiles.
Aquantileisavalueatorbelowwhichastatedfractionofthedatalies.Someexamplesofquantilesinclude:
Quartiles:Thedistributionisdividedintoquarters. Quintiles:Thedistributionisdividedintofifths. Deciles:Thedistributionisdividedintotenths. Percentile:Thedistributionisdividedintohundredths.
Theformulaforthepositionofapercentileinadatasetwithnobservationssortedinascendingorderis:
Ly=(n+1)y/100
LO.g:Calculateandinterpret1)arangeandameanabsolutedeviationand2)thevarianceandstandarddeviationofapopulationandofasample.
Rangeisthedifferencebetweenthemaximumandminimumvaluesinadataset.Itiscalculatedas:
Range=Maximumvalue–Minimumvalue
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 148
Meanabsolutedeviation(MAD)istheaverageoftheabsolutevaluesofdeviationsfromthemean.Itisexpressedas:
MAD |X X| /n
Varianceisdefinedasthemeanofthesquareddeviationsfromthearithmeticmean.Itiscalculatedas:
PopulationVarianceσ ∑ X μ /N
SampleVariances ∑ X X / n 1
Standarddeviationisthepositivesquarerootofthevariance.Itisoftenusedasameasureofrisk.
LO.h:CalculateandinterprettheproportionofobservationsfallingwithinaspecifiednumberofstandarddeviationsofthemeanusingChebyshev’sinequality.
AccordingtoChebyshev’sinequality,theproportionoftheobservationswithinkstandarddeviationsofthearithmeticmeanisatleast1‐1/k2forallk>1.
LO.i:CalculateandinterpretthecoefficientofvariationandtheSharperatio.
Coefficientofvariationmeasurestheriskperunitofreturn.Whenevaluatinginvestments,alowervalueisbetter.Itisexpressedas:
CVsX
Sharperatiomeasuresexcessreturnperunitofrisk.Whenevaluatinginvestments,ahighervalueisbetter.Itisexpressedas:
S R R
s
LO.j:Explainskewnessandthemeaningofapositivelyornegativelyskewedreturndistribution.
Skewdescribesthedegreetowhichadistributionisnotsymmetricaboutitsmean.Areturndistributionwithpositiveskewnesshasfrequentsmalllossesandafewextremegains.Areturndistributionwithnegativeskewnesshasfrequentsmallgainsandafewextremelosses.Zeroskewnessindicatesasymmetricdistributionofreturns.
LO.k:Describetherelativelocationsofthemean,median,andmodeforaunimodal,nonsymmetricaldistribution.
Forthepositivelyskewedunimodaldistribution,themodeislessthanthemedian,whichislessthanthemean.Forthenegativelyskewedunimodaldistribution,themeanislessthanthemedian,whichislessthanthemode.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 149
LO.l:Explainmeasuresofsampleskewnessandkurtosis.
Kurtosisisameasureofthecombinedweightofthetailsofadistributionrelativetotherestofthedistribution.
Excesskurtosis=kurtosis‐3.Anexcesskurtosiswithanabsolutevaluegreaterthanoneisconsideredsignificant.
Aleptokurticdistributionhasfattertailsthananormaldistribution. Aplatykurticdistributionhasthinnertailsthananormaldistribution. Amesokurticdistributionisidenticaltoanormaldistribution.
LO.m:Comparetheuseofarithmeticandgeometricmeanswhenanalyzinginvestmentreturns.
Toestimatetheaveragereturnsovermorethanoneperiod(timeseriesdata),youshouldusethegeometricmeanbecauseitcaptureshowthetotalreturnsarelinkedovertime.Ifyouwanttoestimatetheaveragereturnofmultipleinvestmentsoveraone‐periodhorizon(cross‐sectionaldata),youshouldusethearithmeticmean.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 150
PracticeQuestions
1. Ananalystratesstocksasunderweight,marketweight,oroverweight,referringtothesuggestedweightingofthestockinaportfolio.Themeasurementscaleusedbytheanalystcanbestbedescribedas:A. nominalscale.B. ordinalscale.C. intervalscale.
2. Aparameterdescribesthecharacteristicofa:
A. population.B. sample.C. populationandasample.
3. Forthefollowingfrequencydistribution,thenumberofintervals,thesamplesize,andthe
relativefrequencyofthethirdintervalareclosestto:
Returns Frequency‐10%upto0% 40%upto10% 1310%upto20% 520%upto30% 3
A. 4,25,20%.B. 1,20,10%.C. 3,30,15%.
4. Thefollowingtenobservationsareasampledrawnfromanormalpopulation:20,15,12,
6,4,‐11,19,14,‐3,and19.Thearithmeticmeanofthesampleisclosestto:A. 8.6.B. 9.5.C. 10.2.
5. Aportfolio has the following annual returns: 6%, 10%, ‐5%, 0%. The geometricmean
acrossthefour‐yearperiodisclosestto:A. 2.37%.B. 2.48%.C. 2.59%.
6. Considerthefollowingsetofnumbers:
‐20 ‐11 ‐3 0 13 5 6 9 10
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 151
12 18 21 23 2528 39 40 54 60
Themedianvalueoftheaboveitemsisclosestto:A. 10.B. 11.C. 12.
7. Considerthefollowingsetofnumbers:
20 24 21 35 20 2424 22 20 26 28 2219 21 20 21 22 28
Themodeofthesampleisclosetto:A. 20.B. 21.C. 22.
8. Followingdataisprovidedonreturnsofaseriesoffunds:
Fund Returns(%)Fund1 6.15%Fund2 7.25%Fund3 8.95%Fund4 9.65%Fund5 10.35%Fund6 11.10%Fund7 12.35%Fund8 13.55%Fund9 14.05%Fund10 15.75%Fund11 16.95%Fund12 17.25%Fund13 18.30%
Thevalueofthesecondquintileisclosestto:A. 10.35%B. 10.80%.C. 11.30%.
9. Theannualreturnsofaportfolioaregivenbelow:
Year Portfolioreturn
Year1 6.5%
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 152
Year2 8.2%
Year3 10.5%Year4 ‐5.4%
Year5 7.7%
Theportfolio’srangeandmeanabsolutedeviationforthefive‐yearperiodareclosestto:A. 15.90%and5.10%.B. 5.10%and4.36%.C. 15.90%and4.36%.
10. Thefollowingobservationsaredrawnfromanapproximatelynormalpopulation:
Observation 1 2 3 4 5Value 11 8 ‐6 4 ‐5
Thesamplestandarddeviationisclosestto:A. 6.83and46.65.B. 7.64and58.37.C. 7.64and2.76.
11. Asampleof240observationsisrandomlyselectedfromapopulation.Themeanofthe
sample is 120 and the standard deviation is 8. Based on Chebyshev’s inequality, theendpointsoftheintervalthatmustcontainatleast75%oftheobservationsareclosestto:A. 96and144.B. 112and128.C. 104and136.
12. GeorgeBaker, an equity fundmanagerhas the following information about a common
stockportfolio:
Arithmeticmeanreturn 11.8%Geometricmeanreturn 10.6%Portfoliobeta 1.2Risk‐freerateofreturn 4.25%Varianceofreturns 196
Fromthegiveninformation,thecoefficientofvariationisclosestto:A. 1.32.B. 1.24.C. 1.18.
13. Followinginformationaboutthreeportfoliosisgiven:
Portfolio Meanreturnonportfolio(%)
Standarddeviationofthereturns(%)
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 153
A 15 28B 12 19C 10 7
Iftherisk‐freerateis4%,whichportfoliohasthehighestSharperatio?A. A.B. B.C. C.
14. Whichofthefollowingismostlikelytobetrueforapositivelyskeweddistribution?
A. Mode>Median>Mean.B. Median>Mode>Mean.C. Mean>Median>Mode.
15. Adistributionlesspeakedthanthenormaldistributionisbestdescribedasbeing:
A. platykurtic.B. mesokurtic.C. leptokurtic.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 154
Solutions
1. Biscorrect.Thisisanordinalscale.Theratingofunderweight,marketweightor
overweightorderstheratedsecuritiesintermsoflevelsofexpectedperformance.2. Aiscorrect.Aparameterdescribesthecharacteristicofapopulation,whileasample
statisticdescribesthecharacteristicofasample.3. Aiscorrect.Anintervalisthesetofreturnvaluesthatanobservationfallswithin.There
arefourintervals.Thesamplesizeisthesumofallofthefrequenciesinthedistribution:4+13+5+3=25.Therelativefrequencyisfoundbydividingthefrequencyoftheintervalbythetotalnumberoffrequencies:5/25=20%.
4. Biscorrect.Thesumofthetennumbersis95.Dividingby10givesthemeanof9.5.5. Ciscorrect.Thegeometricmeanreturniscalculatedas[(1+0.06)×(1+0.1)×(1‐0.05)
×(1+0.00)]1/4–1=0.0259≈2.59%.6. Biscorrect.Themedianisthevalueofthemiddleitemofasetofitems.Thetotalnumber
ofitemsare20,hencethemedianisthevaluebetween10thand11thobservation.Thevalueofthe10thitemis10;thevalueofthe11thitemis12.Theaverageof10and12is11.
7. Aiscorrect.Themodeisthemostfrequentvalueinthesetofitemsandthusisequalto
20.8. Biscorrect.Quintilesdividedataintofiveparts.Hencethefirstquintilecorrespondsto
the20thpercentileandthesecondquintilecorrespondstothe40thpercentile.Thelocationcanbedeterminedusing:Ly=(n+1)×(y/100)L40=(13+1)×(40/100)=5.6.Thevaluecorrespondingtolocation5(Fund5)is10.35%.Thevaluecorrespondingtolocation6(Fund6)is11.10%.Theapproximatevaluecorrespondingtolocation5.6canbeestimatedusinglinearinterpolation:10.35%+(0.6×(11.10%–10.35%))=10.80%
9. Ciscorrect.Range=Highestvalue–Lowestvalue=10.5%‐(‐5.4%)=15.9%
TocalculateMAD,firstcomputethemean:(6.5+8.2+10.5–5.4+7.7)/5=5.5%andcomputeMAD,(|6.5–5.5|+|8.2–5.5|+|10.5–5.5|+|–5.4–5.5|+|7.7–5.5|)/5=4.36%.
10. Biscorrect.Thesamplestandarddeviationcanbefoundas:
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 155
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][DATA] Enterdataentrymode
[2nd][CLRWRK] Cleardataregisters X01
11[ENTER] X01=11
[↓][↓]8[ENTER] X02=8
[↓][↓]6+/‐[ENTER] X03=‐6
[↓][↓]4[ENTER] X04=4
[↓][↓]5+/‐[ENTER] X05=‐5
[2nd][STAT] Putscalculatorintostats
[2nd][SET] Pressrepeatedlytill 1‐V
[↓] Numberofdatapoints N=5
[↓] Mean X=2.4
[↓] Samplestandard Sx=7.64
[↓] Populationstandard σx=6.83
Thesamplevarianceissimplythesquareofsamplestandarddeviation:7.642=58.37.11. Ciscorrect.AccordingtoChebyshev’sinequality,theproportionoftheobservations
withinkstandarddeviationsofthearithmeticmeanisatleast1–1/k2forallk>1.Fork=2,thatproportionis1–1/22,whichis75%.Thelowerendpointis,therefore,themean(120)minus2times8(thestandarddeviation)andtheupperendpointis120plus2times8.120–(2x8)=104;120+2(8)=136.
12. Ciscorrect.Thecoefficientofvariationis:Standarddeviationofreturn/Meanreturn=
sqrt(196)/11.8=1.1813. Ciscorrect.TheSharperatioisdefinedasSp=( p‐ F)/ p
SA=(15–4)/28=0.3928SB=(12–4)/19=0.4210SC=(10–4)/7=0.8571
SharpeRatio i.e.excessreturnsperunitofrisk.Ahighernumberispreferred.
14. Ciscorrect.Forapositivelyskeweddistribution,themeanisgreaterthanthemedian,
whichisgreaterthanthemode.
R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 156
15. Aiscorrect.Platykurticdescribesadistributionthatislesspeakedthananormal
distribution.Leptokurticdescribesadistributionthatismorepeakedthanthenormaldistribution.Mesokurticisadistributionaspeakedasthenormaldistribution.
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 157
R09ProbabilityConcepts
1.Introduction
Sincemanyinvestmentdecisionsaremadeinanenvironmentofuncertainty,itisessentialforportfoliomanagersandinvestmentmanagerstohaveafundamentalgraspofprobabilityconcepts.Inthisreading,wewillfocuson:
• Definitionsandrulesrelatedtoprobability.• Expectedvalueandvariance.• Covarianceandcorrelation.
2.Probability,ExpectedValue,andVariance
FundamentalConcepts
Arandomvariableisanuncertainquantity/number.Forexample,whenyourolladie,theresultisarandomvariable.
Anoutcomeistheobservedvalueofarandomvariable.Forexample,ifyourolla2,itisanoutcome.
Aneventcanbeasingleoutcomeorasetofoutcomes.Forexample,youcandefineaneventasrollinga2orrollinganevennumber.
Mutuallyexclusiveeventsareeventsthatcannothappenatthesametime.Forexample,rollinga2androllinga3areexamplesofmutuallyexclusiveevents.Theycannothappenatthesametime.
Exhaustiveeventsarethosethatcoverallpossibleoutcomes.Forexample,‘rollinganevennumber’or’rollinganoddnumber’areexhaustiveevents.Theycoverallpossibleoutcomes.
Thetwodefiningpropertiesofprobabilityare:• Theprobabilityofanyeventhastobebetween0and1.• Thesumoftheprobabilitiesofmutuallyexclusiveandexhaustiveeventsisequalto
1.WaysofEstimatingProbability
Themethodsofestimatingprobabilitiesare:• Empiricalprobability:Basedonanalyzingthefrequencyofanevent’soccurrencein
thepast.• Aprioriprobability:Basedonformalreasoningandinspectionratherthan
personaljudgment.• Subjectiveprobability:Informedguessbasedonpersonaljudgment.
Empiricalandaprioriprobabilitiesareoftengroupedasobjectiveprobabilitiesbecausetheydonotvaryfrompersontoperson.
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 158
ProbabilityStatedasOdds
Oddsforaneventaredefinedastheprobabilityoftheeventoccurringtotheprobabilityoftheeventnotoccurring.OddsforE=P(E)/[1–P(E)].
GivenoddsforEof“atob”,theimpliedprobabilityofEisa/(a+b).
Example
Iftheprobabilityofaneventis0.2,whataretheoddsofitoccurring?Alternatively,iftheoddsare1to4,whatistheprobabilityofthisevent?
Solution:
Theoddsoftheeventoccurringare= ..=1/4.Thisisstatedasoddsof1to4.
Giventheodds,theprobabilityoftheeventoccurringis
=0.20.
Oddsagainstaneventaredefinedastheprobabilityoftheeventnotoccurringtotheprobabilityoftheeventoccurring.OddsagainstE=[1–P(E)]/P(E).
GiveoddsagainstEof“atob”,theimpliedprobabilityofEisb/(a+b).
Example
IfP(E)=0.2,whataretheoddsagainsttheeventoccurring?Iftheoddsagainstaneventare4to1,whatistheprobabilityoftheevent?
Solution:
P(E)= ..= .HencetheoddsagainstEare4to1.
Giventheoddsagainstanevent,theprobabilityoftheeventis =0.2
Conditionalv/sUnconditionalprobabilities
Unconditionalprobabilityistheprobabilityofaneventoccurringirrespectiveoftheoccurrenceofotherevents.ItisdenotedasP(A).Unconditionalprobabilityisalsocalled‘marginal’probability.
Conditionalprobabilityistheprobabilityofaneventoccurringgiventhatanothereventhasoccurred.ItisdenotedasP(A|B),whichistheprobabilityofeventAgiventhateventBhasoccurred.
JointProbabilityandMultiplicationRule
Multiplicationruleisusedtodeterminethejointprobabilityoftwoevents.Itisexpressedas:
P(AB)=P(A|B)P(B)
Rearrangingtheequationwegettheformulaforcomputingconditionalprobabilities:
P(A|B)=P(AB)/P(B)
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 159
Example
P(interestrateswilldecrease)=P(D)=40%P(stockpriceincreases)=P(S)P(stockpricewillincreasegiveninterestratesdecrease)=P(S|D)=70%
Computeprobabilityofastockpriceincreaseandaninterestratedecrease.
Solution:
P(SD)=P(S|D)xP(D)=0.7x0.4=0.28=28%
AdditionRuleforProbabilities
Additionruleisusedtodeterminetheprobabilitythatatleastoneoftheeventswilloccur.Itisexpressedas:
P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)
Example
P(priceofAincreases)=P(A)=0.5P(priceofBincreases)=P(B)=0.7P(priceofAandBincreases)=P(AB)=0.3
ComputetheprobabilitythatthepriceofstockAorthepriceofstockBincreases.
Solution
P(AorB)=0.5+0.7–0.3=0.9
IndependentandDependentEvents
Iftheoccurrenceofoneeventdoesnotinfluencetheoccurrenceoftheotherevent,thenthetwoeventsarecalledindependentevents.
i.e.P(A|B)=P(A)orP(B|A)=P(B)
Multiplicationruleforindependentevents:P(AB)=P(A)P(B)
Additionruleforindependentevents:P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB).(Theadditionruledoesnotchange.)
Iftheprobabilityofaneventisaffectedbytheoccurrenceofanothereventthenitiscalledadependentevent.
TotalProbabilityRule
Thetotalprobabilityruleisusedtocalculatetheunconditionalprobabilityofanevent,givenconditionalprobabilities.
Ininvestmentanalysis,weoftenformulateasetofmutuallyexclusiveandexhaustivescenariosandthenestimatetheprobabilityofaparticularevent.Forexample,let’ssaythatwehavetwoscenariosSandnon‐Sthataremutuallyexclusiveandexhaustive.
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 160
Accordingtothetotalprobabilityrule,theprobabilityofanyeventP(A)canbeexpressedas:
P(A)=P(AS)+P(ASC)
Usingthemultiplicationruleweget,
P(A)=P(A|S)P(S)+P(A|SC)P(SC)
Ifwehavemorethantwoscenarios,wecangeneralizethisequationto:
P(A)=P(AS1)+P(AS2)+…+P(ASn)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)
ExpectedValueofaRandomVariable
Theexpectedvalueofarandomvariablecanbedefinedastheprobability‐weightedaverageofthepossibleoutcomesoftherandomvariable.ForarandomvariableX,theexpectedvalueofXisdenotedasE(X)andiscalculatedas:
E X P X X
where:Xi=OneofnpossibleoutcomesoftherandomvariableXP(Xi)=ProbabilityofXi
VarianceofaRandomVariable
Theexpectedvalueisourforecast,butwecannotcountontheindividualforecastbeingrealized.Thisiswhyweneedtomeasuretheriskweface.Varianceandstandarddeviationareexamplesofhowwecanmeasurethisrisk.Thevarianceofarandomvariableistheprobability‐weightedsumofthesquareddifferencesbetweeneachpossibleoutcomeandtheexpectedvalueoftherandomvariable.Itisexpressedas:
σ X P X X E X
Varianceisanumbergreaterthanorequalto0becauseitisthesumofsquaredterms.Ifvarianceis0,thereisnodispersionorrisk.TheoutcomeiscertainandthequantityXisnotrandomatall.Standarddeviationisthepositivesquarerootofvariance.
Wecancalculatetheexpectedvalueandvarianceofarandomvariableusingafinancialcalculatorasshownbelow:
Example
Aproject’scashflowfortheupcomingyeardependsonthestateoftheeconomy,asshowninthetablebelow.Whatisthevarianceofthecashflow?Whatisthestandarddeviation?
StateofEconomy Probability CashFlow
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 161
Good 0.3 50
Average 0.5 40
Weak 0.2 20Solution:
Usingafinancialcalculator:
Keystrokes Explanation Display
[2nd][DATA] Entersdataentrymode
[2nd][CLRWRK] Clearsdataregister X01
50[ENTER] 1stpossiblevalueofrandomvariable X01=50
[↓]30[ENTER] Probabilityof30%forX01 Y01=30
[↓]40[ENTER] 2ndpossiblevalueofrandomvariable X02=40
[↓]50[ENTER] Probabilityof50%forX02 Y02=50
[↓]20[ENTER] 3rdpossiblevalueofrandomvariable X03=20
[↓]20[ENTER] Probabilityof20%forX03 Y03=20
[2nd][STAT] Putscalculatorintostatsmode
[2nd][SET] Pressrepeatedlytillyousee 1‐V
[↓] Totalnumberofentries N=100
[↓] Expectedvalueofrandomvariable X=39
[↓] Samplestandarddeviation Sx=10.49
[↓] Populationstandarddeviation σx=10.44
Wecanthensquarethepopulationstandarddeviationof10.44togetthevariancei.e.10.442=109.00
TotalProbabilityRuleforExpectedValue
Justlikethetotalprobabilityrulestatesunconditionalprobabilitiesintermsofconditionalprobabilities,thetotalprobabilityruleforexpectedvaluesstatesunconditionalexpectedvaluesintermsofconditionalexpectedvalues.
E(X|S)=P(X1|S)X1+P(X2|S)X2+…+P(Xn|S)Xn
Instructor’sNoteNoticethatthisformulaisexactlysimilartothetotalprobabilityruleformula.
P(A)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 162
Example
What is the expectedpriceof a stockat theendof the currentperiodgiven the followinginformation:probabilitythatinterestrateswilldecline=0.4.Ifinterestratesdeclinethereisa75%chancethatstockpricewillbe$100versusa25%chancethatthestockpricewillbe$90. If interestratesdonotdecline there isa50%chance that thestockpricewillbe$80versusa50%chancethatstockpricewillbe$70.
Solution:
Wecanplottheprobabilitiesusingatreediagram.
Considerthefirstnode(topright).Itreferstotheprobabilitythatthestockpricewillbe$100given a decline in interest rates. We can calculate the probability of that happening bymultiplyingtheprobabilityofadeclineininterestrates(0.4)bytheprobabilityofthestockpricebeing$100ifthathappens(0.75).Thisgivesusaconditionalprobabilityof0.30.Inshort,it is the joint probability of the stock price being $100 given a decline in interest rates.Similarly,probabilitiesarecalculatedforeachoftheotherthreenodes.Wecanthencalculate:
E(Price│declineininterestrates)=0.75($100)+0.25($90)=$97.50
E(Price│nodeclineininterestrates)=0.50($80)+0.50($70)=$75.00
Nowweusethetotalprobabilityruleforexpectedvalueofstockpriceattheendofthecurrentperiod:
E(Price)=E(Price│declineininterestrates)P(declineininterestrates)+E(Price│nodeclineininterestrates)P(nodeclineininterestrates)
E(Price)=$97.50(0.40)+$75.00(0.60)E(Price)=$84.00
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 163
3.PortfolioExpectedReturnandVarianceofReturn
ExpectedReturn
Aportfolio’sexpectedreturncanbecalculatedas:
E R w E R w E R … w E R
where:wn=portfolioweightofnthsecurityintheportfolioRn=expectedreturnofnthsecurityintheportfolion=numberofsecuritiesintheportfolio
Wewilldiscussportfolioexpectedreturnandvarianceofreturnusingatwo‐stockportfolio.
Example
40%oftheportfolioisinvestedinStockAand60%isinvestedinStockB.Asshowninthetablebelow,theexpectedreturnofeachstockdependsontheeconomicscenario.
Scenario P(Scenario) ExpectedreturnsofA ExpectedreturnsofB
Recession 0.25 2% 4%
Normal 0.50 8% 10%
Boom 0.25 12% 16%ThisinformationcanalsobepresentedasajointprobabilityfunctionofA’sandB’sreturns: RB=4% RB=10% RB=16%RA=2% 0.25 0 0RA=8% 0 0.50 0RA=12% 0 0 0.25
Row1andColumn1representthereturnsofAandBrespectively.Theothercellscontainprobabilities.CalculatetheexpectedreturnofAandB.
Solution:
Giventhedatapresentedabove:
TheexpectedreturnofAis:0.25x2+0.50x8+0.25x12=7.5%.
TheexpectedreturnofBis:0.25x4+0.50x10+0.25x16=10%.
Expectedreturnoftheportfolio=weightofAintheportfolioxexpectedreturnofA+weightofstockBintheportfolioxexpectedreturnofB=0.4x7.5+0.6x10=9%
Theexpectedportfolioreturnis9%.Asthetermimplies,thisistheexpectedreturn.Theactualreturnwillvaryaround9%.Theamountofvariabilityismeasuredbythevariance.Inordertodeterminethevarianceofreturn,wemustfirstcalculatethecovariance.
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 164
Covariance
Covariancetellsushowmovementsinarandomvariablevarywithmovementsinanotherrandomvariable,whereasvariancetellsushowarandomvariablevarieswithitself.AssumetherearetworandomvariablesRiandRj.ThecovariancebetweenRiandRj(usedtomeasurehowtheymovetogether)isgivenby:
Cov R , R E R –ER R –ER
where:ERi=expectedreturnforvariableRiERj=expectedreturnforvariableRj
Example
Continuingwithourpreviousexample,calculatethecovarianceofreturnsbetweenAandB.
Solution:
SayRirepresentsthereturnonAandRjrepresentsthereturnonB,wehavealreadycalculatedtheexpectedreturnsofAandBas7.5%and10%respectively.Thecovarianceofreturnsis:
E Ri– 7.5 Rj– 10
=0.25(2%‐7.5%)(4%‐10%)+0.5(8%‐7.5%)(10%‐10%)+0.25(12%‐7.5%)(16%‐10%)
=0.000825+0+0.000675=0.0015
Correlation
Theproblemwithcovarianceisthatitcanvaryfromnegativeinfinitytopositiveinfinitywhichmakes it difficult to interpret. To address this problem, we use another measure calledcorrelation. Correlation is a standardizedmeasure of the linear relationship between twovariableswithvaluesrangingbetween‐1and+1.
Acorrelationof0(uncorrelatedvariables)indicatesanabsenceofanylinear(straight‐line)relationshipbetweenthevariables.
Acorrelationof+1indicatesaperfectpositiverelationship. Acorrelationof‐1indicatesaperfectnegativerelationship.
Itiscomputedas:
ρ R , R Cov R , R /σ R σ R
WewillnowapplythisformulatocalculatethecorrelationbetweenthereturnsofAandBfromourexample.Wehavealreadyshownthatthecovarianceofreturnsis0.0015.Inorderto calculate the correlation,we need the standard deviation of A and B. Using a financialcalculator,we can determine that the standard deviation of A is 0.0357 and the standard
deviationofBis0.0424.Thecorrelation,ρ A, B , =0.0015/ 0.0357x0.0424 =0.99.
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 165
Thecorrelationof0.99 (almost1) impliesaverystrongpositive relationshipbetween thereturnsofAandB.Thisismoremeaningfulthanthecovariancenumberof0.0015whichtellsusthatthereisapositiverelationshipbetweenthereturnsofAandBbutdoesnotgiveasenseforthestrengthoftherelationship.
Definitionof Independence forRandomVariables. Two random variables X and Y areindependentifandonlyifP(X,Y)=P(X)P(Y).
For example, given independence, P(5,6) = P(5)P(6). Joint probabilities are obtained bymultiplying the individual probabilities. Independence is a stronger property thanuncorrelatednessbecausecorrelationaddressesonlylinearrelationships.
Thefollowingconditionholdsforindependentrandomvariablesand,therefore,alsoholdsforuncorrelatedrandomvariables.
Multiplication Rule for Expected Value of the Product of Uncorrelated RandomVariables.Theexpectedvalueoftheproductofuncorrelatedrandomvariablesistheproductoftheirexpectedvalues.
E(XY)=E(X)E(Y)ifXandYareuncorrelated.
Manyfinancialvariables,suchasrevenue(pricetimesquantity),aretheproductofrandomquantities.
Varianceofreturns
Onceweknowthecovariance,wecancalculatethevarianceofaportfoliousingthisformula:
σ R w σ R w σ R 2w w Cov R R
Example
Continuingwithourexample,thevarianceoftheportfoliois Weightofthefirstasset,w1=0.40 Weightofthesecondasset,w2=0.60 Standarddeviationoffirstasset=0.0357 Standarddeviationofsecondasset=0.0424 Covariancebetweenthetwoassets=0.0015
Varianceoftheportfolio=0.42x0.03572+0.62x0.04242+2x0.4x0.6x0.0015=0.00157
Standarddeviationoftheportfolio=√0.00157 0.0396
4.TopicsinProbability
4.1.Bayes’Formula
Bayes’formulaisarationalmethodforupdatingoradjustingtheprobabilityofaneventbasedonnewinformation.AccordingtoBayes’formula,theupdatedprobabilityofaneventgivennewinformationis:
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 166
P(Event│Information)=P(Information│Event)
P(Information) P(Event)
Example
Considerafactorythathasthreeassemblylines.Thepercentageofoutputproducedateachassemblylineisasfollows:LineA=45%,LineB=35%,LineC=20%.Theoutputdefectivefromeach line is estimated tobe3%,5%, and4%, respectively.Given that theproduct isdefective,whatistheprobabilitythatitcamefromLineC?
Solution:
WhendealingwithquestionsrelatedtoBayes’formula,thefirststepistoreproducetheinformationinprobabilitynotation:
P(LineA)=0.45;P(NotLineA)=0.55
P(LineB)=0.35;P(NotLineB)=0.65
P(LineC)=0.20;P(NotLineC)=0.80
P(Defective|LineA)=0.03,P(Defective|LineB)=0.05,P(Defective|LineC)=0.04
P(Defective)=0.45x0.03+0.35x0.05+0.20x0.04=0.039
NextwritedowntheBayesformula:
P(Event│Information)=P(Information│Event)
P(Information)xP(Event)
Wethenhavetodistinguishbetweentheeventandtheinformationandplugtherelevantvaluesintotheformula.Inthiscase,theinformationisthattheproductisdefective.Hence,theformulacanbewrittenas:
P LineC|Defective | ∗
. ∗ .
.=20.51%
4.2.PrinciplesofCounting
Incounting,enumeration(countingtheoutcomesonebyone)isthemostbasicresource.Thisprocessisdifficultandispronetoerror.Wewilldiscussshortcutsandprinciplesofcounting,whichmaketheprocesseasier.
MultiplicationRuleofCounting
Thefirstoftheseprinciplesisthemultiplicationrule.Itstatesthat‘ifonetaskcanbedoneinn1ways,andasecondtask,giventhefirst,canbedoneinn2ways,andathirdtask,giventhefirsttwotasks,canbedoneinn3waysandsoonforktasks,thenthenumberofwaysthektaskscanbedoneis(n1)(n2)(n3)…(nk).Sothemultiplicationruleforcountingcanbeexpressedas:
Numberofwaysofdoingktasks=n xn xn …n
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 167
where:n =numberofwaysofdoingthefirsttask,n =numberofwaysofdoingthesecondtaskandsoon
Example
Considerasimpleexample.Supposewehavethreestepsinaninvestmentdecisionprocess.Thefirststepcanbedonein2ways,thesecondstepcanbedonein4waysandthethirdin3ways.Inhowmanywayscantheinvestmentdecisionbemade?
Solution:
Followingthemultiplicationrule,thereare(2)(4)(3)=24waysofmakingtheinvestmentdecision.
Noticethattherearethreegroupingsinthisproblem.Fromeachgroup,onlyonestepcanbeselected.
Factorial
Another counting principle relates to the assignment of members of a group to an equalnumberofpositions.Thenumberofwayswecanassigneverymemberofagroupofsizentonslots isn!(readasnfactorial)=n(n‐1)(n‐2)(n‐3)…1.Byconvention,0!=1.Thedifferencebetweenthemultiplicationruleandfactorial isthatthereisonlyonegroupinafactorial.Itinvolvesarrangingthesetofitemswithinthegroupandtheorderinwhichtheitemsarearrangedmatters.Theformulais:
Numberofwaysofassigninggroupofsizentontasks=n!
Example
Therearefiveequityanalystscoveringfiveemergingcountries.Inhowmanywayscanthecountriesbeassignedtotheanalysts?
Solution:
Thetotalnumberofwaystheassignmentscanbemade=5!=120
Labeling
Labelingreferstothenumberofwaysthatnitemscanbelabelledwithkdifferentlabelswithn,ofthefirsttype,nofthesecondtype,andsoon.Thiscanbeexpressedas:
Numberofwaysinwhichnitemscanbelabelledusingklabels=n!
n ! n ! … n !
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 168
Example
Aportfolioconsistsofeightstocks.Thegoalistodesignatefourofthestocksas"long‐termholds,"threeofthestocksas"short‐termholds,"andonestocka"sell."Howmanywayscantheselabelsbeassignedtotheeightstocks?
Solution:
Noticethatthereareeightitems(stocks)thataretobelabelledinthreedifferentways.8!
4! 3! 1!280
Combination
Aspecialcaseofthelabellingisthecombinationformula.Itisthenumberofwaystochooserobjects froma totalofnobjects,whentheorder inwhich therobjectsare listeddoesnotmatter.Thiscanbeexpressedas:
C n!/ n r ! r!
where:n=numberofobjectsr=numberofobjectschosenfromnobjects
C =numberofwaystochooserobjectsfromnobjectswhereorderdoesnotmatter
Example
Aportfoliomanagerwantstoeliminatefourstocksfromaportfoliothatconsistsofsixstocks.HowmanywayscanthefourstocksbesoldwhentheorderofthesaleisNOTimportant?
Solution:
Usingtheformulaforcombination,wegetthenumberofwaysthefourstockscanbesold
=6!/[(6–4)!4!]=15.
Permutation
Permutationisthenumberofwaystochooserobjectsfromatotalofnobjects,whentheorderinwhichtherobjectsarelisteddoesmatter.Itisexpressedas:
P n!
n r !
where:n=numberofobjectsr=numberofobjectschosenfromnobjects
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 169
Instructor’sNote:givenaproblem,usethefollowingpointerstoidentifythecorrectcountingmethodtoapply. Factorial:ifthereisonegroupofsizenandnitems/taskstobeassigned,numberofways
=n! Labeling:usedwhentherearethreeormorelabels.Eachitem/memberofagroupmust
beappliedalabel. Combination: used when there are two groups of a certain size, say n and r. Use
combinationwhentheorderofchoosingrobjectsfromnobjectsdoesNOTmatter. Permutation: used when there are two groups of a certain size, say n and r. Use
permutationwhentheorderofchoosingrobjectsfromnobjectsdoesmatter.
Combination and permutation functions are available on the financial calculator andshouldbeusedratherthantheformula.
Example
Assumethatinaportfolioofeightstocks,wedecidetosellthreestocks.Howmanywayscanwechoosethreeoftheeighttoselliftheorderofsaledoesmatter?
Solution:
Usingtheformulaforpermutation,wecanfindthenumberofwaystosellthreeoftheeightstockswhereordermatters:8!
8– 3 !336
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 170
Summary
LO.a:Definearandomvariable,anoutcome,anevent,mutuallyexclusiveevents,andexhaustiveevents.
Arandomvariableisanuncertainquantity/number. Anoutcomeistheobservedvalueofarandomvariable. Aneventcanbeasingleoutcomeorasetofoutcomes. Mutuallyexclusiveeventsareeventsthatcannothappenatthesametime. Exhaustiveeventsarethosethatincludeallpossibleoutcomes.
LO.b:Statethetwodefiningpropertiesofprobabilityanddistinguishamongempirical,subjective,andaprioriprobabilities.
Thetwodefiningpropertiesofaprobabilityare: TheprobabilityofanyeventEisanumberbetween0and1:0≤P(E)≤1. Thesumof theprobabilitiesofanysetofmutuallyexclusiveandexhaustiveevents
equals1.
Themethodsofestimatingprobabilitiesare: Empiricalprobability:Basedonanalyzingthefrequencyofanevent’soccurrenceinthe
past. Aprioriprobability:Basedonformalreasoningandinspectionratherthanpersonal
judgment. Subjectiveprobability:Informedguessbasedonpersonaljudgment.
LO.c:Statetheprobabilityofaneventintermsofoddsforandagainsttheevent.
OddsforE=P(E)/[1–P(E)].
OddsagainstE=[1–P(E)]/P(E).
LO.d:Distinguishbetweenunconditionalandconditionalprobabilities.
Unconditional probability (marginal probability) is the probability of an event occurringirrespectiveoftheoccurrenceofotherevents.ItisdenotedasP(A).
Conditionalprobabilityistheprobabilityofaneventoccurringgiventhatanothereventhasoccurred.ItisdenotedasP(A|B),whichistheprobabilityofeventAgiventhateventBhasoccurred.
LO.e:Explainthemultiplication,addition,andtotalprobabilityrules.
Multiplicationruleisusedtodeterminethejointprobabilityoftwoevents.Itisexpressedas:
P(AB)=P(A|B)P(B)
Additionruleisusedtodeterminetheprobabilitythatatleastoneoftheeventswilloccur.Itisexpressedas:
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 171
P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)
Thetotalprobabilityruleisusedtocalculatetheunconditionalprobabilityofanevent,givenconditionalprobabilities.Itisexpressedas:
P(A)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)
LO.f:Calculateandinterpret1)thejointprobabilityoftwoevents,2)theprobabilitythatat leastoneoftwoeventswilloccur,giventheprobabilityofeachandthe jointprobabilityofthetwoevents,and3)ajointprobabilityofanynumberofindependentevents.
ConsidertheexamplethatyouhavetwostocksAandB.TheprobabilitythatstockAwillpayoutadividendthisquarteris60%andtheprobabilitythatstockBwillpayoutadividendthisquarteris50%.Assumethatthetwoeventsareindependent.ThejointprobabilityofAandBi.e.bothAandBissueadividendthisquarteris0.6x0.5=0.3.
Theprobabilitythatatleastoneoftwoevents,AorB,willoccurisP(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)=0.6+0.5–0.6x0.5=0.8.
LO.g:Distinguishbetweendependentandindependentevents.
Iftheoccurrenceofoneeventdoesnotinfluencetheoccurrenceoftheotherevent,thentheeventsarecalledindependentevents.
i.e.P(A|B)=P(A)orP(B|A)=P(B)
Iftheprobabilityofaneventisaffectedbytheoccurrenceofanothereventthenitiscalledadependentevent.
LO.h:Calculateandinterpretanunconditionalprobabilityusingthetotalprobabilityrule.
UsingthetotalprobabilityruletheunconditionalprobabilityofAcanbecomputedas:
P(A)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)
WhereS1,S2..Snaremutuallyexclusiveandexhaustiveevents.
LO.i:Explaintheuseofconditionalexpectationininvestmentapplications.
The expected value is heavily used in investment applications e.g. forecasting EPS of acompany, estimating rewards of alternative investments, etc. When you refine yourexpectationsorforecasts,youaretypicallymakingadjustmentsbasedonnewinformationorevents;thisisactuallytheuseofconditionalexpectedvalues.
LO.j:Explaintheuseofatreediagramtorepresentaninvestmentproblem.
The tree diagram in an investment problem can help plot the probabilities of variousoutcomesanddepictexpectedvaluesbasedonthepathschosenandselectionmadeateachnode.Forexample:
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 172
LO.k:Calculateandinterpretcovarianceandcorrelation.
Covarianceisameasureofhowtwovariablesmovetogether.GiventworandomvariablesRiandRj,thecovariancebetweenRiandRjisgivenby:
Cov(Ri,Rj)=E[(Ri–ERi)(Rj–ERj)]Where,ERi=expectedreturnforvariableRiERj=expectedreturnforvariableRj
Correlationisastandardizedmeasureofthelinearrelationshipbetweentwovariableswithvaluesrangingbetween‐1and+1.Theformulaisgivenby:
ρ(A,B)=Cov(A,B)/σ(A)σ(B)
LO.l:Calculateandinterprettheexpectedvalue,variance,andstandarddeviationofarandomvariableandofreturnsonaportfolio.
Theformulaforcalculatingtheexpectedportfolioreturnis:
E(RP)=w1E(R1)+w2E(R2)+…+wnE(Rn)
Variancecanbecomputedas:
σ R w σ R w σ R 2w w Cov R R
LO.m:Calculateandinterpretcovariancegivenajointprobabilityfunction.
GiventworandomvariablesRiandRj,thecovariancebetweenRiandRjisgivenby:
Cov(Ri,Rj)=E[(Ri–ERi)(Rj–ERj)]
where:ERi=expectedreturnforvariableRiERj=expectedreturnforvariableRj
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 173
LO.n:CalculateandinterpretanupdatedprobabilityusingBayes’formula.
Bayes’formulaisarationalmethodforupdatingoradjustingtheprobabilityofaneventbasedonnewinformation.AccordingtoBayes’formula,theupdatedprobabilityofaneventgivennewinformationis:
P(Event│Information)=P(Information│Event)
P(Information) P(Event)
LO.o:Identifythemostappropriatemethodtosolveaparticularcountingproblem,andsolvecountingproblemsusingfactorial,combination,andpermutationconcepts.
Thenumberofwayswecanassigneverymemberofagroupofsizentonslotsisn!
Numberofwaysinwhichnitemscanbelabelledusingklabels= !
! ! … !
The combination formula gives the number ofways to choose r objects from a total of nobjects,whentheorderinwhichtherobjectsarelisteddoesnotmatter.
nr
n!
n r ! r!
The permutation formula gives the number ofways to choose r objects from a total of nobjects,whentheorderinwhichtherobjectsarelisteddoesmatter.
P n!
n r !
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 174
PracticeQuestions
1. IfeventsAandBaremutuallyexclusive,thenwhichofthefollowingistrue?A. P(A|B)=P(A).B. P(AB)=P(A)xP(B).C. P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B).
2. Whichofthefollowingvaluescanbetheprobabilityofanevent?
A. ‐0.23.B. 0.68.C. 1.36.
3. Whichofthefollowingismostlikelyanempiricalprobability?A. The probability of a particular outcome when exactly 6 equally likely possible
outcomesexist.B. TheprobabilitythatUSstockreturnsexceedlong‐termcorporatebondreturnsovera
5yearperiod,basedonZellerFinancialdata.C. AnupdatedprobabilityofaneventarrivedatusingBayes’formulaandtheperceived
priorprobabilityoftheevent.
4. Theprobabilitythatthestockmarketwillincreasetomorrowis3/5.Theprobabilityofanincreaseinthestockmarketstatedas'oddsfor’is:A. three‐to‐two.B. two‐to‐three.C. three‐to‐five.
5. Afundmanagerhasnotedthatduringthepastfiveyears60percentofthestocksinhisportfoliohavepaidacashdividendand20percentofthestockshavepaidastockdividend.If65percentofthestockshavepaidadividendofanykind,thejointprobabilityofastockpayingbothacashdividendandastockdividendisclosestto:A. 10%.B. 15%.C. 20%.
6. Twoeventsaresaidtobeindependentiftheoccurrenceofoneevent:A. impliesthatthesecondeventcannotoccur.B. impliesthatthesecondeventiscertaintooccur.C. doesnotaffecttheprobabilityoftheoccurrenceoftheotherevent.
7. ThecorrelationofreturnsbetweenStocksAandBis0.60.Thecovariancebetweenthesetwosecuritiesis0.0056andthestandarddeviationofthereturnsofStockBis18%.ThevarianceofreturnsforStockAis:
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 175
A. 0.0027.B. 0.0035.C. 0.0048.
8. Thefollowinginformationontwoportfoliosisgiven:
FundA FundBPortfolioweights(%) 40 60Expectedreturns(%) 15 10Standarddeviations(%) 20 16Correlation between the returnsofFundAandFundB
0.5
Theexpectedreturnandthestandarddeviationoftheportfolioarerespectivelyclosestto:A. 12.5%and22.3%.B. 12%and15.2%.C. 13%and16.5%.
9. ThejointprobabilitiesforXandYareP(X=10,Y=3)=0.4,andP(X=20,Y=6)=0.6,thentheCovarianceofXYisclosestto:A. 7.2B. 6.5.C. 6.6.
10. Aresearcherisstudyingthelinkbetweenexchangeratemovementsandthediscountrateset by the country’s bank. He uses historical data to determine that the probability ofexchangeraterisingorfallingoverthenextmonthis60%and30%respectivelywhiletheprobability that theexchangerate stays thesame is10%.Somedays later,he receivesinformationthatthecentralbankwillincreasethediscountrate.Theresearchercomesup with the following subjective probabilities that the central bank will increase thediscountrategiventhescenariosthatexchangeraterises,fallsorstaysthesame:
P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangerateincreases)=65% P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratestayssame)=15% P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratedecreases)=20%
Whatistheprobabilitythattheexchangeratewillfallgiventhenewinformationthatthecentralbankwillincreasethediscountrate?A. 18.79%.B. 15.65%.C. 12.90%
11. Aninvestorwantstopurchase7stocksforhisportfoliofromauniverseof10stocks.Iftheorderinwhichhebuysthestocksisnotimportant,thenhowmanypotential7stockcombinationsdowehave?
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 176
A. 120.B. 140.C. 160.
12. Afundmanagerwantstosell3bondsfromhisportfolioof8bonds.Iftheorderinwhichhesellsthebondsisimportant,thenhowmanypotential3‐bondcombinationsdowehave?A. 56.B. 336.C. 512.
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 177
Solutions
1. Ciscorrect.Mutuallyexclusiveeventsarethoseeventswhichcannothappentogether,i.e.thereisnointersectionbetweenthetwoevents.Therefore,bothP(A|B)andP(AB)mustbeequaltozero.
2. Biscorrect.Theprobabilityofaneventhastobebetween0and1.
3. B is correct. This is an example of empirical probability since it is basedonpast data.OptionAisAprioriprobabilitysinceitisbasedonlogicalreasoning.OptionCissubjectiveprobabilitysinceitisbasedonpersonaljudgment.
4. Aiscorrect.OddsforE=P(E)/[1–P(E)]=(3/5)/(2/5)=3/2=threetotwo.
5. Biscorrect.Theprobabilitythatat leastoneoftwoeventswilloccuristhesumoftheprobabilitiesoftheseparateeventslessthejointprobabilityofthetwoevents.P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)65%=60%+20%–P(AB);thereforeP(AB)=15%
6. Ciscorrect.Twoeventsaresaidtobeindependentiftheoccurrenceofoneeventdoesnotaffecttheprobabilityoftheoccurrenceoftheotherevent.
7. Aiscorrect.
Corr A, BCov A, Bσ A σ B
0.60.0056σ A 0.18
Therefore 0.0518.ThevarianceofreturnsforstockA=0.0518 0.0027
8. Biscorrect.Theexpectedreturnontheportfoliois0.4x15%+0.6x10%=12%Calculatetheportfoliostandarddeviationofreturnsasfollows:√(.402x.202+.602x.162+2x.40x.60x.5x.20x.16)=0.152and15.2%
9. Aiscorrect.Thejointprobabilitiesinthequestionaregivenasfollows:
X,Y 3 610 0.4 20 0.6
E[X]=0.4(10)+0.6(20)=16E[Y]=0.4(3)+0.6(6)=4.8Cov[XY]=0.4(10‐16)(3‐4.8)+0.6(20‐16)(6‐4.8)=7.2
R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 178
10. Ciscorrect.AccordingtoBayes’Theorem:Updatedprobabilityofeventgiventhenewinformation= (Probability of new information given event ÷ unconditional probability of newinformation)xpriorprobabilityofeventInordertoproceedwiththegivendata,weneedtocalculatetheunconditionalprobabilityofnewinformationi.e.theprobabilityofanincreaseinthediscountrate.P(increaseddiscountrate)=P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangerateincreases)xP(exchangerateincreases)+P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratestayssame)xP(exchangeratestayssame)+P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratedecreases)xP(exchangeratedecreases)=(0.65x0.60)+(0.15x0.1)+(0.2x0.3)=0.465=46.5%
P E/I P E /
Using the unconditional probability and Bayes’ Theorem, we can calculate updatedprobabilityoftheeventgiventhenewinformationaboutdiscountratesas:P(exchangeratedecreases|increaseddiscountrate)==[P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratedecreases)÷P(increaseddiscountrate)]xP(exchangeratedecreases)=(0.20÷0.465)x0.30=12.90
11. Aiscorrect.Sincetheorderisnotimportantwewillusecombination.10C7=120
12. Biscorrect.Sincetheorderisimportantwewillusepermutation.8P3=336.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 179
R10CommonProbabilityDistributions
1.Introduction
Innearlyallinvestmentdecisions,weworkwithrandomvariables.Tomakeprobabilitystatementsaboutarandomvariable,weneedtounderstanditsprobabilitydistribution.Aprobabilitydistributionspecifiestheprobabilitiesofallpossibleoutcomesofarandomvariable.Inthisreading,wewilllookatthefollowingfourprobabilitydistributions:
Uniform Binomial Normal Lognormal
2.DiscreteRandomVariables
Arandomvariableisavariablewhoseoutcomecannotbepredicted.Therearetwobasictypesofrandomvariables:
Adiscreterandomvariableisonewherewecanlistallthepossibleoutcomes.Forexample,thestockstradedontheNewYorkStockExchangearequotedinticksof$0.01.Quotedstockpriceisthereforeadiscreterandomvariable.
Acontinuousrandomvariableiswherethenumberofpointsbetweenthelowerandupperboundsareessentiallyinfinite.Rateofreturnisanexampleofacontinuousrandomvariable.
Probabilitydistributionspecifiestheprobabilitiesofallthepossibleoutcomesforarandomvariable.
Probabilityfunctionspecifiestheprobabilitythatarandomvariabletakesonaspecificvalue.
Probabilitydensityfunctionisusedforcontinuousrandomvariables.
2.1.TheDiscreteUniformDistribution
Thediscreteuniformdistributionhasafinitenumberofspecifiedoutcomesandeachoutcomeisequallylikely.Considerarollofadice.Theoutcomeisarandomvariableanditcantakeavalueof1to6.Theprobabilitythattherandomvariabletakesonanyofthesevaluesisthesameforalloutcomes.Withsixoutcomes,p(x)=1/6forallvaluesofX(X=1,2,3,4,5,6).Thetablebelowsummarizesthetwoviewsofthisrandomvariable–theprobabilityfunctionandthecumulativedistributionfunction.
X=x ProbabilityFunctionp(x)=P(X=x)
CumulativeDistributionFunctionF(x)=P(X≤x)
1 1/6 1/62 1/6 2/63 1/6 3/6
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 180
4 1/6 4/65 1/6 5/66 1/6 6/6
2.2.TheBinomialDistribution
ThebuildingblockofthebinomialdistributionistheBernoullirandomvariable.ABernoullitrialisonewherethereareonlytwopossibleoutcomes:successorfailure.FlippingacoinisanexampleofaBernoullitrial–youeithergetheadsortails,butnothingelse.Thiscanbeexpressedas:
P(Y=1)=pP(Y=0)=1–p
where:p=probabilitythatthetrialisasuccess
Inabinomialdistribution,therandomvariable,X,isthenumberofsuccessesinagivennumberofBernoullitrials.Continuingwiththecoinexample,sayweflipthecoin10timesandwedefinesuccessas‘Heads’.Clearlywith10flipswecanget0to10successes.
Theprobabilitydistributionofabinomialrandomvariablefortheprobabilityof"x"successin"n"trialsiscalculatedusingthefollowingformula:
P x P X x C p 1 p –
where:p=theprobabilityofsuccessoneachtrial
Example
Usingthetableabove,findthefollowingprobabilities:1. F(4)2. P(3≤X<6)3. F(9)Solutionto1:
TofindF(4),wemustfindthecumulativeprobabilityofP(X≤4)usingthecumulativedistributionfunction(thirdcolumn).Fromthetable,wecanseethatP(X≤4)=4/6=2/3.Therefore,theprobabilityis2/3.
Solutionto2:
TofindP(3≤X<6),weneedtofindthesumofthreeprobabilities:p(3),p(4),p(5).Thisis1/6+1/6+1/6=3/6=1/2.
Solutionto3:
TofindF(9),wemustfindthecumulativeprobabilityofP(X≤9).Thisincludesallpossibleoutcomes,hencetheprobabilityis1.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 181
x=numberofsuccessesn=numberoftrials
Instructor’sNote:
Twoimportantpointshelpillustratetheintuitionbehindtheformula: Thesuccessescanbeinanyorder.Thatiswhyweusethecombinationfunctionandnot
thepermutationfunction. Theeventsareindependent.Thatiswhywesimplymultiplytheprobabilityofeach
event.ExampleIfweflipafaircoin(p=0.5)tentimes(n=10),whatistheprobabilityofsevensuccesses?
Solution:P(7)=P(X=7)=10C70.570.53=0.117
Meanandvarianceofabinomialvariable
Themeanandvarianceofabinomialvariablecanbecalculatedas:
Forourcoin‐flipexample,themeanvalueofthebinomialrandomvariableisnp=10x0.5=5.Theintuition:ifweperformthebinomialexperimentseveraltimes,whereeachexperimentrefersto10coin‐flips,onaveragewewillhave5successes.Theactualnumberofsuccesseswillbedistributedequallyoneithersideofthemeanvalue.Therandomvalueforeverytrialmovesclosertotheexpectedvalueasthenumberoftrialsgrows.
Example
Overthelast10years,Abrocorporation’sEPSincreasedyearoveryearsixtimesanddecreasedyearoveryearfourtimes.YoudecidetomodelthenumberofEPSincreasesforthenextdecadeasabinomialrandomvariable.1. IfsuccessisdefinedasanincreaseintheannualEPS,determinetheprobabilityof
success.2. WhatistheprobabilitythatEPSwillincreaseinexactly5ofthenext10years?3. CalculatetheexpectednumberofyearlyEPSincreasesduringthenext10years.4. CalculatethevarianceandstandarddeviationofthenumberofyearlyEPSincreases
duringthenext10years.
Solutionto1:Thereareonlytwopossibleoutcomes:increaseintheEPSandnoincreaseintheEPS.Probabilityofsuccess:p=6/10=0.6Probabilityoffailure:1–p=1–0.6=0.4
RandomVariable Mean VarianceBernoulli,B(1,p) p p(1‐p)Binomial,B(n,p) np np(1‐p)
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 182
Solutionto2:Usingthebinomialmodel:P X 5 C p q P X 5 C 0.6 0.4 P X 5 252 0.07776 0.01024 20.06%
Solutionto3:ExpectednumberofyearlyEPSincreases:E x np 10 0.6 6
Solutionto4:Variance=np 1– p 6 0.4 2.4StandardDeviation=√2.4=1.549 Thevarianceofthedistributioniscalculatedasnp(1–p)=10x0.5x(1–0.5)=2.5
Binomialtree
Abinomialtreecanbeusedtomodelstockpricemovements.Refertothetreediagrambelow.‘S’representstheinitialstockprice.‘u’representsanupmoveand‘d’representsadownmove.Thenodesshoweachpossiblevalueofthestockafter1,2and3timeperiods.
Theexpectedstockpriceaftereachperiodisequaltothesumofpossiblestockpricesattheendoftheperiodmultipliedbytheirrespectiveprobabilities.
Example
Consideraninitialstockpriceof$100.Inonetimeperiod,thestockcaneitherrisebyafactorof1.1orgodownbyafactorof1/1.1.Inanygiventimeperiod,theprobabilityofanupmoveis0.6andtheprobabilityofadownmoveis0.4.Aftertwoperiods,whatarethepossiblestockpricesandtheirrespectiveprobabilities?Whatistheexpectedstockprice?
Solution:
uuS=1.1x1.1x100=121withprobability0.6x0.6=0.36udS=1.1x1/1.1x100=100withprobability0.6x0.4=0.24duS=1/1.1x1.1x100=100withprobability0.4x0.6=0.24
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 183
ddS=1/1.1x1/1.1x100=82.64withprobability0.4x0.4=0.16Expectedstockprice=121x0.36+100x0.24+100x0.24+82.64x0.16=$104.78
3.ContinuousRandomVariables
3.1.ContinuousUniformDistribution
Thecontinuousuniformdistributionisdefinedoverarangefromalowerlimit‘a’toanupperlimit‘b’.Theselimitsserveastheparametersofthedistribution.
Theprobabilitythattherandomvariablewilltakeavaluebetweenx1andx2,wherex1andx2bothliewithintherangeisgivenby:
P x X x x xb a
Example
Xisauniformlydistributedcontinuousrandomvariablebetween10and20.CalculatetheprobabilitythatXwillfallbetween12and18.
Solution:
P 12 X 18 18 1220 10
0.6
Thecumulativedistributionfunctionforacontinuousrandomvariableisshownbelow:
Example
Acommodityanalystpredictsthatthepriceperounceofgoldthreeyearsfromnowwillbebetween$1,500and$1,700.Assumegoldpricesfollowacontinuousuniformdistribution.Whatistheprobabilitythatthepricewillbelessthan$1,600threeyearsfromnow?
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 184
Solution:
F(1,600)= , – ,
, ,=50%Theprobabilitythatgoldpricewillbelessthan$1,600per
ouncethreeyearsfromnowis50%.
3.2.TheNormalDistribution
Thenormaldistributionisthemostextensivelyusedprobabilitydistributioninquantitativework.Anormaldistributionissymmetricalandbell‐shapedasshowninthegraphbelow:
Inthisfigure‘m’standsformean,1smeansonestandarddeviation,2smeanstwostandarddeviations,andsoon.Wecanmakethefollowingprobabilitystatementsforanormaldistribution:
Approximately68%ofallobservationsfallintheintervalm±1s. Approximately95%ofallobservationsfallintheintervalm±2s. Approximately99%ofallobservationsfallintheintervalm±3s.
Theintervalsindicatedaboveareeasytorememberbutareonlyapproximateforthestatedprobabilities.Morepreciseintervals(confidenceintervals)are:
90%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.65s. 95%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.96s. 99%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±2.58s.
Thecharacteristicsofanormaldistributionareasfollows: Thenormaldistributioniscompletelydescribedbytwoparameters–itsmean,µ,and
variance,σ2.WeindicatethisasX~N(µ,σ2). Thenormaldistributionhasaskewnessof0(itissymmetric)andakurtosis
(measureofpeakedness)of3.Duetothesymmetry,themean,medianandmodeareallequalforanormalrandomvariable.
Alinearcombinationoftwoormorenormalrandomvariablesisalsonormallydistributed.
Standardnormaldistribution
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 185
Thenormaldistributionwithmean(µ)=0andstandarddeviation(σ)=1iscalledthestandardnormaldistribution.
TheformulaforstandardizingarandomvariableXis:
ZX μσ
where:μisthepopulationmean.σisthepopulationstandarddeviation.
TheZ‐tableisusedtofindtheprobabilitythatXwillbelessthanorequaltoagivenvalue.Supposewehaveanormalrandomvariable,X,withµ=10andσ=2.IfthevalueofXis11,westandardizeXwithZ=(11–10)/2=0.5.
Theprobabilitythatwewillobserveavaluelessthan11forX~N(10,2)isexactlythesameastheprobabilitythatwewillobserveavaluelessthan0.5forZ~N(0,1).
WecananswerprobabilityquestionsaboutXusingstandardizedvaluesandprobabilitytablesforZ.Asnapshotofatableshowingcumulativeprobabilitiesforastandardnormaldistributionisshownbelow.
Tofindtheprobabilitythatastandardnormalvariableislessthanorequalto0.5,forexample,locatetherowthatcontains0.50,lookatthe0column,andfindtheentry0.6915.Thus,P(Z≤0.5)=0.6915or69.15%.
Theprobabilitythatastandardnormalvariableislessthanorequalto0is0.5000.Thisistruebydefinitionbecausethemeanofastandardnormaldistributionis0.Thetableabovevalidatesthisfact.
Foranon‐negativenumberx,wecanuseN(x)directlyfromthetable.Foranegativenumber–x,N(‐x)=1.0–N(x).Essentially,weareusingthefactthatthenormaldistributionissymmetricaroundthemean.
Example
Aportfoliohasameanreturnof15%andastandarddeviationofreturnof20%peryear.Whatistheprobabilitythattheportfolioreturnwouldbebelow18%?Wearegiventhe
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 186
followinginformationfromthez‐table:P(Z<0.15)=0.5596,P(Z>0.15)=0.4404,P(Z<0.18)=0.5714,P(Z>0.18)=0.4286.
Solution:
P ZX μσ
P Z0.18 0.15
0.20P Z 0.15 0.5596
Univariatev/smultivariatedistribution
Univariatedistribution
Aunivariatedistributiondescribestheprobabilitydistributionofasinglerandomvariable.Forexample,thedistributionofexpectedreturnofonestockfromaportfolio.
Multivariatedistribution
Amultivariatedistributiondescribestheprobabilitydistributionforagroupofrelatedrandomvariables.Forexample,thedistributionofexpectedreturnofaportfoliowithmultiplestocks.
Amultivariatenormaldistributionforthereturnsonnstocksiscompletelydefinedbythefollowingthreesetsofparameters:
Meanreturnsontheindividualstocks(nmeansintotal). Variancesoftheindividualstocks(nvariancesintotal). Pairwisereturncorrelationsbetweenthestocks(n(n‐1)/2distinctcorrelationsin
total).
3.3.ApplicationsoftheNormalDistribution
Shortfallrisk
Shortfallriskistheriskthatportfolio’sreturnwillfallbelowaspecifiedminimumlevelofreturnoveragivenperiodoftime.
Safetyfirstratio
Safetyfirstratioisusedtomeasureshortfallrisk.Itiscalculatedas:
SFRatioR –Rσ
where:Rp=ExpectedportfolioreturnRL=Thresholdlevel=Standarddeviationofportfolioreturns
TheportfoliowiththehighestSF‐Ratioispreferred,asithasthelowestprobabilityoffallingbelowthetargetreturn.
Example
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 187
AninvestorisconsideringtwoportfoliosAandB.PortfolioAhasanexpectedreturnof10%andastandarddeviationof2%.PortfolioBhasanexpectedreturnof15%andastandarddeviationof10%.Theminimumacceptablereturnfortheinvestoris8%.AccordingtoRoy’ssafetyfirstcriteria,whichportfolioshouldtheinvestorselect?
Solution:
SF 10 82
1
SF 15 810
0.7
SinceAhasahighersafetyfirstratio,theinvestorshouldselectportfolioA.
Roy’ssafetyfirstcriteria
Itstatesthatanoptimalportfoliominimizestheprobabilitythattheactualportfolioreturnwillfallbelowthetargetreturn.
3.4.TheLognormalDistribution
Ifxisarandomvariablethatisnormallydistributed,thentocreatealognormaldistributionofxwetakeexandplotthevaluesonagraph.
NormalDistribution LognormalDistribution
Thepropertiesofalognormaldistributionare: Itcannotbenegative. Theupperendofitsrangeextendstoinfinity. Itispositivelyskewed.
Instructor’sNote:Anormaldistributionismoresuitableasamodelforreturnsthanforassetprices,becausereturnsgenerallyvaryaboutthemean,withahighprobabilityofreturnsbeingclosetothemean.However,assetpricesdonotvaryequallyaboutameanprice,sincetheprobabilityofextremechangesinpricedecreasesasthepriceapproacheszero.Thismeansassetpriceswillnotformasymmetricalgraphlikethatofthenormaldistribution.Instead,assetpricesfollowalognormaldistribution,whichisskewedtotherightandcannotbenegative.
Discretelyversuscontinuouslycompoundedratesofreturn
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 188
Discretelycompoundedratesofreturnshavedefinedcompoundingperiodssuchasquarterly,monthlyetc.Aswedecreasethelengthofthecompoundingperiod,theeffectiveannualraterises.Forcontinuouscompounding,theEARisgivenby:
EAR=er–1
Ifwearegiventheholdingperiodreturnoveranytimeperiod,wecancalculatetheequivalentcontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturnforthatperiodas:
r=ln(HPR+1)
Example
Iftheholdingperiodreturnofastockwas10%foraperiodofoneyear.Whatistheequivalentcontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturnfortheyear?
Solution:r=ln(0.1+1)=0.0953=9.53%
4.MonteCarloSimulation
MonteCarlosimulationisacomputersimulationusedtosimulatepossiblesecuritypricesbasedonriskfactors.Asinput,itusesrandomlygeneratedvaluesforriskfactorsbasedontheirassumeddistributions.Itprocessesthisinformationasperthespecifiedmodelandrunsthousandsofiterations.Thenitgivesthedistributionoftheexpectedvalueofthesecurityasoutput.
Majorapplicationsinclude: financialplanning developingVARestimates valuingcomplexsecurities
Limitationsinclude: Itisfairlycomplexandwillprovideanswersthatarenobetterthantheassumptions. Simulationisnotananalyticalmethodbutastatisticalone.
MonteCarlosimulationversushistoricalsimulation
Thehistoricalsimulationusesactualpastdistributionofriskfactorsasinput.Whereas,MonteCarlosimulationusesrandomlygeneratedvaluesoftheriskfactorsbasedontheirassumeddistributions.
Thelimitationsofhistoricalsimulationare: Itcannottakeintoaccounttheeffectofsignificanteventsthatdidnotoccurduring
thesampleperiod.
Itcannotperforma‘whatif’analysiswhenthe‘if’scenariohasnothappenedinthepast.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 189
Summary
LO.a:Defineaprobabilitydistributionanddistinguishbetweendiscreteandcontinuousrandomvariablesandtheirprobabilityfunctions.
Arandomvariableisavariablewhoseoutcomecannotbepredicted.Aprobabilitydistributionlistsallpossibleoutcomesofarandomvariablealongwiththeirassociatedprobabilities.
Adiscreterandomvariableisoneforwhichthenumberofpossibleoutcomescanbecounted.Ithasmeasurableprobabilitiesassociatedwitheachspecificoutcome.
Acontinuousrandomvariableisoneforwhichwecannotcountthenumberofpossibleoutcomes.Therefore,probabilitiescannotbeassociatedwithspecificoutcomes,instead,ithastobeassignedtoaparticularrange.
LO.b:Describethesetofpossibleoutcomesofaspecifieddiscreterandomvariable.
Thesetofpossibleoutcomesofadiscreterandomvariableisfinite. p(x)=0meansthatxcannotoccur. p(x)>0meansthatxcanoccur. p(x)=1meansthatxistheonlypossibleoutcome.
LO.c:Interpretacumulativedistributionfunction.
Thecumulativedistributionfunctiongivestheprobabilitythattherandomvariablewillbelessthanorequaltoaspecificvalue.
ItisdenotedbyF(x)=P(X≤x).
LO.d:Calculateandinterpretprobabilitiesforarandomvariable,givenitscumulativedistributionfunction.
Theprobabilitythatanoutcomewillbelessthanorequaltoaspecificvalueisrepresentedbytheareaunderthecumulativeprobabilitydistributiontotheleftofthatvalue.
LO.e:Defineadiscreteuniformrandomvariable,aBernoullirandomvariable,andabinomialrandomvariable.
Adiscreteuniformrandomvariableisonewheretheprobabilityofallthepossibleoutcomesisequal.Forexample,therollofadice.
ABernoullitrialisanexperimentthathasonlytwopossibleoutcomes:asuccessorafailure.Forexample,thetossofacoin.
Iftheexperimentiscarriedoutntimes,thenumberofsuccess(denotedbyX)iscalledaBernoullirandomvariable.
ThedistributionthatXfollowsisknownasthebinomialdistribution.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 190
LO.f:Calculateandinterpretprobabilitiesgiventhediscreteuniformandthebinomialdistributionfunctions.
Probabilitiesforadiscreteuniformdistribution:Ifthetotalnumberofoutcomesisn,thentheprobabilityofeachoutcome=1/n.
Probabilitiesforauniformrandomvariable:Theprobabilitydistributionofabinomialrandomvariablefortheprobabilityofxsuccessesinntrialsiscalculatedusingthefollowingformula:
P(x)=P(X=x)=nCxpx(1‐p)n–x
LO.g:Constructabinomialtreetodescribestockpricemovement.
Abinomialtreecanbeusedtomodelstockpricemovements.‘S’representstheinitialstockprice.‘u’representsanupmoveand‘d’representsadownmove.Thenodesshoweachpossiblevalueofthestockafter1,2and3timeperiods.
LO.h:Definethecontinuousuniformdistributionandcalculateandinterpretprobabilities,givenacontinuousuniformdistribution.
Thecontinuousuniformdistributionisdefinedoverarangefromalowerlimit‘a’toanupperlimit‘b’.Theprobabilitythattherandomvariablewilltakeavaluebetweenx1andx2,wherex1andx2bothliewithintherangeisgivenby:
P x X x x xb a
LO.i:Explainthekeypropertiesofthenormaldistribution.
Anormaldistributionisabell‐shapedcurve,withtwoidenticalhalves.
Itiscompletelydescribedbytwoparametersitsmean(µ)anditsvariance(σ2).ThisisstatedasX~N(µ,σ2).
Ithasaskewnessof0andakurtosisof3.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 191
Alinearcombinationoftwoormorerandomvariablesisalsonormallydistributed.
LO.j:Distinguishbetweenaunivariateandamultivariatedistribution,andexplaintheroleofcorrelationinthemultivariatenormaldistribution.
Aunivariatedistributiondescribesasinglerandomvariable.Anexampleistheexpectedreturnonaparticularstock.Amultivariatedistributionspecifiestheprobabilitiesforagroupofrelatedrandomvariables.Anexampleistheexpectedreturnonaportfolioofmultiplestocks.
Amultivariatenormaldistributionforthereturnsonnstocksiscompletelydefinedbythreelistsofparameters:
Thelistofthemeanreturnsontheindividualsecurities(nmeansintotal). Thelistofthesecurities’variancesofreturn(nvariancesintotal). Thelistofallthedistinctpairwisereturncorrelations(n(n‐1)/2distinct
correlationsintotal).
LO.k:Determinetheprobabilitythatanormallydistributedrandomvariableliesinsideagiveninterval.
Thepropertyofnormaldistributiongivesusintervalsstatedbelow: 90%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.65s. 95%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.96s. 99%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±2.58s.
Thisimpliesthatifarandomvariableislessthanorequaltom±1.65s,thentheprobabilityofitlyinginsidethedistributionis90%.
LO.l:Definethestandardnormaldistribution,explainhowtostandardizearandomvariable,andcalculateandinterpretprobabilitiesusingthestandardnormaldistribution.
Thenormaldistributionwithµ=0andσ=1iscalledthestandardnormaldistribution.TheformulaforstandardizingarandomvariableXis:
Z X μσ
LO.m:Defineshortfallrisk,calculatethesafety‐firstratio,andselectanoptimalportfoliousingRoy’ssafety‐firstcriterion.
Shortfallriskistheriskthatportfoliovaluewillfallbelowsomeminimumacceptableleveloversometimehorizon.
SFRatioE R –R
σ
ToselecttheoptimalportfolioaccordingtoRoy’scriterion,wefollowthefollowingsteps:
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 192
Calculateeachportfolio’sSF‐Ratio. ChoosetheportfoliowiththehighestSF‐Ratio.
LO.n:Explaintherelationshipbetweennormalandlognormaldistributionsandwhythelognormaldistributionisusedtomodelassetprices.
Ifxisarandomvariablethatisnormallydistributed,thentocreatealognormaldistributionofxwetakeexandplotthevaluesonagraph.
Alognormaldistributionisoftenusedtomodelassetpricesbecausetheassetpricesneedtobepositive,theycannotbenegative.
LO.o:Distinguishbetweendiscretelyandcontinuouslycompoundedratesofreturn,andcalculateandinterpretacontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturn,givenaspecificholdingperiodreturn.
Discretelycompoundedratesofreturnshavedefinedcompoundingperiodssuchasquarterly,monthly.Aswedecreasethelengthofthecompoundingperiod,theeffectiveannualraterises.Forcontinuouscompounding,theEARisgivenby:EAR=er–1.
Ifwearegiventheholdingperiodreturnoveranytimeperiod,wecancalculatetheequivalentcontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturnforthatperiodas:r=ln(HPR+1)
LO.p:ExplainMonteCarlosimulationanddescribeitsapplicationsandlimitations.
MonteCarlosimulationisacomputersimulationthatproducesadistributionofpossiblesecuritypricesusingrandomlygeneratedvaluesforriskfactors,basedontheirassumeddistributions.
Limitationsinclude: Itisfairlycomplexandwillprovideanswersthatarenobetterthantheassumptions. Simulationisnotananalyticalmethodbutastatisticalone.
LO.q:CompareMonteCarlosimulationandhistoricalsimulation.
Thehistoricalsimulationusesactualpastdistributionofriskfactorsasinput.Whereas,MonteCarlosimulationusesrandomlygeneratedvaluesoftheriskfactorsbasedontheirassumeddistributions.
Thelimitationsofhistoricalsimulationare: Itcannottakeintoaccounttheeffectofsignificanteventsthatdidnotoccurduring
thesampleperiod. Itcannotperforma‘whatif’analysiswhenthe‘if’scenariohasnothappenedinthe
past.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 193
PracticeQuestions
1. Whichofthefollowingismostlikelyanexampleofadiscreterandomvariable?A. Thereturnsonaportfolio.B. Thetimespentbyananalystonresearch.C. Thenumberofstocksinaportfolio.
2. ForacontinuousrandomvariableX,theprobabilityofanysinglevalueofXis:
A. 0.B. 1.C. determinedbythecumulativedistributionfunction.
3. TheprobabilitydistributionofadiscreterandomvariableXisgivenbelow
X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6P(X) 0.15 0.25 0.12 0.16 0.08 0.13 0.11
Whatisthecdfof4orF(4)?A. 0.08.B. 0.76.C. 0.68.
4. ThecumulativedistributionfunctionofadiscreterandomvariableXisgivenbelow:
X CumulativeDistributionFunction
0 0.151 0.402 0.523 0.684 0.765 0.896 1
TheprobabilityofXgreaterthanorequalto2andlessthanorequalto5isclosestto:A. 0.37.B. 0.52.C. 0.89.
5. Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelyaconditionofabinomialexperiment?
A. Thetrialsareindependent.B. Thereareonlytwotrials.C. Theprobabilityofsuccess+probabilityoffailure=1.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 194
6. CastleHockeyClub,anemerginghockeyteam,hadatoughlastseasonwithawintolossrecordof1to4.Inordertocontestandincreaseitschancesofwinning,theteamsigned3newplayersanditisestimatedthatthechancesofwinningagameinthenextseasonare70%.Assumingthatwinningasinglegameisindependentofothergames,theprobabilitythattheteamwillwin3outofnext5gamesisclosestto:A. 0.3087.B. 0.3698.C. 0.4125.
7. Astock’spredictedpriceoverthenexttwoperiodsisasshownbelow.
Time=0 Time=1 Time=2S0=100 Su=104 Suu=108 Sd=96 Sud,du=101 Sdd=92
Theinitialvalueofthestockis100.Fromhistoricaldata, ithasbeenobservedthattheprobabilityofanupmoveinanygivenperiodis60%andtheprobabilityofadownmoveinanygivenperiodis40%.Usingtheabovedata,theprobabilitythatthestock’spricewillbeequalto101attheendofperiod2isclosestto:A. 24%.B. 36%.C. 48%.
8. Forafixedincomearbitragestrategy,thereturnsforasingletradeisuniformlydistributed
between3%and8%.Ifanewtradeisplacedtoday,whatistheprobabilitythatthereturnswillbemorethan5%?A. 0.4.B. 0.6.C. 0.8.
9. ForastandardnormaldistributionF(0)is:
A. 0.B. 0.5C. 1.0.
10. Forastandardnormaldistribution,P(0≤Z≤1.65)is:
A. 0.450.B. 0.475.C. 0.900.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 195
11. GiventhatXfollowsanormaldistributionwithameanof5andstandarddeviationof1.25,thestandardizedvaluecorrespondingtoX=9wouldbeclosestto:A. 3.2.B. 4.0.C. 5.0.
12. Followingdataonthethreeportfoliosisgiven:
Portfolio ExpectedReturn StandardDeviation1 10% 3%2 15% 5%3 20% 10%
Assumingtheminimumacceptablerateofreturnis5%,underRoy’ssafety‐firstcriterion,whichofthefollowingportfoliosisthemostappropriatechoice?A. Portfolio1.B. Portfolio2.C. Portfolio3.
13. Analyst1:Normaldistributionsaresuitableforassetreturns.
Analyst2:Lognormaldistributionsaresuitablefordescribingdistributionsofassetprices.A. Analyst1iscorrect.B. Analyst2iscorrect.C. Bothanalystsarecorrect.
14. Astock’spriceatthestartoftheyearwas$10anditsyear‐endpricewas$12,thenits
continuouslycompoundedannualrateofreturnis:A. 16.45%.B. 18.23%.C. 20.00%.
15. Whichofthefollowingsimulationscanbeusedfor‘whatif’analysis?
A. MonteCarlosimulation.B. Historicalsimulation.C. BothMonteCarloandhistoricalsimulation.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 196
Solutions1. Ciscorrect.Adiscreterandomvariableisoneforwhichthenumberofpossible
outcomescanbecounted.Acontinuousrandomvariableisoneforwhichthenumberofpossibleoutcomesisinfinite.Returnsandtimeareusuallycontinuouslyrandomvariables.Thenumberofstocksinaportfolioisadiscreterandomvariable.
2. Aiscorrect.Foracontinuousdistributionp(x)=0forallX;onlyrangesofvalueofXhave
positiveprobabilities.3. Biscorrect.Acumulativedistributionfunction(CDF)givestheprobabilitythatarandom
variablewillbelessthanorequaltospecificvalues.Therefore:F(4)=0.15+0.25+0.12+0.16+0.08=0.76.
4. Aiscorrect.P(X≤5)=0.89andP(X≤2)=0.52.Therefore,P(2≤X≤5)=0.89–0.52=
0.37.5. Biscorrect.Theremaybeanynumberofindependenttrials,eachwithonlytwopossible
outcomes.6. Aiscorrect.UsingBinomialdistributiontocalculatetheprobabilityof3winsoutof5
games:P(x)=P(X=x)=[numberofwaystochoosexfromn]×px×(1‐p)n‐xP(Win)=0.7P(Lose)=0.3P(3out5)=5C3x0.73x(0.3)2=0.3087
7. Ciscorrect.Therearefourpossibilitiesthatstockpricecantake.Itcanmoveup‐up,up‐
down,down‐upanddown‐down.Inordertoreach101,astock’spricecaneithergoupfirstandthendownortheotherway.Theprobabilityforthestockgoingupfirstandthendownis0.6x0.4=0.24Thisprobabilitywillbethesameforthestockgoingdownfirstandthenupwhichis,0.4x0.6=0.24.Therefore,theprobabilityofthestock’spricereaching101is48%(24%+24%)
8. Biscorrect.Inuniformdistribution,theprobabilitycanbefoundofarangeonlyinstead
ofapoint.Thereturnisuniformlydistributedfrom3%to8%,i.e.therangeis5%.Ifanewtradeisplacedthenreturnsgreaterthan5%leavesa3%buffer(8%‐5%=3%).Therefore,theprobabilityis3/5or0.6.
9. Biscorrect.Thenormaldistributionissymmetricaroundameanof0.F(0)=0.5since
halfofthedistributionliesoneachsideofthemean.
R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 197
10. Aiscorrect.FromthetableF(1.65)=0.95,andF(0)=0.5.Thereforetheansweris0.95–
0.5=0.45.Alternatively,weknowthat90%lieswithin‐1.65and+1.65andthat0isthemidpoint,therewecansaythathalfof90%i.e45%liesbetween0and+1.65.
11. Aiscorrect.IfXfollowsanormaldistributionwithparametersμandσ,Xcanbestandardizedusingtheformula:
ZX μσ
=(9–5)÷1.25=3.2
12. Biscorrect.TheportfoliowiththehighestSFRatioispreferred.TheSFRatiois
calculatedbyE R R
σ
TheSFratiosfortheportfoliosare:Portfolio1:1.66Portfolio2:2Portfolio3:1.5
13. Ciscorrect.Anormaldistributionissuitablefordescribingassetreturns.However,the
normaldistributionisnotsuitableforassetpricesbecauseassetpricescannotbenegative.Thelognormaldistributionisboundedbyzero(skewedtotheright)andissuitablefordescribingdistributionsofassetprices.
14. Biscorrect.
Ln(EndingPrice/StartingPrice)Ln(12/10)=0.1823=18.23%
15. Aiscorrect.ComparedwithMonteCarlosimulation,thehistoricalsimulationcannotbe
usedfora“whatif”analysis.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 198
R11SamplingandEstimation
1.Introduction
Asampleisasubsetofapopulation.Wecanstudyasampletoinferconclusionsaboutthepopulationitself.Forexample,ifallthestockstradingintheUSareconsideredapopulation,thenindicessuchastheS&P500aresamples.WecanlookattheperformanceoftheS&P500anddrawconclusionsabouthowallstocksintheUSareperforming.Thisprocessisknownassamplingandestimation.
2.Sampling
Therearevariousmethodsforobtaininginformationonapopulationthroughsamples.Theinformationweobtainusuallyconcernsaparameter,aquantityusedtodescribeapopulation.Toestimateaparameter,weusesamplestatistics.Astatisticisaquantityusedtodescribeasample.
Therearetworeasonswhysamplingisused:• Timesaving:Inmanycasesitwillbeverytimeconsumingtoexamineeverymember
ofthepopulation.• Monetarysaving:Insomecases,examiningeverymemberofthepopulation
becomeseconomicallyinefficient.
2.1.SimpleRandomSampling
Simplerandomsamplingistheprocessofselectingasamplefromalargerpopulationinsuchawaythateachmemberofthepopulationhasthesameprobabilityofbeingincludedinthesample.
Samplingdistribution
Ifwedrawsamplesofthesamesizeseveraltimesandcalculatethesamplestatistic,thesamplestatisticwillbedifferenteachtime.Thedistributionofvaluesofthesamplestatisticiscalledasamplingdistribution.
Forexample,sayyouselect100stocksfromauniverseof10,000stocksandcalculatetheaverageannualreturnsofthese100stocks.Let’ssayyougetanaveragereturnof15%.Yourepeatthisprocesswithasecondsampleof100stocks.Thistime,yougetanaveragereturnof14%.Youkeeprepeatingthisprocessandeachtimeyougetadifferentaveragereturn.Thedistributionofthesesampleaveragereturnsiscalledasamplingdistribution.
Samplingerror
Samplingerroristhedifferencebetweenasamplestatisticandthecorrespondingpopulationparameter.Thesamplingerrorofthemeanisgivenby:
Samplingerrorofthemean x μ
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 199
Forexample,let’ssayyouwanttoestimatetheaveragereturnsof10,000stocks.Youdrawasampleof100stocksandcalculatetheaveragereturnofthese100stocksas15%.However,theactualaverageofthe10,000stockswas12%.Thenthesamplingerror=15%‐12%=3%.
2.2.StratifiedRandomSampling
Instratifiedrandomsampling,thepopulationisdividedintosubgroupsbasedononeormoredistinguishingcharacteristics.Samplesarethendrawnfromeachsubgroup,withsamplesizeproportionaltothesizeofthesubgrouprelativetothepopulation.Finally,samplesfromeachsubgrouparepooledtogethertoformastratifiedrandomsample.
Theadvantageofstratifiedrandomsamplingisthatthesamplewillhavethesamedistributionofkeycharacteristicsastheoverallpopulation.Thiscanhelpreducethesamplingerror.Stratifiedrandomsamplingthereforeproducesmorepreciseparameterestimatesthansimplerandomsampling
Forexample,youdividetheuniverseof10,000stocksaspertheirmarketcapitalizationsuchthatyouhave5,000largecapstocks,3,000midcapstocks,and2,000smallcapstocks.Instratifiedrandomsampling,toselectatotalsampleof100stocks,youwillrandomlyselect50largecapstocks,30midcapstocks,and20smallcapstocksandpoolallthesesamplestogethertoformastratifiedrandomsample.
Example
Paulwantstocategorizepubliclylistedstocksforhisresearchproject.Hefirstdividesthestocksinto15industries.Thenfromeachindustry,hecategorizescompaniesintothreegroups:small,medium,large.Finally,hedividestheseintovalueversusgrowthstocks.Howmanycellsorstratadoesthesamplingplanentail?A. 20B. 45C. 90
Solution:
Ciscorrect.Thisisanapplicationofthemultiplicationruleofcounting.Thetotalnumberofcellsistheproductof15,3,and2.Thustheansweris90.
2.3.Time‐SeriesandCross‐SectionalData
Time‐seriesdata
Time‐seriesdataconsistsofobservationsforasinglesubjecttakenatspecificandequallyspacedintervalsoftime.Forexample,themonthlyreturnsonMicrosoftstockfromJanuary1995toJanuary2005.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 200
Cross‐sectionaldata
Cross‐sectionaldataconsistsofobservationsformultiplesubjectstakenataspecificpointintime.Forexample,thesampleofreportedearningspershareofallNASDAQcompaniesfor2005.
Forbothtime‐seriesandcross‐sectionaldata,therandomsamplemustberepresentativeofthepopulationwewishtostudy.
A‘longitudinal’dataor‘panel’datakeepsthesamesampleforeachobservationovertime.
3.DistributionoftheSampleMean
Thesamplemeanisarandomvariablewithaprobabilitydistributionknownasthestatistic’ssamplingdistribution.Tounderstandthisconcept,considerthefollowingpopulation:lastyear’sreturnsoneverystocktradedintheUnitedStates.Weareinterestedinthemeanreturnofallstocksbutdonothavetimetocalculatethepopulationmean.Hence,wedrawasampleof50stocksandcomputethesamplemean.Wethendrawanothersampleof50stocksandcomputethesamplemean.Thisexercisecanberepeatedseveraltimesgivingusadistributionofsamplemeans.Thisdistributioniscalledthestatistic’ssamplingdistribution.Thecentrallimittheorem,explainedbelow,helpsusunderstandthesamplingdistributionofthemean.
3.1.TheCentralLimitTheorem
Accordingtothecentrallimittheorem,ifwedrawasamplefromapopulationwithameanµandavarianceσ2,thenthesamplingdistributionofthesamplemean:
willbenormallydistributed(irrespectiveofthetypeofdistributionoftheoriginalpopulation).
willhaveameanofµ. willhaveavarianceofσ2/n.
Forexample,supposetheaveragereturnoftheuniverseof10,000stocksis12%anditsstandarddeviationis10%.Throughcentrallimittheoremwecanconcludethatifwekeepdrawingsamplesof100stocksandplottheiraveragereturns,wewillgetasamplingdistributionthatwillbenormallydistributedwithmean=12%andvarianceof102/100=1%.
Standarderrorofthesamplemean
Thestandarddeviationofthedistributionofthesamplemeansisknownasthestandarderrorofthesamplemean.
Whenweknowthepopulationstandarddeviation,thestandarderrorofthesamplemeancanbecalculatedas:
σ σ
√n
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 201
Whenwedonotknowthepopulationstandarddeviation(σ)wecanusethesamplestandarddeviation(s)toestimatethestandarderrorofthesamplemean:
s s
√n
Example
Themeanofapopulationis12andthestandarddeviationis3.Giventhatthepopulationcomprisesof64observations,whatisthestandarderrorofthesamplemean?A.0.375B.0.378C.0.667
Solution:
Aiscorrect.StandardError=σ/√n=3/√64=0.375
4.PointandIntervalEstimatesofthePopulationMean
Statisticalinferenceconsistsoftwobranches:1)hypothesistestingand2)estimation.Hypothesistestingaddressesthequestion‘Isthevalueofthisparameterequaltosomespecificvalue?’Thisisdiscussedindetailinthenextreading.Inthissection,wewilldiscussestimation.Estimationseekstoanswerthequestion‘Whatisthisparameter’svalue?’Inestimation,wemakethebestuseoftheinformationinasampletoformoneofseveraltypesofestimatesoftheparameter’svalue.
Apointestimateisasinglenumberthatestimatestheunknownpopulationparameter.
Intervalestimates(orconfidenceintervals)arearangeofvaluesthatbrackettheunknownpopulationparameterwithsomespecifiedlevelofprobability.
4.1.PointEstimators
Theformulasthatweusetocomputethesamplemeanandallothersamplestatisticsareexamplesofestimationformulasorestimators.Theparticularvaluethatwecalculatefromsampleobservationsusinganestimatoriscalledanestimate.Forexample,thecalculatedvalueofthesamplemeaninagivensampleiscalledapointestimateofthepopulationmean.
Thethreedesirablepropertiesofanestimatorare: Unbiasedness:Itsexpectedvalueisequaltotheparameterbeingestimated. Efficiency:Ithasthelowestvarianceascomparedtootherunbiasedestimatorsofthe
sameparameter. Consistency:Assamplesizeincreases,thesamplingerrordecreasesandthe
estimatesgetclosertotheactualvalue.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 202
4.2.ConfidenceIntervalsforthePopulationMean
Aconfidenceintervalisarangeofvalues,withinwhichtheactualvalueoftheparameterwillliewithagivenprobability.Confidenceintervaliscalculatedas:
Confidenceinterval=pointestimate±(reliabilityfactorxstandarderror)
where:pointestimate=apointestimateoftheparameterreliabilityfactor=anumberbasedontheassumeddistributionofthepointestimateandthedegreeofconfidence(1‐α)fortheconfidenceintervalstandarderror=standarderrorofthesamplestatisticprovidingthepointestimate
Calculatingconfidenceintervals
Tocalculateaconfidenceintervalforapopulationmean,refertothetablebelowandselecttstatisticorzstatisticasperthescenario.
SamplingfromSmallsamplesize(n<30)
Largesamplesize(n≥30)
Normaldistribution
Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)
Non–normaldistribution
Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)
Usethefollowingformulaetocalculatetheconfidenceinterval:
Confidenceinterval X z / σ
√n
Confidenceinterval X t / s
√n
SamplingfromanormaldistributionwithknownvarianceThemostbasicconfidenceintervalforthepopulationmeanariseswhenwearesamplingfromanormaldistributionwithknownvariance.
Theconfidenceintervalwillbecalculatedas:
ConfidenceInterval X z / σ
√n
where:X=samplemeanz / =reliabilityfactor
σ/√n=standarderrorThereliabilityfactor(z / )dependspurelyonthedegreeofconfidence.Ifthedegreeofconfidence(1–α)is95%or0.95,thelevelofsignificance(α)is5%or0.05.α/2=0.025.α/2istheprobabilityineachtailofthestandardnormaldistribution.Thisisshowninblueinthefigurebelow:
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 203
Thereliabilityfactorsthataremostfrequentlyusedwhenweconstructconfidenceintervalsbasedonthestandardnormaldistributionare:
• 90%confidenceintervals:α=0.1,α/2=0.05.Reliabilityfactor=z0.05=1.65• 95%confidenceintervals:α=0.05,α/2=0.025.Reliabilityfactor=z0.025=1.96• 99%confidenceintervals:α=0.01,α/2=0.005.Reliabilityfactor=z0.005=2.58
Memorizetheseconfidenceintervalsandthecorrespondingreliabilityfactors.
Example
YoutakearandomsampleofstocksontheNationalStockExchange(NSE).Thesamplesizeis100andtheaverageSharperatiois0.50.AssumethattheSharperatiosofallstocksontheNSEfollowanormaldistributionwithastandarddeviationof0.30.Whatisthe90%confidenceintervalforthemeanSharperatioofallstocksontheNSE?
Solution:
ConfidenceInterval X z / σ
√n 0.50 1.65
0.30
√100=0.50 0.0495
Therefore,the90%confidenceintervalforthemeanSharperatioofallstocksontheNSEis:0.4505to0.5495.
Asweincreasethedegreeofconfidence,theconfidenceintervalbecomeswider.Ifweusea95%confidenceinterval,thereliabilityfactoris1.96.Andtheconfidenceintervalrangesfrom0.50–1.96x0.03to0.50+1.96x0.03whichis:0.4412to0.5588.Thisrangeiswiderthanwhatwehadwitha90%confidenceinterval.
Samplingfromanormaldistributionwithunknownvariance
Ifthedistributionofthepopulationisnormalwithunknownvariance,wecanusethet‐distributiontoconstructaconfidenceinterval.Letusfirstunderstandwhatat‐distributionisandcontrastitwithanormaldistribution.
Student’st‐distributionhasthefollowingproperties: Itissymmetrical,bell‐shapedandsimilartoanormaldistribution. Ithasalowerpeakandfattertailsascomparedtoanormaldistribution. Itisdefinedbyasingleparameter,degreesoffreedom(df)=n–1.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 204
Thevalueofdegreesoffreedom,isusedtodescribehowwellthetstatisticrepresentsaz‐score.Also,thevalueofdfwilldeterminehowwellthedistributionoftapproximatesanormaldistribution.Forlargevaluesofdf,thetdistributionwillbenearlynormal,butwithsmallvaluesfordf,thetdistributionwillbeflatterandmorespreadoutthananormaldistribution.Refertothefigurebelow.
Theconfidenceintervalcanbecalculatedusingthefollowingformula:
ConfidenceInterval X t / s
√n
Thisrelationshipissimilartowhatwe’vediscussedbeforeexcepthereweusethet‐distribution.Sincethepopulationstandarddeviationisnotknown,wehavetousethesamplestandarddeviationwhichisdenotedbythesymbol‘s’.Wewillnowseehowtoreadthet‐distributiontableusinganexample.
Example
Givenasamplesizeof20,whatisthereliabilityfactorfora90%confidencelevel?
Solution:
Inordertoanswerthisquestion,weneedtorefertothet‐table.Asnapshotofthetableisgivenbelow.Thistableshowsthelevelofsignificanceforone‐tailedprobabilities.df P=0.10 P=0.05 P=0.025 P=0.01 P=0.0051 3.078 6.314 12.706 31.821 63.6572 1.886 2.920 4.303 6.965 9.9253 1.638 2.353 3.182 4.541 5.8414 1.533 2.132 2.776 3.747 4.6045 1.476 2.015 2.571 3.365 4.0326 1.440 1.943 2.447 3.143 3.707
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 205
7 1.415 1.895 2.365 2.998 3.4998 1.397 1.860 2.306 2.896 3.3559 1.383 1.833 2.262 2.821 3.25010 1.372 1.812 2.228 2.764 3.16911 1.363 1.796 2.201 2.718 3.10612 1.356 1.782 2.179 2.681 3.05513 1.350 1.771 2.160 2.650 3.01214 1.345 1.761 2.145 2.624 2.97715 1.341 1.753 2.131 2.602 2.94716 1.337 1.746 2.120 2.583 2.92117 1.333 1.740 2.110 2.567 2.89818 1.330 1.734 2.101 2.552 2.87819 1.328 1.729 2.093 2.539 2.86120 1.325 1.725 2.086 2.528 2.845Thedegreesoffreedominthiscasearen–1=20–1=19.Thelevelofsignificanceiscalculatedas:100(1‐α)%=90%andα=0.10.Inordertocalculatethereliabilityfactor
/ = . / = . ,welookattherowwithdf=19.Wethenlookatthecolumnwithp=0.05.Thevaluethatsatisfiesthesetwocriteriais1.729.Thisisthereliabilityfactor.Example
AnanalystwantstoestimatethereturnontheHangSengIndexforthecurrentyearusingthefollowingdataandassumptions: Samplesize=64stocksfromtheindex Meanreturnforthestocksinthesampleforthepreviousyear=0.12 Variance=0.081
Itisgiventhatthereliabilityfactorfora95%confidenceintervalwithunknownpopulationvarianceandsamplesizegreaterthan64is1.96.Assumingthattheindexreturnthisyearwillbethesameasitwaslastyear,whatistheestimateofthe95%confidenceintervalfortheindex’sreturnthisyear?
Solution:
ConfidenceInterval X t / √=0.12 1.96 √ .
√0.12 0.07=0.05to0.19
Instructor’sNote:Aconservativeapproachtoconfidenceintervalsreliesonthet‐distributionratherthanthenormaldistribution,anduseofthet‐distributionwillincreasethereliabilityoftheconfidenceinterval.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 206
4.3.SelectionofSampleSize
Thechoiceofsamplesizeaffectsthewidthofaconfidenceinterval.Alargersamplesizedecreasesthewidthofaconfidenceintervalandimprovestheprecisionwithwhichwecanestimatethepopulationparameter.Thisisobviouswhenweconsidertheconfidenceintervalrelationship,shownbelow:
ConfidenceInterval X t / s
√n
Allelsebeingequal,whenthesamplesize(n)isincreased,thestandarderror(s/√ )decreasesandwehaveamoreprecise(narrower)confidenceinterval.Basedonthisdiscussionitmightappearthatweshoulduseaslargeasamplesizeaspossible.However,wemustconsiderthefollowingissues:
Increasingthesamplesizemayresultinsamplingfrommorethanonepopulation. Increasingthesamplesizemayinvolveadditionalexpensesthatoutweighthevalue
ofadditionalprecision.
5.MoreonSampling
Therearemanyissuesinsampling.Herewediscussfourmainissues.
5.1Data‐MiningBias
Data‐miningisthepracticeofanalyzingthesamedataagainandagain,tillapatternthatworksisidentified.
Therearetwosignsthatcanwarnanalystsaboutthepotentialexistenceofdatamining:• Toomuchdigging/toolittleconfidence:Manydifferentvariablesweretested,until
significantoneswerefound.Unfortunately,manyresearchersdonotdisclosethenumberofvariablesexaminedindevelopingamodel.
• Nostory/nofuture:Withoutareasonableeconomicrationaleorstoryforwhyavariableshouldwork,thevariableisunlikelytohavepredictivepower.
Thebestwaytoavoidthisbiasistotestthepatternonout‐of‐sampledatatocheckifitholds.
5.2SampleSelectionBias
Whendataavailabilityleadstocertainassetsbeingexcludedfromtheanalysis,theresultingproblemisknownassampleselectionbias.Forexample,manymutualfunddatabasesprovidehistoricalinformationaboutonlythosefundsthatcurrentlyexist.Atypeofsampleselectionbiasisthesurvivorshipbias,inwhichcompaniesareexcludedfromanalysisbecausetheyhavegoneoutofbusiness.Asamplecanalsobebiasedbecauseoftheremoval(ordelisting)ofacompany’sstockfromanexchange.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 207
5.3Look‐AheadBias
Atestdesignissubjecttolook‐aheadbiasifitusesinformationthatwasnotavailabletomarketparticipantsatthetimethemarketparticipantsactinthemodel.Forexample,ananalystwantstousethecompany’sbookvaluepersharetoconstructtheP/Bvariableforthatparticularcompany.Althoughthemarketpriceofastockisavailableforallmarketparticipantsatthesamepointintime,fiscalyear‐endbookequitypersharemightnotbecomepubliclyavailableuntilsometimeinthefollowingquarter.
5.4Time‐PeriodBias
Atestdesignissubjecttotime‐periodbiasifitisbasedonatimeperiodthatmaymaketheresultstime‐periodspecific.Ashorttimeseriesislikelytogiveperiod‐specificresultsthatmaynotreflectalongerperiod.Ifatimeseriesistoolong,fundamentalstructuralchangesmayhaveoccurredinthattimeperiod.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 208
Summary
LO.a:Definesimplerandomsamplingandasamplingdistribution.
Simplerandomsamplingistheprocessofselectingasamplefromalargerpopulationinsuchawaythateachelementofthepopulationhasthesameprobabilityofbeingincludedinthesample.
Ifwedrawsamplesofthesamesizeseveraltimesandcalculatethesamplestatistic,thesamplestatisticwillbedifferenteachtime.Thedistributionofvaluesofthesamplestatisticiscalledasamplingdistribution.
LO.b:Explainsamplingerror.
Samplingerroristhedifferencebetweenasamplestatisticandthecorrespondingpopulationparameter.
Samplingerrorofthemean x μ
LO.c:Distinguishbetweensimplerandomandstratifiedrandomsampling.
Instratifiedrandomsampling,thepopulationisdividedintosubgroupsbasedononeormoredistinguishingcharacteristics.Samplesarethendrawnfromeachsubgroup,withsamplesizeproportionaltothesizeofthesubgrouprelativetothepopulation.Finally,samplesfromeachsubgrouparepooledtogethertoformastratifiedrandomsample.
LO.d:Distinguishbetweentimeseriesandcross‐sectionaldata.
Timeseriesdataconsistsofobservationsforasinglesubjecttakenatspecificandequallyspacedintervalsoftime.
Cross‐sectionaldataconsistsofobservationsformultiplesubjectstakenataspecificpointintime.
LO.e:Explainthecentrallimittheoremanditsimportance.
Accordingtothecentrallimittheorem,ifwedrawasamplefromapopulationwithameanµandavarianceσ2,thenthesamplingdistributionofthesamplemean:
willbenormallydistributed(irrespectiveofthetypeofdistributionoftheoriginalpopulation).
willhaveameanofµ. willhaveavarianceofσ2/n.
LO.f:Calculateandinterpretthestandarderrorofthesamplemean.
Thestandarddeviationofthedistributionofthesamplemeansisknownasthestandarderrorofthesamplemean.
Whenweknowthepopulationstandarddeviation,thestandarderrorofthesamplemeancanbecalculatedas:σ
√
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 209
Whenwedonotknowthepopulationstandarddeviation(σ)wecanusethesamplestandarddeviation(s)toestimatethestandarderrorofthesamplemeans
√
LO.g:Identifyanddescribedesirablepropertiesofanestimator.
Thethreedesirablepropertiesofanestimatorare: Unbiasedness:Itsexpectedvalueisequaltotheparameterbeingestimated. Efficiency:Ithasthelowestvarianceascomparedtootherunbiasedestimatorsofthe
sameparameter. Consistency:Assamplesizeincreases,thesamplingerrordecreasesandthe
estimatesgetclosertotheactualvalue.
LO.h:Distinguishbetweenapointestimateandaconfidenceintervalestimateofapopulationparameter.
Apointestimateisasinglevalueestimatethatservesasanapproximationfortheactualvalueoftheparameter.
Aconfidenceintervalisarangeofvalues,withinwhichtheactualvalueoftheparameterwillliewithagivenprobability.
Confidenceinterval=Pointestimate±(reliabilityfactorxstandarderrorofpointestimate)
LO.i:DescribepropertiesofStudent’st‐distributionandcalculateandinterpretitsdegreesoffreedom.
Student’st‐distributionhasthefollowingproperties: Itissymmetrical,bell‐shaped,andsimilartoanormaldistribution. Ithasalowerpeakandfattertailsascomparedtoanormaldistribution. Itisdefinedbyasingleparameter:degreesoffreedom(df)=n‐1 Asthedegreesoffreedomincrease,theshapeofthet‐distributionstartsapproaching
theshapeofthenormaldistribution.
LO.j:Calculateandinterpretaconfidenceintervalforapopulationmean,givenanormaldistributionwith1)aknownpopulationvariance,2)anunknownpopulationvariance,or3)anunknownpopulationvarianceandalargesamplesize.
Refertothetablebelowandselecttstatisticorzstatisticasperthescenario.
Samplingfrom Smallsamplesize(n<30)
Largesamplesize(n≥30)
Normaldistribution
Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)
Non–normaldistribution
Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)
Usethefollowingformulaetocalculatetheconfidenceinterval:
Confidenceinterval X z / σ
√n
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 210
Confidenceinterval X t / s
√n
LO.k:Describetheissuesregardingselectionoftheappropriatesamplesize,data‐miningbias,sampleselectionbias,survivorshipbias,look‐aheadbias,andtime‐periodbias.
Increasingthesamplesizereducesthestandarderrorandgivesusnarrowerconfidenceintervals.However,whileincreasingsamplesizewemustconsidertwothings:
Costinvolved:Comparethecostofgettingmoredatatothepotentialbenefitsofincreasingprecision.
Riskofsamplingfromadifferentpopulation:Intheprocessofincreasingsamplesizeifwegetdatafromadifferentpopulation,thentheaccuracywillnotimprove.
Biasesobservedinsamplingmethodsare: Data‐miningbias:Analyzingthesamedataagainandagain,tillapatternthatworksis
identified.Thebestwaytoavoidthisbiasistotestthepatternonout‐of‐sampledatatocheckifitholds.
Sampleselectionbias:Excludingcertainassetsfromtheanalysisduetounavailabilityofdata.Atypeofsampleselectionbiasisthesurvivorshipbias,inwhichcompaniesareexcludedfromanalysisbecausetheyhavegoneoutofbusinessanddataforthemwasnoteasilyavailable.
Look‐aheadbias:Usinginformationthatbecameavailableatlaterperiodsintimeintheanalysis.
Time‐periodbias:Iftheselectedtimeperiodistooshort,theresultsmayonlyholdforthattimeperiod.Ifthetimeperiodistoolong,thentheresultsmightnotconsidermajorstructuralchangesintheeconomy.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 211
PracticeQuestions
1. A simple random sample is a sample drawn in such a way that each member of thepopulationhas:A. somechanceofbeingselectedinthesample.B. anequalchanceofbeingselectedinthesample.C. isincludedinthesample.
2. Supposewetakearandomsampleof40companiesinanindustrywith100companies.
Wecalculatethesamplemeanofthedebt‐to‐equityratiofortheprioryear.Wefindthatthisratiois2.5percent.Subsequently,welearnthatthepopulationdebt‐to‐equityratio(takingaccountofall100companies) is2.What is theexplanation for thediscrepancybetweenthesamplemeanof2.5percentandthepopulationmeanof2?A. Samplingerror.B. Bias.C. Alackofconsistency.
3. AnanalystcompilesEPSdataforasampleofcompaniesrandomlydrawnfromtheS&P
500.Hegathersthedatafromthecompanies’fiscalyear2015annualreports.Thisdataisbestcharacterizedas:A. time‐seriesdata.B. longitudinaldata.C. cross‐sectionaldata.
4. Thepopulationdistributionofhedgefundreturnsinacountryisfoundtobenegatively
skewedinaparticularyear.Giventhatthesamplesizeislarge,thesamplingdistributionofthesamplemeanreturnswouldbecharacterizedby:
Distribution Mean VarianceA Negativeskewed Lessthanpopulation
meanEqualtopopulationvariance
B Normaldistribution
Equaltopopulationmean Lessthanpopulationvariance
C Normaldistribution
Lessthanpopulationmean
Equaltopopulationvariance
5. Asampleof50observationshasameanof10andastandarddeviationof2.Thestandard
errorofthesamplemeanisclosestto:A. 0.04B. 0.28.C. 1.41.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 212
6. Ananalystwhilegeneratinganestimateofapopulationparameterisconsideringdrawinga larger sample size. In doing so, a larger sample size will most likely improve theestimator’s:A. efficiency.B. consistency.C. unbiasedness.
7. JohnClarkisunsureoftheunderlyingpopulationdistributionandwantstoincreasethe
reliabilityoftheparameterestimates.Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelytoachievehisobjective?A. Increaseinthesamplesize.B. Useofpointestimatesratherthanconfidenceintervals.C. Useof thet‐distributionratherthanthenormaldistributiontoestablishconfidence
intervals.
8. Analyst1:Asdegreesoffreedomincrease,at‐distributionwillbecomemorepeaked.Analyst2:Asdegreesoffreedomincrease,thetailsofthet‐distributionwillbecomelessfat.A. Analyst1iscorrect.B. Analyst2iscorrect.C. Bothanalystsarecorrect.
9. Robert Scottwants to calculate the confidence intervals for thepopulationmeanof an
approximately normal distribution. Assuming the sample size is small, the Student’s t‐distributionisthepreferredmethodwhenthevarianceis:A. unknown.B. tooLarge.C. negative.
10. Arandomsampleof100coffeeshopcustomersspentanaverageof25minsatthestore.
Assumingthedistributionisnormalandthepopulationstandarddeviationis4mins,the95%confidenceintervalforthepopulationmeanisclosestto:A. 21.00to29.00.B. 24.25to25.78.C. 23.78to26.04.
11. Asampleof25recentordersatarestaurantshowedthatthemeantimetoserveadish
was19minswithasamplestandarddeviationof3mins.Assumingthepopulationisnormallydistributed,the99%confidenceintervalforthepopulationmeanis:A. 17.32to20.67.B. 16.21to21.96.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 213
C. 15.24to22.38.12. DavidJonesisconductingaresearchonS&P500stocks.Inhisresearch,heuseshistorical
datathatwasnotpubliclyavailableatthetimeperiodbeingstudied.Hissamplewillmostlikelyhavea:A. look‐aheadbias.B. time‐periodbias.C. sampleselectionbias.
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 214
Solutions
1. B is correct. In a simple random sample, eachmember of the populationhas an equalprobabilityofbeingselected.
2. Aiscorrect.Thediscrepancyarisesfromsamplingerror.Samplingerroristhedifferencebetweenasamplestatisticanditscorrespondingpopulationparameter.Asamplingerrorexistswheneveronefailstoobserveeveryelementofthepopulation,becauseasamplestatisticcanvaryfromsampletosample.Wedonotexpectthesamplemeantoexactlyequalthepopulationmeaninanyonesamplewemaytake.
3. Ciscorrect.Dataonsomecharacteristicsofcompaniesatasinglepointintimearecross‐sectionaldata.
4. Biscorrect.AccordingtotheCentralLimitTheorem,thesamplingdistributionofsamplemeansisapproximatelyanormaldistributionwithitsmeanequaltothepopulationmean.Itsvarianceisequaltopopulationvariancedividedbythesamplesizeandhencewouldbelessthanpopulationvariance.TheCentralLimitTheoremisindependentoftheprobabilitydistributionofthegivenpopulationwhenthesamplesizeislargeandthustheskewnessofpopulationdoesnotmatter.
5. Biscorrect.Thestandarderrorofthesamplemean,whenweknowthesamplestandarddeviation,issamplestandarddeviationdividedbysquarerootofsamplesize:2/√50=0.28
6. B is correct. Unbiasedness and efficiency are properties of an estimator’s samplingdistribution that hold for any size sample.A consistent estimator is one forwhich theprobabilityofestimatesclosetothevalueofthepopulationparameterincreasesassamplesizeincreases.
7. B is correct. Point estimates are not as reliable as confidence interval estimates. Aconservativeapproachtoconfidenceintervalsreliesonthet‐distributionratherthanthenormal distribution, and use of the t‐distribution will increase the reliability of theconfidenceinterval.Increasingthesamplesizeincreasesthereliabilityoftheconfidenceintervals.
8. Ciscorrect.Asdegreesoffreedomincrease,thet‐distributionwillmorecloselyresembleanormaldistribution,becomingmorepeakedandhavinglessfattails.
9. Aiscorrect.TheStudent’st‐distributionisthepreferredoptionwhenthesamplesizeissmallandthevarianceisunknownBelowtableprovidestheappropriatetestgivenascenario:
R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 215
SamplingFromStatisticforSmallSampleSize
StatisticforLargeSampleSize
Normaldistributionwithaknownvariance
z z
Normaldistributionwithunknownvariance
t torz
Non‐normaldistributionwithknownvariance
NotAvailable z
Non‐normaldistributionwithunknownvariance
NotAvailable torz
10. Biscorrect.Sincethepopulationvarianceisknownandn≥30,theconfidenceintervalisdeterminedas ̅ / /√ Z0.025=1.96Confidenceinterval=25±1.96(4/sqrt(100)=24.216to25.784
11. Aiscorrect.Sincethepopulationvarianceisunknownandn<30,theconfidenceintervalisdeterminedas̅ / /√ .Thecriticalvalueoft0.005anddf=n‐1=24is2.797.Sotheconfidenceintervalis19±2.797(3/5)=17.32to20.67
12. Aiscorrect.Thisisanexampleoflook‐aheadbias.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 216
R12HypothesisTesting
1.Introduction
Hypothesistestingistheprocessofmakingjudgmentsaboutalargergroup(apopulation)onthebasisofobservingasmallergroup(asample).Theresultsofsuchatestthenhelpusevaluatewhetherourhypothesisistrueorfalse.
Forexample,let’ssayyouarearesearcherandyoubelievethattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswasgreaterthan2%.TotestthisbeliefyoucandrawsamplesfromapopulationofallAsianstocksandemployhypothesistestingprocedures.Theresultsofthistestcantellyouifyourbeliefisstatisticallyvalid.
2.HypothesisTesting
Ahypothesisisdefinedasastatementaboutoneormorepopulations.Inordertotestahypothesis,wefollowthesesteps:
1. Statingthehypothesis.2. Identifyingtheappropriateteststatisticanditsprobabilitydistribution.3. Specifyingthesignificancelevel.4. Statingthedecisionrule.5. Collectingthedataandcalculatingtheteststatistic.6. Makingthestatisticaldecision.7. Makingtheeconomicorinvestmentdecision.
Instructor’sNoteThoughthecurriculumsuggestsasevenstepprocessforhypothesistesting,youcanarriveatadecisionquicklyusingthesefoursteps:1. Statethehypothesis.2. Computetheteststatistic.3. Determinethecriticalvaluebasedonsignificancelevel.4. Comparetheteststatisticwiththecriticalvalueanddeterminewhetherornottoreject
thenullhypothesis.
Let’sunderstandthesestepswiththehelpofafewexamples.
RightTailedTest
SupposeyouarearesearcherandbelievethattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswasgreaterthan2%.Inthiscase,youaremakingastatementaboutthepopulationmean(µ)ofallAsianstocks.
Step1:Statingthehypothesis
Thefirststepisstatingthetwohypotheses:thenullhypothesis(H0)andthealternativehypothesis(Ha).
Nullhypothesis(H0):Itisthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoreject.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 217
Alternativehypothesis(Ha):Itisthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoprove.Ifthenullhypothesisisrejectedthenthealternativehypothesisisconsideredvalid.
Forourexample,thenullandalternativehypothesesare:
H0:µ≤2%
Ha:µ>2%
(Thevalue2%isknownasµ0,thehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationmean.)
Instructor’sNote:Aneasywaytodifferentiatebetweenthetwohypothesesistorememberthatthenullhypothesisalwayscontainssomeformoftheequalsign.
Step2:Computetheteststatistic.
Ateststatisticiscalculatedfromsampledataandiscomparedtoacriticalvaluetodecidewhetherornotwecanrejectthenullhypothesis.Theformulaforcomputingteststatisticis:
teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH
standarderrorofthesamplestatistic
Continuingwithourexample,let’sfurthersupposethatthesamplemeanof36observationsofAsianstocksis4andthestandarddeviationofthepopulationis4.Therefore,
teststatisticX μ
√
4 2
√
3
Step3:Determinethecriticalvaluebasedonsignificancelevel
ContinuingwithourexampleofAsianstocks,supposewewanttotestourhypothesisatthe5%significancelevel.Thisisaone‐tailedtestbecausewearetryingtoassesswhetherthepopulationmeanisgreaterthan2%ornot.Hence,weareonlyinterestedintherighttailofthedistribution.Ifweweretryingtoassesswhetherthepopulationmeanislessthan2%wewouldbeinterestedinthelefttail.
Instructor’sNoteThesigninthealternativehypothesispointstothedirectionofthetailthatweshoulduseinourtest.Sinceinourexamplethealternativehypothesishasa‘>’signitpointstotheright,thereforeweareinterestedintherighttail.
Thecriticalvalueisalsoknownastherejectionpointfortheteststatistic.Graphically,thispointseparatestheacceptanceandrejectionregionsforasetofvaluesoftheteststatistic.Thisisshownbelow:
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 218
Theregiontotheleftoftheteststatisticisthe‘acceptanceregion’.Thisrepresentsthesetofvaluesforwhichwedonotreject(accept)thenullhypothesis.Theregiontotherightoftheteststatisticisknownasthe‘rejectionregion’.
UsingtheZ–tableand5%levelofsignificance,thecriticalvalue=Z0.05=1.65
Step4:Comparetheteststatisticwiththecriticalvalueanddeterminewhetherornottorejectthenullhypothesis
Iftheteststatistic>criticalvalue,i.e.iftheteststatisticliesintherejectionregionwewillrejectH0.
Ontheotherhand,iftheteststatistic<criticalvalue,i.e.iftheteststatisticliesintheacceptanceregion,thenwecannotrejectH0.
Inourexample,becausetheteststatisticz=3isgreaterthanthecriticalvalueof1.645,werejectthenullhypothesisinfavorofthealternativehypothesisthattheaveragereturnonallAsianstocksisgreaterthan2%.
LeftTailedTest
Weusealefttailedtesttodeterminewhethertheestimatedvalueofapopulationparameterislessthanahypothesizedvalue.
ExampleAnanalystbelievesthattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswaslessthan2%.Thesamplesizeis36observationswithasamplemeanof‐3.Thestandarddeviationofthepopulationis4.Willherejectthenullhypothesisatthe5%levelofsignificance?
Solution:Inthiscase,ournullandalternativehypothesesare:
H0:µ≥2
Ha:µ<2
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 219
Thestandarderrorofthesampleis:σ √
√
0.67
Theteststatisticis:
teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH
standarderrorofthesamplestatistic3 20.67
7.5
Thecriticalvaluescorrespondingtoa5%levelofsignificanceis‐1.65.
Whenweconsiderthelefttailofthedistribution,ourdecisionruleisasfollows:Rejectthenullhypothesisiftheteststatisticislessthanthecriticalvalueandviceversa.Sinceourcalculatedteststatisticof‐7.5islessthanthecriticalvalueof‐1.65,werejectthenullhypothesis.
Two‐tailedtest
Weuseatwo‐tailedhypothesistesttodeterminewhethertheestimatedvalueofapopulationparameterisdifferentfromthehypothesizedvalue.Inatwo‐tailedtest,werejectthenullinfavorofthealternativeiftheevidenceindicatesthatthepopulationparameteriseithersmallerorlargerthanthevalueoftheparameterunderH0.
Forexample,webelievethattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswasnot0%.Wetakeasampleof36observationswithasamplemeanof1andapopulationstandarddeviationof4.Inthiscaseournullandalternativehypothesesare:
H :µ=0
H :µ≠0
Thestandarderrorofthesampleisunchangedat0.67:
σ σ
√n4
√360.67
Theteststatisticis:
teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH
standarderrorofthesamplestatistic1 00.67
1.5
Inatwo‐tailedtest,twocriticalvaluesexist,onepositiveandonenegative.Foratwo‐sided
testatthe5%levelofsignificance,wecalculatethez‐valuesthatcorrespondto . =0.025
levelofsignificance.Theseare+1.96and‐1.96.Therefore,werejectthenullhypothesisifwefindthattheteststatisticislessthan‐1.96orgreaterthan+1.96.Wefailtorejectthenullhypothesisif‐1.96≤teststatistic≤+1.96.Graphically,thiscanbeshownas:
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 220
Relationshipbetweenconfidenceintervalandhypothesistests
Theabovefigurealsoillustratestherelationshipbetweenconfidenceintervalsandhypothesistests.Aconfidenceintervalspecifiestherangeofvaluesthatmaycontainthehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationparameter.The5%levelofsignificanceinthehypothesistestscorrespondstoa95%confidenceinterval.Whenthehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationparameterisoutsidethecorrespondingconfidenceinterval,thenullhypothesisisrejected.Whenthehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationparameterisinsidethecorrespondingconfidenceinterval,thenullhypothesisisnotrejected.
Summary:One‐tailedtestversustwo‐tailedtests
One‐tailedtestsareusedtotestifthepopulationparameterisgreaterthanorlessthanahypothesizedvalue.Theycanbeeitherright‐tailedtestsorleft‐tailedtests.
Two‐tailedtestsareusedtotestifthepopulationparameterisnotequaltothehypothesizedvalue.Theyhavetworejectionpoints:onepositiveandonenegative,becausehereweareinterestedinbothtails.
p‐value
Thep‐valueisthesmallestlevelofsignificanceatwhichthenullhypothesiscanberejected.Itcanbeusedinthehypothesistestingframeworkasanalternativetousingrejectionpoints.
Ifthep‐valueislowerthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,werejectthenullhypothesis.
Ifthep‐valueisgreaterthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,wedonotrejectthenullhypothesis.
Forexample,ifthep‐valueofatestis4%,thenthehypothesiscanberejectedatthe5%levelofsignificance,butnotatthe1%levelofsignificance.
Relationshipbetweentest‐statisticandp‐value
Ahightest‐statisticimpliesalowp‐value.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 221
Alowtest‐statisticimpliesahighp‐value.
TypeIandTypeIIerrors
Inreachingastatisticaldecision,wecanmaketwopossibleerrors: TypeIerror:Wemayrejectatruenullhypothesis. TypeIIerror:Wemayfailtorejectafalsenullhypothesis.
Thefollowingtableshowsthepossibleoutcomesofatest.
DecisionTruecondition
H0true H0falseDonotrejectH0 Correctdecision TypeIIerrorRejectH0(acceptHa) TypeIerror Correctdecision
Thesignificancelevel“α”istheprobabilityoftypeIerror.
Powerofatest
Thepowerofatestistheprobabilityofcorrectlyrejectingthenull(rejectingthenullwhenitisfalse).Itisexpressedas:
Powerofatest=1–P(TypeIIerror)
Statisticalresultv/seconomicallymeaningfulresult
Astatisticaldecisionsimplyconsistsofrejectingornotrejectingthenullhypothesis.Whereas,aneconomicdecisiontakesintoconsiderationalleconomicissuesrelevanttothedecision,suchastransactioncosts,risktolerance,andtheimpactontheexistingportfolio.Sometimesatestmayindicateastatisticallysignificantresultwhichmaynotbeeconomicallysignificant.
3.HypothesisTestsConcerningtheMean
3.1.TestsConcerningaSingleMean
Oneofthedecisionsweneedtomakeinhypothesistestingisdecidingwhichteststatisticandwhichcorrespondingprobabilitydistributiontouse.Weusethefollowingtabletomakethisdecision:
Samplingfrom Smallsamplesize(n<30)
Largesamplesize(n≥30)
Normaldistribution
Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)
Non–normaldistribution
Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)
Inthehypothesistestswesawsofar,thepopulationvariancewasknownandoursamplesizewaslarge(n≥30),henceweusedthez‐statisticandz‐distributiontocomputethecriticalvalue.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 222
However,ifwedonotknowthepopulationvarianceandwehaveasmallsamplesize,thenwehavetousethet‐statisticandt‐distributiontocomputethecriticalvalues.
ExampleFundAlphahasbeeninexistencefor20monthsandhasachievedameanmonthlyreturnof2%withasamplestandarddeviationof5%.Theexpectedmonthlyreturnforafundofthisnatureis1.60%.Assumingmonthlyreturnsarenormallydistributed,aretheactualresultsconsistentwithanunderlyingpopulationmeanmonthlyreturnof1.60%?
Solution:Thenullandalternativehypothesesforthisexamplewillbe:
H0:µ=1.60versusHa:µ≠1.60
teststatistic X μ
√
2 1.60
√
0.36
Usingthisformula,weseethatthevalueoftheteststatisticis0.36.
Thecriticalvaluesata0.05levelofsignificancecanbecalculatedfromthet‐distributiontable.Sincethisisatwo‐tailedtest,weshouldlookata0.05/2=0.025levelofsignificancewithdf=n‐1=20–1=19.Thisgivesustwovaluesof‐2.1and+2.1.
Sinceourteststatisticof0.35liesbetween‐2.1and+2.1,i.e.,theacceptanceregion,wedonotrejectthenullhypothesis.
3.2.TestsConcerningDifferencesbetweenMeans
Instructor’sNote:Focusonthebasicsofthistopic,theprobabilityofbeingtestedonthedetailsislow.
Inthissection,wewilllearnhowtocalculatethedifferencebetweenthemeansoftwoindependentandnormallydistributedpopulations.Wecanusetwokindsoft‐tests.Inonecasethepopulationvariances,althoughunknown,canbeassumedtobeequal.Inthesecondcasethepopulationvariancesareassumedtobeunknownandunequal.
UnknownButEqualVariance
Whenweassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareequal,thet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:
t X X μ μ
/
Theterm isknownasthepooledestimatorofthecommonvariance.Itiscalculatedbythefollowingformula:
s n 1 s n 1 s
n n 2
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 223
Thenumberofdegreesoffreedomisn1+n2–2.
UnknownandUnequalVariance
Whenwecanassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareunequal,anapproximatet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:
t X X μ μ
/
Inthisformula,weusethetablesofthet‐distributionusingthe‘modified’degreesoffreedom.The‘modified’degreesoffreedomarecalculatedusingthefollowingformula:
df
/ /
ExampleYoubelievethemeanreturnonNYSEstockswasdifferentfromthemeanonNSEstockslastmonth.Totestyourhypothesisyoucollectthefollowingdata: SampleSize(n) SampleMean(X) SampleStandardDeviationNSE 20 2% 4NYSE 40 3% 5Determinewhethertorejectthenullhypothesisatthe0.10levelofsignificance.
Solution:Thefirststepistoformulatethenullandalternativehypotheses.Sincewewanttotestwhetherthetwomeanswereequalordifferent,wedefinethehypothesesas:H0:µ1‐µ2=0Ha:µ1‐µ2≠0
Sincethepopulationstandarddeviationisunknownandwecannotassumethatitisequal,weusethefollowingformulatocalculatetheteststatistic:
t X X μ μ
/2 3 0
/0.84
Next,wecalculatethemodifieddegreesoffreedom:
df
/ /
/ / 48
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 224
Fora0.10levelofsignificance,wefindthet‐valuefor0.10/2=0.05usingdf=48.Thet‐valueisthereforeta/2=‐1.677and+1.677.Sinceourteststatisticof‐0.84liesintheacceptanceregion,wefailtorejectthenullhypothesis.
3.3.TestsconcerningMeanDifferences
Instructor’sNote:Focusonthebasicsofthistopic,theprobabilityofbeingtestedonthedetailsislow.
Intheprevioussection,inordertoperformhypothesistestsondifferencesbetweenmeansoftwopopulations,weassumedthatthesampleswereindependent.Whatifthesamplesarenotindependent?Forexample,supposeyouwanttoconducttestsonthemeanmonthlyreturnonToyotastockandmeanmonthlyreturnonHondastock.Thesetwosamplesarebelievedtobedependent,astheyareimpactedbythesameeconomicfactors.
Insuchsituations,weconductat‐testthatisbasedondataarrangedinpairedobservations.Pairedobservationsareobservationsthataredependentbecausetheyhavesomethingincommon.
Wewillnowdiscusstheprocessforconductingsuchat‐test.SupposethatwegatherdataregardingthemeanmonthlyreturnsonstocksofToyotaandHondaforthelast20months,asshowninthetablebelow:
Month MeanreturnofToyotastock
MeanmonthlyreturnofHondastock
Differenceinmeanmonthlyreturns(di)
1 0.5% 0.4% 0.1%2 0.7% 1.0% ‐0.3%3 0.3% 0.7% ‐0.4%… … … …20 0.9% 0.6% 0.3%Average 0.750% 0.600% 0.075%
Hereisasimplifiedprocessforconductingthehypothesistest:
Step1:Definethenullandalternatehypotheses
Webelievethatthemeandifferenceisnot0.Hencethenullandalternatehypothesesare:
H :μ μ versusH :μ μ
µdstandsforthepopulationmeandifferenceandµd0standsforthehypothesizedvalueforthepopulationmeandifference.
Step2:Calculatethetest‐statistic
Determinethesamplemeandifferenceusing:
d 1n
d
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 225
Forthedatagiven,thesamplemeandifferenceis0.075%.
Calculatethesamplestandarddeviation.Theprocessforcalculatingthesamplestandarddeviationhasbeendiscussedinanearlierreading.Thesimplestmethodistoplugthenumbers(0.1,‐0.3,‐0.4…0.3)intoafinancialcalculator.Theentiredatasethasnotbeenprovided.We’lltakeitasagiventhatthesamplestandarddeviationis0.150%.
Usethisformulatocalculatethestandarderrorofthemeandifference:
s s
√n
Forourdatathisis0.150/√20=0.03354.
Wenowhavetherequireddatatocalculatetheteststatisticusingat‐test.Thisiscalculatedusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:
t d μs
Forourdata,theteststatisticis . –
.2.24.
Step3:Determinethecriticalvaluebasedonthelevelofsignificance
Wewillusea5%levelofsignificance.Sincethisisatwo‐tailedtestwehaveaprobabilityof2.5%(0.025)ineachtail.Thiscriticalvalueisdeterminedfromat‐tableusingaone‐tailedprobabilityof0.025anddf=20–1=19.Thisvalueis2.093.
Step4:Comparetheteststatisticwiththecriticalvalueandmakeadecision
Inourcase,theteststatistic(2.23)isgreaterthanthecriticalvalue(2.093).Hencewewillrejectthenullhypothesis.
Conclusion:Thedataseemstoindicatethatthemeandifferenceisnot0.
Thehypothesistestpresentedaboveisbasedonthebeliefthatthepopulationmeandifferenceisnotequalto0.Ifμ isthehypothesizedvalueforthepopulationmeandifference,thenwecanformulatethefollowinghypotheses:
1. Ifwebelievethepopulationmeandifferenceisgreaterthan0:H :μ μ versusH :μ μ
2.Ifwebelievethepopulationmeandifferenceislessthan0:H :μ μ versusH :μ μ
3.Ifwebelievethepopulationmeandifferenceisnot0:H :μ μ versusH :μ μ
4.HypothesisTestsConcerningVariance
Instructor’sNote:Focusonthebasicsofthistopic,theprobabilityofbeingtestedonthedetailsislow.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 226
4.1.TestsConcerningaSingleVariance
Intestsconcerningthevarianceofasinglenormallydistributedpopulation,weusethechi‐squareteststatistic,denotedbyχ2.
Propertiesofthechi‐squaredistribution
Thechi‐squaredistributionisasymmetricalandlikethet‐distribution,isafamilyofdistributions.Thismeansthatadifferentdistributionexistsforeachpossiblevalueofdegreesoffreedom,n‐1.Sincethevarianceisasquaredterm,theminimumvaluecanonlybe0.Hence,thechi‐squaredistributionisboundedbelowby0.Thegraphbelowshowstheshapeofachi‐squaredistribution:
Therearethreehypothesesthatcanbeformulated(σ2representsthetruepopulationvarianceandσ02representsthehypothesizedvariance):
1. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethepopulationvarianceisnotequalto0,oritisdifferentfromthehypothesizedvariance.Itisatwo‐tailedtest.
2. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethepopulationvarianceislessthanthehypothesizedvariance.Itisaone‐tailedtest.
3. H :σ ≤σ versusH :σ >σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethepopulationvarianceisgreaterthanthehypothesizedvariance.Itisaone‐tailedtest.
Afterdrawingarandomsamplefromanormallydistributedpopulation,wecalculatetheteststatisticusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:
χn 1 s
σ
where:n=samplesizes=samplevariance
Wethendeterminethecriticalvaluesusingthelevelofsignificanceanddegreesoffreedom.Thechi‐squaredistributiontableisusedtocalculatethecriticalvalue.
ExampleConsiderFundAlphawhichwediscussedinanearlierexample.Thisfundhasbeeninexistencefor20months.Duringthisperiodthestandarddeviationofmonthlyreturnswas
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 227
5%.Youwanttotestaclaimbythefundmanagerthatthestandarddeviationofmonthlyreturnsislessthan6%.
Solution:Thenullandalternatehypothesesare:H0:σ2≥36versusHa:σ2<36
Notethatthestandarddeviationis6%.Sincewearedealingwithpopulationvariance,wewillsquarethisnumbertoarriveatavarianceof36%.
Wethencalculatethevalueofthechi‐squareteststatistic:
2=(n‐1)s2/σ02=19x25/36=13.19
Next,wedeterminetherejectionpointbasedondf=19andsignificance=0.05.Usingthechi‐squaretable,wefindthatthisnumberis10.117.
Sincetheteststatistic(13.19)ishigherthantherejectionpoint(10.117)wecannotrejectH0.Inotherwords,thesamplestandarddeviationisnotsmallenoughtovalidatethefundmanager’sclaimthatpopulationstandarddeviationislessthan6%.
4.2.TestsConcerningtheEquality(Inequality)ofTwoVariances
Inordertotesttheequalityorinequalityoftwovariances,weuseanF‐testwhichistheratioofsamplevariances.
TheassumptionsforaF‐testtobevalidare: Thesamplesmustbeindependent. Thepopulationsfromwhichthesamplesaretakenarenormallydistributed.
PropertiesoftheF‐distribution
TheF‐distribution,likethechi‐squaredistribution,isafamilyofasymmetricaldistributionsboundedfrombelowby0.EachF‐distributionisdefinedbytwovaluesofdegreesoffreedom,calledthenumeratoranddenominatordegreesoffreedom.Asshowninthefigurebelow,theF‐distributionisskewedtotherightandistruncatedatzeroonthelefthandside.
Therejectionregionisalwaysintherightsidetailofthedistribution.
WhenworkingwithF‐tests,therearethreehypothesesthatcanbeformulated:
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 228
1. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethetwopopulationvariancesarenotequal.
2. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethevarianceofthefirstpopulationisgreaterthanthevarianceofthesecondpopulation.
3. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethevarianceofthefirstpopulationislessthanthevarianceofthesecondpopulation.
Thetermσ12representsthepopulationvarianceofthefirstpopulationandσ22representsthepopulationvarianceofthesecondpopulation.
TheformulafortheteststatisticoftheF‐testis:
F ss
where:=thesamplevarianceofthefirstpopulationwithnobservations=thesamplevarianceofthesecondpopulationwithnobservations
Aconventionistoputthelargersamplevarianceinthenumeratorandthesmallersamplevarianceinthedenominator.
df1=n1–1numeratordegreesoffreedomdf2=n2–1denominatordegreesoffreedom
TheteststatisticisthencomparedwiththecriticalvaluesfoundusingthetwodegreesoffreedomandtheF‐tables.
Finally,adecisionismadewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.
ExampleYouareinvestigatingwhetherthepopulationvarianceoftheIndianequitymarketchangedafterthederegulationof1991.Youcollect120monthsofdatabeforeandafterderegulation.Varianceofreturnsbeforederegulationwas13.Varianceofreturnsafterderegulationwas18.Checkyourhypothesisataconfidencelevelof99%.
Solution:Nullandalternatehypothesis:H0:σ12=σ22versusHA:σ12≠σ22
F‐statistic: 1.4
df=119forthenumeratoranddenominator
α=0.01whichmeans0.005ineachtail.FromtheF‐table:criticalvalue=1.6
SincetheF‐statislessthanthecriticalvalue,donotrejectthenullhypothesis.
Summaryoftypesofteststatistics
Hypothesistestof UseOnepopulationmean t‐statisticorz‐statistic
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 229
Twopopulationmean t‐statisticOnepopulationvariance Chi‐squarestatisticTwo‐populationvariance F‐statistic
5.OtherIssues:NonparametricInference
Thehypothesis‐testingprocedureswehavediscussedsofarhavetwocharacteristicsincommon:
Theyareconcernedwithparameters,suchasthemeanandvariance. Theirvaliditydependsonasetofassumptions.
Anyprocedurewhichhaseitherofthetwocharacteristicsisknownasaparametrictest.
Nonparametrictestsarenotconcernedwithaparameterand/ormakefewassumptionsaboutthepopulationfromwhichthesamplearedrawn.Weusenonparametricproceduresinthreesituations:
Datadoesnotmeetdistributionalassumptions. Dataaregiveninranks.(Example:relativesizeofthecompanyanduseof
derivatives.) Thehypothesisdoesnotconcernaparameter.(Example:Isasamplerandomornot?)
TheSpearmanrankcorrelationcoefficienttestisapopularnonparametrictest.Thecoefficientiscalculatedbasedontheranksoftwovariableswithintheirrespectivesamples.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 230
Summary
LO.a:Defineahypothesis,describethestepsofhypothesistesting,anddescribeandinterpretthechoiceofthenullandalternativehypotheses.
Ahypothesisisastatementaboutthevalueofapopulationparameterdevelopedforthepurposeoftestingatheory.
Inordertotestahypothesis,wefollowthesesteps:1. Statethehypothesis.2. Identifytheappropriateteststatistic.3. Specifythelevelofsignificance.4. Stateadecisionruletoacceptorrejectthehypothesis.5. Collectsampledataandcalculatetheteststatistic.6. Decideifthehypothesiscanbeaccepted/rejected.7. Makeaneconomicorinvestmentdecision.
Thenullhypothesis(H0)isthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoreject.Itshouldalwaysincludesomeformofthe‘equalto’condition.
Thealternativehypothesis(Ha)isthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoprove.Ifthenullhypothesisisrejectedthenthealternativehypothesisisconsideredvalid.
LO.b:Distinguishbetweenone‐tailedandtwo‐tailedtestsofhypotheses.
Inone‐tailedtests,weareassessingifthevalueofapopulationparameterisgreaterthanorlessthanahypothesizedvalue.
Intwo‐tailedtests,weareassessingifthevalueofapopulationparameterisdifferentfromahypothesizedvalue.
LO.c:Explainateststatistic,TypeIandTypeIIerrors,asignificancelevel,andhowsignificancelevelsareusedinhypothesistesting.
Ateststatisticisaquantity,calculatedonthebasisofasample,andisusedtodecidewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.Theformulaforcomputingtheteststatisticis:
teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH
standarderrorofthesamplestatistic
Inreachingastatisticaldecision,wecanmaketwopossibleerrors:Wemayrejectatruenullhypothesis(aTypeIerror),orwemayfailtorejectafalsenullhypothesis(aTypeIIerror).
ThelevelofsignificanceofatestistheprobabilityofaTypeIerror.
Asαgetssmallerthecriticalvaluegetslargeranditbecomesmoredifficulttorejectthenullhypothesis.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 231
LO.d:Explainadecisionrule,thepowerofatest,andtherelationbetweenconfidenceintervalsandhypothesistests.
Adecisionruleconsistsofcomparingthecomputedteststatistictothecriticalvalues(rejectionpoints)basedonthelevelofsignificancetodecidewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.
Thepowerofatestistheprobabilityofcorrectlyrejectingthenull(rejectingthenullwhenitisfalse).Itisexpressedas:
Powerofatest=1–P(TypeIIerror)
Aconfidenceintervalgivesustherangeofvalueswithinwhichapopulationparameterisexpectedtolie.Confidenceintervalsandhypothesistestsarelinkedthroughcriticalvalues.Thenullhypothesiswillberejectedonlyiftheteststatisticliesoutsidetheconfidenceinterval.
LO.e:Distinguishbetweenastatisticalresultandaneconomicallymeaningfulresult.
Thestatisticaldecisionconsistsofrejectingornotrejectingthenullhypothesis.Theeconomicdecisiontakesintoconsiderationalleconomicissuesrelevanttothedecision.
LO.f:Explainandinterpretthep‐valueasitrelatestohypothesistesting.
Thep‐valueisthesmallestlevelofsignificanceatwhichthenullhypothesiscanberejected.Itcanbeusedinthehypothesistestingframeworkasanalternativetousingrejectionpoints.
Ifthep‐valueislowerthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,werejectthenullhypothesis.
Ifthep‐valueisgreaterthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,wedonotrejectthenullhypothesis.
LO.g:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerningthepopulationmeanofbothlargeandsmallsampleswhenthepopulationisnormallyorapproximatelydistributedandthevarianceis1)knownor2)unknown.
Weusethefollowingtabletodecidewhichteststatisticandwhichcorrespondingprobabilitydistributiontouseforhypothesistesting.
Samplingfrom Smallsamplesize(n<30)
Largesamplesize(n≥30)
Normaldistribution
Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)
Non–normaldistribution
Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)
LO.h:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerningtheequalityofthepopulationmeansoftwoatleastapproximately
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 232
normallydistributedpopulations,basedonindependentrandomsampleswith1)equalor2)unequalassumedvariances.
Whenwecanassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareequal,thet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:
t X X μ μ
/
Thenumberofdegreesoffreedomisn1+n2–2.Theterm isknownasthepooledestimatorofthecommonvariance.Apooledestimateisanestimatedrawnfromthecombinationoftwodifferentsamples.Itiscalculatedas:
s n 1 s n 1 s
n n 2
Whenwecanassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareunequal,anapproximatet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:
t X X μ μ
/
Inthisformula,weusethetablesofthet‐distributionusingthe‘modified’degreesoffreedom.The‘modified’degreesoffreedomarecalculatedas:
df
/ /
LO.i:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerningthemeandifferenceoftwonormallydistributedpopulations.
Incaseswherewehaveatestconcerningthemeandifferenceoftwonormallydistributedpopulationsthataredependent,weconductat‐testthatisbasedondataarrangedinpairedobservations.
Thehypothesisisformedonthedifferencebetweenmeansoftwopopulationse.g.H0:µd=µd0versusHa:µd≠µd0
Inordertoarriveattheteststatistic,wefirstdeterminethesamplemeandifferenceusing:
d 1n
d
Andthestandarderrorofthemeandifferenceiscomputedasfollows:
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 233
s s
√n
Oncewehavethesetwovalues,wecancalculatetheteststatisticusingat‐test.Thisiscalculatedusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:
t d μs
Thevalueofcalculatedteststatisticiscomparedwiththet‐distributionvaluesintheusualmannertoarriveatadecisiononourhypothesis.
LO.j:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerning1)thevarianceofanormallydistributedpopulation,and2)theequalityofthevariancesoftwonormallydistributedpopulationsbasedontwoindependentrandomsamples.
Intestsconcerningthevarianceofasinglenormallydistributedpopulation,weusethechi‐squareteststatistic,denotedbyχ2.Afterdrawingarandomsamplefromanormallydistributedpopulation,wecalculatetheteststatisticusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:
χn 1 s
σ
Wethendeterminethecriticalvaluesusingthelevelofsignificanceanddegreesoffreedom.Thechi‐squaredistributiontableisusedtocalculatethecriticalvalue.
Inordertotesttheequalityorinequalityoftwovariances,weuseanF‐test.Thecriticalvalueiscomputedas:
F ss
TheteststatisticisthencomparedwiththecriticalvaluesfoundusingthetwodegreesoffreedomandtheF‐tables.Finally,adecisionismadewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.
LO.k:Distinguishbetweenparametricandnonparametrictestsanddescribesituationsinwhichtheuseofnonparametrictestsmaybeappropriate.
Aparametrictestisahypothesistestconcerningaparameterorahypothesistestbasedonspecificdistributionalassumptions.Incontrast,anonparametrictestiseithernotconcernedwithaparameterormakesminimalassumptionsaboutthepopulationfromwhichthesampleisdrawn.
Anonparametrictestisprimarilyusedinthreesituations:whendatadonotmeetdistributionalassumptions,whendataisgiveninranks,orwhenthehypothesisweareaddressingdoesnotconcernaparameter.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 234
PracticeQuestions
1. DavidJonesisaresearcherandwantstotestifthemeanreturnsofhisbondinvestmentsismorethan5%peryear.Inthiscase,thenullandalternativehypothesiswouldbebestdefinedas:A. H0:µ=5versusHa:µ≠5.B. H0:µ≤5versusHa:µ>5.C. H0:µ≥5versusHa:µ<5.
2. Whichofthefollowingstatementsrequiresatwo‐tailedtest?
A. Ho:µ≤0versusHa:µ>0.B. Ho:µ≥0versusHa:µ<0.C. Ho:µ=0versusHa:µ≠0.
3. Allelsebeingequal,specifyingasmallersignificancelevelinahypothesistestwillmost
likelyincreasetheprobabilityof:A. typeIerror.B. typeIIerror.C. bothtypeIandtypeIIerrors.
4. Allelsebeingequal,increasingthesamplesizeforahypothesistestwillmostlikely
decreasetheprobabilityof:A. typeIerror.B. typeIIerror.C. bothtypeIandtypeIIerrors.
5. Ifthesignificancelevelofatestis0.05andtheprobabilityofaTypeIIerroris0.2.Whatis
thepowerofthetest?A. 0.05.B. 0.80.C. 0.95.
6. Aresearcherformulatesanullhypothesisthatthemeanofadistributionisequalto10.He
obtainsap‐valueof0.02.Usinga5%levelofsignificance,thebestconclusionisto:A. rejectthenullhypothesis.B. acceptthenullhypothesis.C. decreasethelevelofsignificance.
7. Which of the following statistic is most likely used for the mean of a non‐normal
distributionwithunknownvarianceandasmallsamplesize?A. z‐teststatistic.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 235
B. t‐teststatistic.C. Thereisnoteststatisticforsuchascenario.
8. YoubelievethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isgreaterthan10%.You
drawasampleof49stocks.Theaveragereturnofthese49stocksis12%.ThestandarddeviationofreturnsofallstocksintheS&P500is4.Usinga5%levelofsignificance,whichofthefollowingconclusionsismostappropriate?A. WecanconcludethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isgreaterthan
10%.B. WecanconcludethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500islessthan10%.C. WecanconcludethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isequalto10%.
9. Theappropriateteststatistictotestthehypothesisthatthevarianceofanormally
distributedpopulationisequalto8isthe:A. t‐test.B. F‐test.C. χ2test.
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 236
Solutions
1. Biscorrect.Thenullhypothesis iswhattheresearcherwantstoreject.Thealternativehypothesis is what the researcher wants to prove, and it is accepted when the nullhypothesisisrejected.
2. Ciscorrect.Atwo‐tailedtestforthepopulationmeanisstructuredas:Ho:µ=0versusHa:
µ≠0.
3. Biscorrect.SpecifyingasmallersignificanceleveldecreasestheprobabilityofaTypeIerror(rejectingatruenullhypothesis),butincreasestheprobabilityofaTypeIIerror(notrejectingafalsenullhypothesis).Asthelevelofsignificancedecreases,thenullhypothesisislessfrequentlyrejected.
4. Ciscorrect.Theonlywaytoavoidthetrade‐offbetweenthetwotypesoferrorsisto
increasethesamplesize;increasingsamplesize(allelsebeingequal)reducestheprobabilityofbothtypesoferrors.
5. Biscorrect.Thepowerofatest=1‐P(TypeIIerror).=1–0.2=0.86. Aiscorrect.Thep‐valueforahypothesisisthesmallestsignificancelevelforwhichthe
hypothesiswouldberejected.Asthep‐valueislessthanthestatedlevelofsignificance,werejectthenullhypothesis.
7. Ciscorrect.Thestatisticforasmallsamplesizeofanon‐normaldistributionwith
unknownvarianceisnotavailable.z‐teststatisticisusedforalargesamplesizeofanon‐normaldistributionwithknownvariancewhilet‐teststatisticisusedforlargesamplesizeofanon‐normaldistributionwithunknownvariance.
SamplingFrom SmallSampleSize
LargeSampleSize
NormalDistribution Varianceknown z z
Varianceunknown t t(orz)
Non–normalDistribution
Varianceknown NA z
Varianceunknown NA t(orz)
8. Aiscorrect.
Step1:StatethehypothesisH0:µ≤10%Ha:µ>10%
R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 237
Step2:CalculatetheteststatisticThepopulationvarianceisknownhencewewillusez‐statistic.
z statisticX μ
√
12 10
√
3.5
Step3:CalculatethecriticalvalueThisisaone‐tailedtestandwewillbelookingattherighttail.UsingtheZ–tableand5%levelofsignificanceCriticalvalue=Z0.05=1.65Step4:Decision
Sincetheteststatistic(3.5)>criticalvalue(1.65),werejectH0.Henceat5%levelofsignificance,yourbeliefthattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isgreaterthan10%iscorrect.
9. Ciscorrect.Intestsconcerningthevarianceofasinglenormallydistributedpopulation,
weusethechi‐squareteststatistic,denotedbyχ2.TypesofTestStatistics
Hypothesistestof UseOnepopulationmean t‐statisticorz‐statisticTwopopulationmean t‐statisticOnepopulationvariance Chi‐squarestatisticTwo‐populationvariance F‐statistic
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 238
R13TechnicalAnalysis
1.Introduction
Technicalanalysishaslongbeenusedbytradersandanalysts,buthasonlyrecentlyreceivedacceptancefromregulatorsandtheacademiccommunity.Althoughcertainaspectsoftechnicalanalysis,suchasthecalculationofindicators,havespecificrules,theinterpretationoffindingsisoftensubjective.
2.TechnicalAnalysis:DefinitionandScope
Technicalanalysisisaformofsecurityanalysisthatusespriceandvolumedataindecisionmaking.Thedataisoftengraphicallydisplayed.
Technicalanalysisisbasedonthefollowinglogic: Supplyanddemanddetermineprices. Changesinsupplyanddemandcancausechangesinprices. Pricescanbeprojectedwithchartsandothertechnicaltools.
Technicalanalysisofanyfinancialinstrumentdoesnotrequiredetailedknowledgeofthatinstrument.Investorsandtradersoftenprefertechnicalanalysisoverfundamentalanalysisintheshorttermbecausefundamentalanalysisismoretimeconsuming.
2.1.PrinciplesandAssumptions
Fundamentaltheoristsbelievethatmarketsarerationalandefficient.Ontheotherhand,techniciansbelievethathumanbehaviorisoftenerraticanddrivenbyemotion.Therefore,theybelievethatmarkettrendsandpatternsreflectthisirrationalhumanbehavior.Theyrelyonrecognitionofsuchtrendsandpatternsinthepasttoprojectfuturepatternsofsecurityprices.
Anotherprincipleoftechnicalanalysisisthatthemarketreflectsthecollectiveknowledgeandsentimentofmanyparticipantssuchasinvestors,hedgers,insiders,andotherstakeholders.Marketparticipants,whobuyandsellsecurities,haveanimpactonprice.Thegreaterthevolumeofaparticipant’strades,themoreimpacttheparticipantwillhaveonprice.
Bystudyingmarkettechnicaldata(priceandvolumetrends),techniciansseektounderstandinvestorsentiment.
Somefinancialinstrumentshaveanassociatedincomestreamthataddstothesecurity’sintrinsicvaluesuchascouponpaymentsforbondsanddividendsforequityshares.Afundamentalanalystcanusethesecashflowstoarriveatapresentvalueofthesecurity.However,forotherassetssuchascommodities,whichdonothaveunderlyingincomestreamsorfinancialstatements,technicalanalysisiscommonlyused.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 239
2.2.TechnicalandFundamentalAnalysis
Technicalandfundamentalanalysesapproachthemarketindifferentways,butarebothuseful.Keydifferencesbetweenthetwoarelistedbelow:
Techniciansfocussolelyonanalyzingmarketsandthetradingoffinancialinstruments.Fundamentalanalysis,ontheotherhand,focusesonfinancialandeconomicanalysisaswellassocietalandpoliticaltrendsanalysis.
Technicalanalysisisbasedonpriceandvolumedata(i.e.tradingdata),whilefundamentalanalystsincorporateexternalmarketdata,withcompany’sfinancialstatements,topredictsecuritypricemovements.Itisimportanttonotethatthecompany’sfinancialstatementsareoftensubjective,whilepriceandvolumedataareobjective.
Fundamentalanalysisisconsideredamoretheoreticalapproach,whiletechnicalanalysisisconsideredamorepracticalapproach.
Drawbacksoftechnicalanalysisare: Techniciansarelimitedtostudyingmarketmovementsanddonotuseother
predictiveanalyticalmethods. Marketmovementsandtrendsmaytakesometimetobecomeevident.Therefore,
techniciansmaybelateinidentifyingchangesintrendsandpatterns. Inilliquidmarketsandmarketsthataresubjecttolargeoutsidemanipulation(such
asactionsofcentralbanks),theapplicationoftechnicalanalysisislimited.
3.TechnicalAnalysisTools
3.1.Charts
Thevarioustypesofchartsusedintechnicalanalysisare:
LinechartLinechartsareasimplegraphicdisplayofpricetrendsovertime.Usually,thechartisaplotofdatapoints,suchasshareprice,withalineconnectingthesepoints.Theverticalaxis(yaxis)representspricelevelandthehorizontalaxis(xaxis)istime.Anexampleofalinechartisshownbelow.Thelinechartshowsthatthepriceofthestockduringthefirstupwardmovementofthepriceishigherthanthesecondhigh.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 240
Barchart
Alinecharthasonlyonedatapointpertimeinterval.Abarchart,incontrast,hasfourbitsofdataineachentry‐theopeningandclosingprices,andthehighandlowpricesduringtheperiod.
BarchartnotationThefigureontheleftshowshowthedatapointforeachintervalisconstructed.Averticallineconnectsthehighandlowpricefortheday.Across‐hatchtotherightindicatestheclosingprice,andacross‐hatchtotheleftindicatestheopeningprice.
Ashortbarindicateslittlepricemovementwhilealongbarindicatesawidedivergencebetweenthehighandthelowfortheday.Anexampleofabarchartisshowninthefigurebelow:
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 241
Candlestickchart
Acandlestickchartalsoprovidesfourpricesperdataentrypoint:theopeningandclosingprices,andthehighandlowpricesduringtheperiod.
Thebodyofthecandleiseitherwhiteorshaded.Awhitebodymeansthatthemarketclosedup.Ashadedbodymeansthatthemarketcloseddown.Anexampleofacandlestickchartisshownbelow:
Anadvantageofthecandlestickchartoverthebarchartisthatpricemovesaremuchmorevisible,whichallowsforfasteranalysis.
Pointandfigurechart
ApointandfigurechartisdrawnonagridandconsistsofcolumnsofX’salternatingwithcolumnsofO’s.XrepresentsanincreaseinpricewhileanOrepresentsadecreaseinprice.Neithertimenorvolumeisrepresentedonthischart.Instead,thefocusisonchangeinprices,whichisrepresentedonthehorizontalaxis.Anexampleofapointandfigurechartisgivenbelow.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 242
Thefollowingstepsneedtobefollowedinordertoconstructapointandfigurechart: Theanalystmustfirstdeterminetheboxsize.Boxsizereferstothechangeinprice
representedbytheheightofeachbox. Next,theanalystmustdeterminethereversalsize.Iftherearenosignificantchangesin
thestockprice,theanalyststaysinthesamecolumn.Onlyifthereisasubstantialreversal,theanalystmovestoanothercolumn.
AtechnicianfillsinaboxwithXeverytimethesecurity'spriceclosesupbytheamountoftheboxsize.Ifthepriceincreasesbytwicetheboxsize,thetechnicianfillsintwoboxes,oneontopoftheother.Ifthepricedoesnotincreasebyatleasttheboxsize,noindicationismadeonthechart.
Forpricedecreases,atechnicianusesthereversalsizetodeterminewhentomakeanindicationonthechart.Ifourreversalsizeis3,theboxsizeis$1,andthereisapricedeclineof$3,thenthetechnicianwillshifttothenextcolumnandbeginacolumnofO’s.
Pointandfigurechartsareparticularlyusefulformakingtradingdecisionsbecausetheyclearlyillustratepricelevelsthatmaysignaltheendofadeclineoradvance.
ScaleTheverticalaxiscanbeconstructedwitheither:
Linear/Arithmeticscale:Suitablefornarrowerranges,forexample,pricesfrom$20to$35
Logarithmicscale:Suitableforrangeofvaluesrepresentingseveralordersofmagnitude,forexample,$10to$10,000.
Thehorizontalaxisusuallyshowsthepassageoftime.Theappropriatetimeintervaldependsonthenatureoftheunderlyingdata.Wecanhave5‐min,30‐min,1‐hour,daily,weeklyorevenmonthlycharts.
VolumechartsTheyareoftendisplayedbelowaline,barorcandlestickchart.ThenumberofunitsofthesecuritytradedisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 243
Relativestrengthanalysis
Relativestrengthanalysisisusedtocomparetheperformanceofaparticularasset,suchasastock,withthatofsomebenchmarkindexortheperformanceofanotherstock.Typically,theanalystpreparesalinechartoftheratioofthetwoprices,withtheassetunderanalysisasthenumeratorandthebenchmarkorothersecurityasthedenominator.Arisinglineshowsthattheassetisperformingbetterthanthebenchmark;adeclininglineshowsthattheassetisunderperforming.Aflatlineshowsneutralperformance.
3.2.Trend
Trendanalysisisbasedontheobservationthatmarketparticipantstendtoactinherdsandthattrendstendtostayinplaceforsometime.
UptrendAsecurityissaidtobeinanuptrendifpricesarereachinghigherhighsandhigherlows.Anupwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingtheincreasinglowpointswithastraightline.Anuptrendindicatesthatthedemandismorethansupply.
DowntrendAsecurityissaidtobeinadowntrendifpricesarereachinglowerhighsandlowerlows.Adownwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingthedecreasinghighpointswithastraightline.Adowntrendindicatesthatthesupplyismorethandemand.
Support
Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientbuyingpressuretostopafurtherdeclineinprices.
Resistance
Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientsellingpressuretostopafurtherincreaseinprices.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 244
Changeinpolarity
Onceasupportlevelisbreached,itoftenbecomesanewresistancelevel.Similarly,oncearesistancelevelisbreached;itoftenbecomesanewsupportlevel.
3.3.ChartPatterns
Chartpatternsareformationsthatcreatearecognizableshape;commonpatternsappearrepeatedlyandleadtosimilarsubsequentpricemovements.Chartpatternscanbedividedintotwocategories:reversalpatternsandcontinuationpatterns.
Reversalpatterns
Theysignaltheendofatrend.Thefourkindsofreversalpatternsare:
Headandshoulderspattern:
Itconsistsoftheleftshoulder,thehead,andtherightshoulder.Thispatternindicatestheendofanuptrend.Youcanprofitbygoingshortonthesecurity,thepricetargetis:
Pricetarget=neckline–(head–neckline)
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 245
Inverseheadandshoulderspattern:
Itisamirrorimageoftheheadandshoulderspattern.Thispatternindicatestheendofadowntrend.Youcanprofitbygoinglongonthesecurity,thepricetargetis:
Pricetarget=neckline+(head–neckline)
ExampleInaninvertedheadandshoulderspattern,ifthenecklineisat€125,theshouldersat€80,andtheheadat€95,thepricetargetisclosesttowhichofthefollowing?A. €155.B. €110.C. €95.
Solution:InvertedHeadandshoulderpattertargetprice=Neckline+(Neckline–Head)
TargetPrice=125+(125–95)
TargetPrice=155
Doubletopsandbottoms:
Adoubletopisformedwhenpriceshitthesameresistanceleveltwiceandfalldown.Itindicatestheendofanuptrend.
Adoublebottomisformedwhenpricesbouncebackfromthesamesupportleveltwice.Itindicatestheendofadown‐trend.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 246
Tripletopsandbottoms:
Tripletopsareformedwhenpriceshitthesameresistancelevelthrice.
Triplebottomsareformedwhenpricesbouncebackfromthesamesupportlevelthrice.
Continuationpatterns
Theysignalatemporarypauseinthetrend,andthatthetrendwillcontinueinthesamedirectionasbefore.Thefourkindsofcontinuationpatternsare:
Triangles:
Onetrendlineconnectsthehighsandasecondtrendlineconnectsthelows.Asthedistancebetweenthehighsandlowsnarrows,thetrendlinesconverge,formingatriangle.Therearethreeforms‐ascendingtriangles,descendingtriangles,andsymmetrictriangles.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 247
Rectangles:
Onetrendlineconnectsthehighsandasecondtrendlineconnectsthelows.Asthedistancebetweenthehighsandlowsisconstant,thetrendlinesareparalleltoeachotherandformarectangle.
Flags:
Theyaresimilartoarectangleandareformedbytwoparalleltrendlines.However,theyformoveramuchshortertimeinterval.
Pennants:
Theyaresimilartoatriangleandareformedbytwoconvergingtrendlines.However,theyformoveramuchshortertimeinterval.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 248
3.4.TechnicalIndicators
Therearefourkindsoftechnicalindicatorsthatwewilldiscuss;price‐basedindicators,momentumoscillators,sentimentindicatorsandflow‐of‐fundsindicators.
Price‐basedindicators
Theyincorporatetheinformationcontainedinthecurrentandpastmarketprices.Thecommontypesare:
Movingaverage:
Itistheaverageoftheclosingpricesoveraspecifiednumberofperiods.Theyareusedtosmoothoutshort‐termpricefluctuationsandhelpidentifythetrend.Whenashort‐termmovingaveragecrossesfromunderneathalonger‐termaverage,thismovementisconsideredbullishandisknownasagoldencross.Whenashort‐termmovingaveragecrossesfromabovealonger‐termaverage,thismovementisconsideredbearishandisknownasadeadcross.
Bollingerbands:
Bollingerbandsconsistofamovingaverageplusahigherlinerepresentingasetnumberofstandarddeviationsandalowerlinerepresentingasetnumberofstandarddeviations.ThefigurebelowshowsaBollingerbandandamovingaverage.
Themorevolatilethesecuritybecomes,thewidertherangebecomesbetweenthetwoouterlinesorbands.AcommonuseofaBollingerbandistocreatetradingstrategiessuchasacontrarianstrategy.Inthisstrategy,aninvestorsellswhenasecurity'spricereachestheupperbandandbuyswhenitreachesthelowerband.Thecontrarianstrategyassumesthatthesecurity'spricewillstaywithinthebands.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 249
Momentumoscillators
Theyhelptoidentifychangesinthemarketsentiment.Thecommontypesare:
Rateofchange(ROC)oscillator:
Itoscillatesaround0(oraround100ifanalternativeformulaisusedforcalculation).WhentheROCoscillatorcrosseszerointothepositiveterritory,itisconsideredbullish.WhentheROCoscillatorcrosseszerointothenegativeterritory,itisconsideredbearish.
Relativestrengthindex(RSI):
RSIgraphicallycomparesasecurity’sgainswithitslossesoveragivenperiod.Thepopulartimeperiodis14days.ThevalueoftheRSIisalwaysbetween0and100.Avalueabove70representsanoverboughtsituationwhileavaluebelow30suggeststhatanassetisoversold.
Stochasticoscillator:
Itisbasedontheobservationthatinuptrends,pricestendtocloseatornearthehighendoftheirrecentrange.Similarly,indowntrends,theytendtoclosenearthelowend.Itiscomposedoftwolines,called%Kand%Dthatarecalculatedasfollows:
%K 100C L14H14 L14
where:
C=latestclosingpriceL14=lowestpriceinpast14daysH14=highestpriceinpast14days%D=averageofthelastthree%Kvaluescalculateddaily
%Distheaverageofthree%Kvalues.Itisslowermovingandisalsocalledthesignalline.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 250
Whenthe%Kmovesfrombelowthe%Dlinetoaboveit,thismoveisconsideredabullishsignal.Ontheotherhand,when%Kmovesfromabovethe%Dlinetobelowit,thispatternisconsideredbearish.
Thestochasticoscillatorhasadefaultsettingof14‐days.
Moving‐averageconvergence/divergenceoscillator:
Itisthedifferencebetweenashort‐termandalong‐termmovingaverageofthesecurity’sprice.Itiscomposedoftwolines‐MACDlineandsignalline.
MACDline:differencebetweentwoexponentiallysmoothedmovingaverages,usually12and26days.
Signalline:exponentiallysmoothedaverageofMACDline,usually9days.
Theindicatoroscillatesaround0andhasnoupperorlowerlimit.
MACDisusedintechnicalanalysisinthreeways. CrossoversoftheMACDlineandsignallinemayindicateachangeintrend. IftheMACDisoutsideitsnormalrangeforagivensecurity,thenthismayindicatea
reversal. IftheMACDistrendinginthesamedirectionasprice,thenthisindicatesa
convergencepattern.Ontheotherhand,whenthetwoaretrendinginoppositedirections,thenthisindicatesadivergencepattern.
Instructor’sNote:Themostknownuseofmomentumoscillatorsistoindicatetheoverboughtoroversoldpositionofasecurity.Thus,theyhelpinprovidingsignalforbuyingorsellingsecuritybutdonothelptosetthetargetprice.
Sentimentindicators
Theygaugeinvestoractivityforsignsofbullishnessorbearishness.Thecommontypesare:
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 251
Opinionpolls:
Regularpollsareconductedofinvestorsandinvestmentprofessionalstogaugetheoverallmarketsentiment.
Calculatedstatisticalindices: Theput/callratioisthevolumeofputoptionstraded, dividedbythevolumeofcall
optionstraded.Ahighratioindicatesthatthemarketisbearish.Whereas,alowratioindicatesthatthemarketisbullish.
TheCBOEvolatilityindex(VIX)isameasureofnear‐termmarketvolatilitycalculatedfromoptionpricesofS&P500stocks.TheVIXriseswhenmarketparticipantsbecomefearfulofamarketdecline.
Margindebtisloanstakenbyindividualinvestorstofundtheirstockpurchases.Whenstockmargindebtisincreasing,investorsareaggressivelybuyingandthestockpriceswillrisebecauseofincreaseddemand.
Shortinterestreferstothenumberofsharesofaparticularsecuritythatarecurrentlysoldshort.Theshortinterestratioiscalculatedas:
ShortinterestratioShortinterest
Averagedailytradingvolume
Ahighratiosuggestsanoverallnegativeoutlookonthesecurity.
Flow‐of‐fundsindicators
Theyindicatethechangeinpotentialdemandandsupply.Thecommontypesare:
TheArmsindex:(alsoknownasTRIN)
Itiscalculatedas:
Armsindexnumberofadvancingissues numberofdecliningissuesvolumeofadvancingissues volumeofdecliningissues
Whenthisindexisnear1,themarketisinbalance.Avalueabove1meansthatthereismorevolumeindecliningstocksandthatthemarketisinasellingmood.Avaluebelow1meansthatthereismorevolumeinincreasingstocksandthatthemarketisinabuyingmood.
Margindebt:
Marginloansmayincreasethepurchasesofstocksanddecliningmarginbalancesmayforcethesellingofstocks.
Mutualfundscashposition:
Mutualfundsmustholdsomeoftheirassetsincashtopayformiscellaneousexpensesandtofundredemptions.Duringabullishmarket,thecashpositionstendtobelow.Duringabearishmarket,thecashpositionstendtobehigh.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 252
Newequityissuance:
IPOsareoftentimedwithbullishmarketstogetthebestvaluations.AlargenumberofIPOsmayindicatethatamarketisnearitspeak.
Secondaryofferings:
LikeIPOs,techniciansalsomonitorsecondaryofferingstogaugepotentialchangesinthesupplyofequities.
3.5.Cycles
Techniciansusevariouscyclestopredictfuturemovementsinsecurityprices;evencyclesinfieldssuchasastronomyandclimatecaninfluencetheeconomyandhencecapitalmarkets.Commonlyreferencedcyclesarediscussedbelow:
Kondratieffwave:Thisisthelongestofthewidelyrecognizedcycles,discoveredbyNikolaiKondratieffinthe1920s.HesuggestedthatWesterneconomieshavea54‐yearoldcycle.ThiscycleisalsoknownastheKWave.
18‐yearcycle:Three18‐yearcyclesmakeupthelonger54‐yearKondratieffWave.The18‐yearcycleisoftenmentionedinconnectionwithrealestateprices,butitcanalsobefoundinequitiesandothermarkets.
Decennialpattern:Thispatternconnectsaveragestockmarketreturnswiththelastdigitoftheyear.Yearsendingin0haveshownpoorperformancewhileyearsendingin5haveshowngoodperformance.
Presidentialcycle:ThiscycleintheUnitedStatesconnectstheperformanceofthemarketwithpresidentialelections.Inthistheory,thethirdyearfollowinganelectionshowsthebestperformance.
4.ElliotWaveTheory
Accordingtothistheory,themarketmovesinregularwavesorcycles.Inabullmarket,themarketmovesupinfivewaves1=up,2=down,3=up,4=down,and5=up.(Impulsephase)anddownwardmoveoccursinthreewaves1=down,2=up,3=down(Correctivephase).
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 253
Eachwavecanbebrokenintosmallerwavesoverashortertimeperiod.MarketwavesfollowpatternsthatareratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequence.Hence,ratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequencecanbeusedtosetpricetargetswhiletrading.
TheFibonaccisequencestartswiththenumbers0,1,1,andtheneachsubsequentnumberinthesequenceisthesumofthetwoprecedingnumbers:
0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34…
5.Inter‐marketAnalysis
Inter‐marketanalysisisbasedontheprinciplethatallmarketsareinterrelatedandinfluenceeachother.Here,technicianslookforinflectionpointsinonemarketasawarningsigntostartlookingforachangeinanotherrelatedmarket.Toidentifytheseinter‐marketrelationships,acommonlyusedtoolistherelativestrengthanalysis.Therelativestrengthanalysiscanalsobeusedtoidentifythestrongestperformingsecuritiesinasectorandtoidentifythesectorsoftheequitymarkettoinvestin.Lastly,observationsbasedoninter‐marketanalysiscanalsohelpinallocatingfundsacrosssecuritiesfromdifferentcountries.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 254
Summary
LO.a:Explainprinciplesoftechnicalanalysis,itsapplications,anditsunderlyingassumptions.
Technicalanalysisisaformofsecurityanalysisthatinvolvesexaminationofpastpriceandvolumedatatopredictfuturebehaviorofthemarketorindividualsecurity.
Assumptions: Marketpricesaredeterminedbysupplyanddemand. Marketpricesreflectbothrationalandirrationalinvestorbehavior. Investorbehaviorisreflectedintrendsandpatternsthattendtorepeat. Priceandvolumeinformationcanbeusedtounderstandinvestorsentimentand
makeinvestmentdecisions.
Technicalanalysiscanalsobeusedonassetssuchascommodities,currencies,andfuturesthatdonothaveunderlyingincomestreamsorfinancialstatements.
LO.b:Describetheconstructionofdifferenttypesoftechnicalanalysischartsandinterpretthem.
Linecharts Graphicdisplayofpricesovertime. Ithasonlyonedatapointpertimeinterval–theclosingprice. PriceisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis. Theclosingpricesforeachtradingperiodareconnectedbyaline.
Barcharts Ithasfourdatapointspertimeinterval–openingprice,highestandlowestprice,and
closingprice. PriceisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis Theygiveabettersenseofthetrendinthemarket. Ashortbarindicateslowvolatility,alongbarindicateshighvolatility
Candlestickcharts Ithasthesamefourdatapointspertimeintervalasabarchart–openingprice,
highestandlowestprices,andclosingprice. PriceisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis. Ifthemarketclosedup,thebodyofthecandleisclear. Ifthemarketcloseddown,thebodyofthecandleisshaded.
Volumecharts Oftendisplayedbelowaline,barorcandlestickchart. NumberofunitsofthesecuritytradedisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis.
Pointandfigurecharts
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 255
DrawnasagridconsistingofcolumnsofX’salternatingwithcolumnsofO’s.XrepresentsanincreaseinpricewhileanOrepresentsadecreaseinprice.
Y‐axismeasuresboxsizeincrementsinprice,whereasX‐axismeasuresanumberofpricechanges.
Toconstructthischart,youneedtospecifyaboxsizeandareversalsize.
LO.c:Explainusesoftrend,support,resistancelines,andchangeinpolarity.
Uptrend:Asecurityissaidtobeinanuptrendifpricesarereachinghigherhighsandhigherlows.Anupwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingtheincreasinglowpointswithastraightline.
Downtrend:Asecurityissaidtobeinadowntrendifpricesarereachinglowerhighsandlowerlows.Adownwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingthedecreasinghighpointswithastraightline.
Support:Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientbuyingpressuretostopafurtherdeclineinprices.
Resistance:Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientsellingpressuretostopthefurtherincreaseinprices.
Changeinpolarity:Onceasupportlevelisbreached,itoftenbecomesanewresistancelevel.
Similarly,oncearesistancelevelisbreached;itoftenbecomesanewsupportlevel.
LO.d:Describecommonchartpatterns.
Reversalpatterns:Theysignaltheendofatrend.Thefourkindsofreversalpatternsare: Headandshoulderspattern Inverseheadandshoulderspattern Doubletopsandbottoms Tripletopsandbottoms
Continuationpatterns:Theysignalatemporarypauseinthetrend,andthatthetrendwillcontinueinthesamedirectionasbefore.Thefourkindsofcontinuationpatternsare:
Triangles Rectangles Flags Pennants
LO.e:Describecommontechnicalanalysisindicators(price‐based,momentumoscillators,sentiment,andflowoffunds).
Price‐basedindicators:Theyincorporatetheinformationcontainedinthecurrentandpastmarketprices.Thecommontypesare:
Movingaverage Bollingerbands
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 256
Momentumoscillators:Theyhelptoidentifychangesinthemarketsentiment.Thecommontypesare:
Rateofchange(ROC)oscillator Relativestrengthindex(RSI) Stochasticoscillator Moving‐averageconvergence/divergenceoscillator
Sentimentindicators:Theygaugeinvestoractivityforsignsofbullishnessorbearishness.Thecommontypesare:
Opinionpolls Calculatedstatisticalindices
o put/callratioo Volatilityindex(VIX)o Margindebto Shortinterest
Flow‐of‐fundsindicators:Theyindicatethechangeinpotentialdemandandsupply.Thecommontypesare:
TheArms Margindebt Mutualfundscashposition Newequityissuance Secondaryofferings
LO.f:Explainhowtechnicalanalystsusecycles.
Kondratieffwave(K‐Wave) ItstatesthatWesterneconomieshavea54‐yearoldcycle.
18‐yearcycle Three18‐yearcyclesmakeupthelonger54‐yearKondratieffwave. Thiscycleisoftenmentionedinrealestatemarkets,butitcanalsobefoundin
equitiesandothermarkets.
Decennialpattern Thispatternlinksaveragestockmarketreturnswiththelastdigitoftheyear. Yearsendingin0haveshownpoorperformance,whereasyearsendingin5have
showngoodperformance.
Presidentialcycle ThiscycleconnectstheperformanceoftheUSmarketwiththeUSpresidential
elections. Historically,thethirdyearfollowinganelectionhasshownthebestperformance.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 257
LO.g:DescribethekeytenetsofElliottWaveTheoryandtheimportanceofFibonaccinumbers.
Accordingtothistheory,themarketmovesinregularwavesorcycles.Inabullmarket,themarketmovesupinfivewavesinthefollowingpattern:1=up,2=down,3=up,4=down,and5=up.Thiswaveisknownastheimpulsewave.Eachwavecanbebrokenintosmallerwavesoverashortertimeperiod.MarketwavesfollowpatternsthatareratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequence.Hence,theratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequencecanbeusedtosetpricetargetswhiletrading.
LO.h:Describeintermarketanalysisasitrelatestotechnicalanalysisandassetallocation.
Intermarketanalysisisbasedontheprinciplethatdifferentmarketssuchasstocks,bonds,commodities,currenciesetc.areinterrelatedandinfluenceeachother.Techniciansoftenuserelativestrengthanalysistolookfortheinflectionpointinonemarketasawarningsigntostartlookingforachangeinanotherrelatedmarket.Therelativestrengthanalysiscanalsobeusedtoidentifyattractiveassetclassesandattractivesectorswithintheseclassestoinvestin.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 258
PracticeQuestions
1. Technicalanalysismostlikelyreliesupon:A. priceandvolumeinformation.B. fundamentalanalysistoconfirmconclusions.C. financialstatements.
2. Which of the following charts does not show the high and lowprices for each trading
period?A. Barchart.B. Pointandfigurechart.C. Candlestickchart.
3. Anupwardtrendlineisconstructedbydrawingalineconnectingthe:
A. thehighsofthepricechart.B. thelowsofthepricechart.C. thehighesthightothelowestlowofthepricechart.
4. Whichofthefollowingstatementsmostlikelyexplainstheprincipleof‘changein
polarity’?A. Onceadowntrendisbrokenitbecomesanuptrend.B. Theshort‐termmovingaveragehascrossedthelong‐termmovingaverage.C. Onceasupportlevelisbreached,itbecomesaresistancelevel.
5. Lucy,atechnicalanalyst,observesaheadandshoulderspatterninastockshehasbeen
following.Shenotesthefollowinginformation:
HeadPrice $46.50ShoulderPrice $41.50NecklinePrice $38.25
Herestimatedpricetargetisclosestto:A. $21.00.B. $25.50.C. $30.00.
6. Whichofthefollowingwouldatechnicalanalystmostlikelyinterpretasasellsignal?
A. 100‐daymovingaveragecrossesbelowa50‐daymovingaverage.B. 50‐daymovingaveragecrossesbelowa200‐daymovingaverage.C. 30‐daymovingaveragecrossesabovea100‐daymovingaverage.
7. MomentumOscillatorsaremostlikelyusedto:
A. indicateanoverboughtoroversoldposition.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 259
B. setthetargetprice.C. analyzethemovementofpriceofsecuritywithrespecttoeconomicchanges.
8. Avalueof1.2intheshort‐termtradingindex(TRIN)mostlikelyindicatesthat:
A. tradingvolumeisheavierindecliningissuesthaninadvancingissues.B. tradingvolumeisheavierinadvancingissuesthanindecliningissues.C. marketisoversold.
9. Kondratieffconcludedthatwesterneconomiesgenerallyfollowedacycleofhowmany
years?A. 44years.B. 54years.C. 64years.
10. InElliotWavetheory,Fibonaccinumbersareusedtoforecastthe:
A. sizeofthewaves.B. numberofsubwaveswithinalargerwave.C. timingofthewavedirectionchange.
11. Whichofthefollowingisamostcommonlyusedtoolforintermarketanalysis?
A. Relativestrengthanalysis.B. Stochasticoscillators.C. Momentumoscillators.
R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 260
Solutions1. Aiscorrect.Technicalanalysisisthestudyofmarkettrendsorpatternsandreliesupon
priceandvolumedata.2. Biscorrect.Apointandfigurechartisbasicallyusedtomapthechangeindirectionof
shareprices.Onlytheopeningandclosingpriceisincorporatedintopointandfigurechart.Aboxisfilledwitheither“x”signor“o”signdependsondirectionofpricechange.Thischartdoesnotincorporatethehighandlowprices.
3. Biscorrect.Anupwardtrendlineisconstructedbydrawingalineconnectingthelowsof
thepricechart.4. Ciscorrect.5. Ciscorrect.Pricetarget=Neckline−(Head−Neckline)=38.25–(46.50–38.25)=30.006. Biscorrect.Whenusingmovingaveragestogeneratetradingsignals,a"goldencross"of
ashorter‐termaverageabovealonger‐termaverageisabuysignal,whilea"deadcross"underthelonger‐termaverageisasellsignal.
7. Aiscorrect.ThemostknownuseofMomentumOscillatorsistoindicatetheoverbought
oroversoldpositionofasecurity.Thus,ithelpsinprovidingthesignalforbuyingorsellingsecurity,butitdoesnothelptosetthetargetprice.Economicconditions,neitheraffecttechnicalanalysisnoraretheyusedintechnicalanalysis.
8. A is correct.TheTRINorArms index isa flowof funds indicator.Values less thanone
indicatemoretradingvolumeinadvancingstocksthanindecliningstocks,whilevaluesgreaterthanonemeanmorevolumeisindecliningstocksthaninadvancingstocks.
TRINNumberofadvancingissues/NumberofdecliningissuesVolumeofadvancingissues/Volumeofdecliningissues
9. B is correct. Kondratieff wave is a cycle of 54 years. This is the longest and a widely
recognizedcycle.10. Aiscorrect.InElliotWavetheory,thesizeofthewavesisbelievedtocorrespondtothe
ratioofFibonaccinumbers.
11. Aiscorrect.Relativestrengthanalysisisoftenusedtocomparetwoassetclassesortwosecurities.
2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 261
Notes
2019 Level I Notes
© IFT. All rights reserved 262
Notes